BAY COMMERCIAL SERVICES
10KSB, 1999-03-29
STATE COMMERCIAL BANKS
Previous: FIDELITY MT VERNON STREET TRUST, 13F-E/A, 1999-03-29
Next: PRINCETON NATIONAL BANCORP INC, 10-K, 1999-03-29



                    U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
                                  FORM 10-KSB

(Mark One)
[X]  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES 
     EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
     
     For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 1998

[ ]  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES 
     EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
     For the transition period from ___________________ to _________________

                        Commission File Number: 0-12231

                            BAY COMMERCIAL SERVICES
                            -----------------------
                 (Name of small business issuer in its charter)

     California                                              77-2760444
- -------------------------------                          --------------------
(State or other jurisdiction of                          (I.R.S. Employer
 incorporation or organization)                           Identification No.)

1495 East 14th Street, San Leandro, California                  94577
- ----------------------------------------------                ---------
(Address of principal executive offices)                      (Zip code)
                                                              ---------
Issuer's telephone number (510) 357-2265
                          --------------
Securities registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act: NONE
                                                               ----
Securities registered under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act: 
                           Common Stock, No Par Value
                           --------------------------
                                (Title of Class)

Check whether the issuer (1) filed all reports required to be filed by 
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the past 12 months (or for such
shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2)
 has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
YES [X] NO [ ]

Check if no disclosure of delinquent filers in response to Item 405 of
Regulation S-B is contained in this form, and no disclosure will be contained,
to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-KSB or any
amendment to this Form 10-KSB. [ ]

State issuer's revenues for its most recent fiscal year: $ 11,141,000
                                                         -------------

State the aggregate market value of the voting and nonvoting common equity
held by nonaffiliates computed by reference to the price at which the common
equity was sold, or the average bid and asked prices of such common equity, as
of March 10, 1999: $ 12,851,181
                   ------------

State the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding as of March 10, 1999:
 1,194,435
- ----------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                         
Documents Incorporated by Reference:              Part of Form 10-KSB
- -----------------------------------               -------------------
<S>                                               <C>
1998 Annual Report to Shareholders for            Part II, Items 5, 6 and 7
fiscal year ended December 31, 1998 

Proxy Statement for 1999 Annual Meeting of        Part III, Items 9, 10, 11
Shareholders to be filed pursuant to              and 12
Regulation 14A.
</TABLE>

Transitional Small Business Disclosure Format (Check one): Yes [ ] No [X]
<PAGE> 2
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>

<S>                                                                         <C>
ITEM 1 -    DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS ....................................     1

ITEM 2 -    DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY .....................................   29

ITEM 3 -    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS ...........................................   30

ITEM 4 -    SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS .........   30

ITEM 5 -    MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS ....   30

ITEM 6 -    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OR PLAN OF OPERATION ...   30

ITEM 7 -    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS ........................................   30

ITEM 8 -    CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON
            ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE .........................   30 

ITEM 9 -    DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, PROMOTERS AND CONTROL PERSONS;
            SECTION 16(a) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE            

ITEM 10 -   EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION ......................................   31

ITEM 11 -   SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND
            MANAGEMENT...................................................   31

ITEM 12 -   CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS ..............   31

ITEM 13 -   EXHIBITS AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K ............................   32
</TABLE>

<PAGE> 3
                                     PART I
                                                                             
                                       
ITEM 1                       DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

General

     Bay Commercial  Services (the "Company") is a California  corporation and a
bank holding company  registered  under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as
amended. The Company was incorporated on June 7, 1981. Bay Bank of Commerce (the
"Bank"), was incorporated as a California banking corporation on August 11, 1980
and became a wholly-owned  subsidiary of the Company through a reorganization in
1983.

     Certain  matters  discussed  or  incorporated  by  reference in this Annual
Report on Form 10-KSB including, but not limited to, those described in "ITEM 6-
MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OR PLAN OF OPERATION," are forward-looking
statements that are subject to risks and  uncertainties  that could cause actual
results  to  differ  materially  from  those  projected  in the  forward-looking
statements.  Such risks and uncertainties include, among others, (1) significant
increases in competitive  pressure in the banking  industry;  (2) changes in the
interest rate  environment  reduce  margins;  (3) general  economic  conditions,
either nationally or regionally, are less favorable than expected, resulting in,
among  other  things,  a  deterioration  in credit  quality;  (4) changes in the
regulatory  environment;  (5) changes in business conditions and inflation;  (6)
changes in securities markets; and (7) the effect of the Year 2000 phenomenon on
the Company and the Bank and their providers, vendors and customers.  Therefore,
the information set forth in such forward-looking statements should be carefully
considered when evaluating the business prospects of the Company and the Bank.

     At present, the Company's principal business is conducted through the Bank.
At December 31, 1998, the Company had total consolidated assets of $144,202,000.
The Bank  accounted for  $144,086,000,  or virtually all, of the total assets of
the Company.  The Company's  primary source of income,  other than its equity in
the  undistributed  earnings of the Bank,  is the receipt of dividends  and rent
from the Bank. The Bank is a full service  commercial bank serving the cities of
San Leandro and Hayward, in Alameda County, and the city of San Ramon, in Contra
Costa County,  and the surrounding areas in California.  The Company itself does
not engage in any business  activities other than the ownership of the Bank, nor
does it own any other  subsidiaries.  The Company  regularly  reviews options to
expand the  operations of the Bank and may seek  opportunities  for acquiring or
forming other banks and non-banking subsidiaries.

     The  Company is  regulated  by the Federal  Reserve  Board (the "FRB") and,
pursuant to that authority, is examined periodically by the Federal Reserve Bank
of San Francisco.

BAY BANK OF COMMERCE - GENERAL BANKING SERVICES

     At December 31,  1998,  the Bank had total  assets of  $144,086,000,  total
loans of  $93,129,000  (including  loans  held for sale) and total  deposits  of
$123,678,000.  The Bank provides a wide range of commercial  banking services to
individuals,  professionals,  and small and medium-sized  businesses through its
principal  office in San Leandro,  California  and its branch offices in Hayward
and San Ramon,  California.  In order to attract these types of  customers,  the
Bank offers personalized services and banking convenience. The services provided
include checking,  interest checking, savings and interest-bearing demand, money
market and other time  deposit  accounts;  commercial,  real estate and consumer
loans;  travelers'  checks;  safe  deposit  boxes,  collection  services,  night
depository facilities and wire and telephone transfers.  The Bank is a member of
the Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation (the "FDIC") and the deposits of each
depositor  are insured up to  $100,000.  The Bank is not a member of the Federal
Reserve System.  Professional firms and individuals and businesses form the core
of the Bank's customer and deposit base.

     The Bank is a PLP lender under the Small  Business  Administration  ("SBA")
and has  offered  SBA loans  since  1985.  Total SBA loan  fundings in 1998 were
$1,157,000.
                                       1
<PAGE> 4                                    
EXISTING LOCATIONS

     The Bank's  headquarters are located at 1495 East 14th Street, San Leandro,
California  and the Bank  operates two branch  offices  located at 1030 La Playa
Drive, Hayward,  California and at 2821 Crow Canyon Road, San Ramon, California.
The Bank also has an extension  office located at 1500  Washington  Avenue,  San
Leandro,  California,  which houses its SBA and construction loan divisions. The
Bank  currently  has no  branch  applications  pending  or  any  plans  to  open
additional branch offices.

DEPOSITS

     Most of the Bank's  deposits are obtained from  individuals,  professionals
and small and medium-sized  businesses.  As of December 31, 1998, the Bank had a
total of 4,522 accounts  representing 1,924  noninterest-bearing  demand deposit
(checking) accounts with an average balance of approximately $18,000 each; 1,697
savings,  interest-bearing  demand,  and money market  accounts  with an average
balance of  approximately  $22,000  each;  and 901 time accounts with an average
balance of approximately $58,000 each.

LENDING ACTIVITIES

     The Bank  concentrates  its lending  activities  in the areas of commercial
real estate mortgage loans,  commercial  loans to businesses and individuals and
real estate  construction  loans.  At December 31, 1998,  commercial real estate
mortgage  loans  accounted  for 47%,  commercial  loans  accounted for 26%, real
estate  construction loans accounted for 17%, real estate equity loans accounted
for 6%, consumer installment and other loans accounted for 3% and SBA loans held
for  sale  accounted  for  1%  of  the  Bank's  loan  portfolio.  See  "Selected
Statistical Information -- Loan Portfolio" herein for information concerning the
composition of the Bank's loan portfolio,  maturities and sensitivity to changes
in interest rates in the loan portfolio and non-performing  assets. The interest
rates charged by the Bank vary with the degree of risk and the size and maturity
of the loans involved and are generally  affected by  competition,  governmental
regulation and current market interest rates.

     Except as described in the discussion which accompanies TABLE F, SUMMARY OF
NONACCRUAL,  PAST DUE AND  RESTRUCTURED  LOANS, the Bank's loan portfolio is not
concentrated in any one category and includes loans to individuals, partnerships
and corporations for diverse purposes.
              
     At December 31, 1998, the Bank had total loans  outstanding of $93,129,000,
net of deferred  loan fees.  Inherent  in the lending  function is the fact that
loan  losses  will be  experienced  and that the risk of loss will vary with the
type of loan being made and the  creditworthiness  of the borrower over the term
of the loan. To reflect  currently  perceived  risks of loss associated with its
loan portfolio, adjustments are made to the Bank's allowance for loan losses. At
December 31, 1998, the Bank's  allowance for loan losses was $980,000 or 1.1% of
total  loans.  See  "Selected  Statistical  Information  -- Summary of Loan Loss
Experience" herein for a discussion of management's  policy for establishing and
maintaining the allowance for loan losses.

CORRESPONDENT BANKS

     The Bank has correspondent  relationships with Union Bank of California and
Bank of America,  N.T.& S.A, Chase Manhattan  Bank,  Pacific Coast Bankers Bank,
and the  Federal  Home Loan Bank of San  Francisco.  These  relationships  are a
result of the Bank's efforts to obtain a wide range of services for the Bank and
its customers,  including arranging loan  participations,  investment  services,
sale and purchase of federal funds (overnight  interbank loans),  collateralized
borrowing lines, and obtaining lines for letters of credit.  As a net seller of
funds, the Bank also maintains such correspondent  relationships to minimize the
risk of undue  concentration of its resources with a few institutions.  The Bank
does not currently serve, nor does it have plans to serve, as a correspondent to
other banks.

                                       2

<PAGE>5
EMPLOYEES

     At December  31,  1998,  the Company  employed  forty-five  (45)  full-time
employees and fifteen (15) part-time employees.

SELECTED STATISTICAL INFORMATION

     The following tables present certain consolidated  statistical  information
concerning the business of the Company and the Bank. This information  should be
read in conjunction  with the  consolidated  financial  statements and the notes
thereto  included in the  Company's  1998  Annual  Report to  Shareholders  (the
"Annual Report"), which have been incorporated herein by reference.

      DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS, LIABILITIES AND
      STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY; INTEREST RATES AND
      INTEREST DIFFERENTIAL

     TABLE A sets forth the Company's  consolidated  average  balance sheets for
the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997 and an analysis of interest rates and
the interest rate differential.

     TABLE B sets forth the changes in interest  income and interest  expense in
1998 and 1997 resulting from changes in volume and changes in rates.

     SECURITIES PORTFOLIO

     TABLE C sets forth the  carrying  value of  securities  available  for sale
(fair value) and of securities held to maturity (amortized cost) at December 31,
1998 and 1997 and the maturities and weighted  average yield of securities based
on amortized cost at December 31, 1998. 

     LOAN PORTFOLIO
     
     TABLE D sets forth the  composition  of the loan  portfolio at December 31,
1998 and 1997.

     TABLE E sets forth  maturities and sensitivity to changes in interest rates
in the loan portfolio,  excluding real estate mortgage loans,  installment loans
and lease financing, at December 31, 1998.

     TABLE F shows the  composition  of  nonaccrual,  past due and  restructured
loans at December 31, 1998 and 1997. Accompanying TABLE F is a discussion of the
Company's policy for placing loans on nonaccrual status.

     SUMMARY OF LOAN LOSS EXPERIENCE

     TABLE G sets forth an  analysis of loan loss  experience  as of and for the
years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997.

     Accompanying  TABLE G is a  description  of the  factors  which  influenced
management's  judgment  in  determining  the  amount  of  the  additions  to the
allowance  charged to operating expense in each fiscal year, a table showing the
allocation  of the  allowance  for  loans  losses,  as well as a  discussion  of
management's  policy for  establishing  and  maintaining  the allowance for loan
losses.

     DEPOSITS

     TABLE H sets forth the average amount of and the average rate paid on major
deposit categories for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997.


                                       3

<PAGE> 6
     TABLE I sets forth the maturity of time certificates of deposit of $100,000
or more and other time deposits of $100,000 or more at December 31, 1998.


     RETURN ON EQUITY AND ASSETS

     TABLE J sets forth certain  financial  ratios for the years ended  December
31, 1998 and 1997.



























                                       4
<PAGE>7

                                    TABLE A

         DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS, LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY;
                    INTEREST RATES AND INTEREST DIFFERENTIAL
         -------------------------------------------------------------

     The following table sets forth the Company's  consolidated  average assets,
liabilities  and  shareholders'  equity;  interest  income  earned and  interest
expense paid;  and the average yields earned or rates paid thereon for the years
ended  December  31, 1998 and 1997.  The average  balances are averages of daily
balances.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1998                                 1997      
                                              ---------------------------       --------------------------- 
                                                        Interest  Average                 Interest  Average
                                               Average  Income/   Yield/         Average  Income/   Yield/
(Dollars in thousands)                        Balances  Expense     Rate        Balances  Expense     Rate
                                               -------  -------     ----        --------  -------     ----
<S>                                            <C>       <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>   
ASSETS

Securities (amortized cost):


   Taxable                                     $23,750   $1,392     5.86%       $ 18,396   $1,131     6.15%

   Tax-exempt(l)                                 5,395      403     7.47           3,874      297     7.67
                                               -------    -----     ----        --------   ------     ----

          Total securities                      29,145    1,795     6.16          22,270    1,428     6.41

Federal funds sold and securities
  purchased under repurchase agreements          6,438      355     5.51           5,338      288     5.40

Loans(2)(3)                                     81,091    8,177    10.08          69,824    7,137    10.22
                                               -------    -----     ----        --------   ------     ----

          Total interest-earning assets(l)     116,674   10,327     8.85          97,432    8,853     9.09

Less allowance for loan losses                   (938)                             (977)

Nonaccrual loans                                   263                               393

Cash and due from banks                          7,712                             6,963

Premises and equipment                           2,022                             2,205

Other assets                                       977                             1,072
                                              --------                          --------

TOTAL ASSETS                                  $126,710                          $107,088
                                              ========                          ========

Average earning loans/average
  earning assets                                 69.5%                             71.7%
                                                 =====                             =====
</TABLE>
 
                                      5


<PAGE> 8


      DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS, LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY;
                    INTEREST RATES AND INTEREST DIFFERENTIAL
      -------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1998                                 1997      
                                              ---------------------------       --------------------------- 
                                                        Interest  Average                 Interest  Average
                                               Average  Income/   Yield/         Average  Income/   Yield/
(Dollars in thousands)                        Balances  Expense     Rate        Balances  Expense     Rate
<S>                                            <C>       <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>   
                                               -------   -----      ----        --------   ------     ----
Deposits:
                                              
   Savings and interest-bearing demand        $ 34,876   $1,045     3.00%       $ 25,893   $  708     2.73%

   Time                                         30,027    1,495     4.98          30,626    1,588     5.19

   Certificates of deposit, $100
        and over                                16,185      866     5.35           9,974      564     5.65

   Other borrowed funds                          1,478       73     4.94           1,894       96     5.07
                                              --------    -----     ----         -------   ------     ----
        Total interest-bearing liabilities      82,566    3,479     4.21          68,387    2,956     4.32

   Demand deposits                              32,374                            27,744

Other liabilities                                1,000                             1,006

Shareholders' equity                            10,770                             9,951
                                              --------                          --------

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY                          $126,710                          $107,088
                                              ========                          ========

Interest income and average yield
    on earning assets(1)                                  10,327    8.85                    8,853     9.09

Interest expense and average interest
    cost related to earning assets                         3,479    2.98                    2,956     3.03
                                                          ------    -----                  ------     -----


Net interest income and margin(1)(4)                      $6,848    5.87%                  $5,897     6.06%
                                                          ======    =====                  ======     =====
</TABLE>

(1) Interest on tax-exempt  securities,  total interest  income and net interest
income include the effect of taxable  equivalent  adjustments using the expected
federal corporate income tax rate of 34% in 1998 and 1997 in adjusting  interest
on tax-exempt  investment securities to a fully taxable basis. The amount of the
taxable  equivalent  adjustment  was  $127,000  and  $94,000  in 1998 and  1997,
respectively.

(2) Loan interest income includes  amortization of loan fees of $478,000 in
1998 and $334,000 in 1997.  

(3) Average loans do not include  nonaccrual  loans.

(4) Net interest  margin is computed by dividing  net  interest  income by total
average interest-earning assets.


                                       6
<PAGE>9

                                    TABLE B

                            RATE AND VOLUME ANALYSIS
                            ------------------------

     The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, a summary of the
changes in interest earned and interest paid resulting from changes in asset and
liability  volumes and changes in rates. The change in interest due to both rate
and volume has been allocated to changes due to volume and rate in proportion to
the relationship of absolute dollar amounts of change in each.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           Period Ended December 31,
                                             ---------------------------------------------------------
                                               1998 Compared to 1997            1997 Compared to 1996
                                              Increase (decrease) in:          Increase (decrease) in:
(in thousands)                               --------------------------        -----------------------      
                                             Volume      Rate     Total         Volume    Rate   Total
<S>                                          <C>        <C>      <C>            <C>      <C>     <C>
Changes in interest income:                  ------     -----    ------         ------   -----   -----      
  Securities (amortized cost):                                                                  
                                                                                                
    Taxable                                  $  316     $(55)    $  261          $193    $ (9)    $184
                                                                                                
    Tax-exempt(l)                               114       (8)       106            52       1       53
                                             ------     -----    ------         ------   -----   ----- 
                                                                                                
      Total securities                          430      (63)       367           245      (8)     237
                                                                                                
                                                                                                
  Federal funds sold and securities                                                             
    purchased under repurchase agreements        60        7         67            25      13       38
                                                                                                

  Loans                                       1,138      (98)     1,040           717     (43)     674
                                             ------     -----    ------         ------   -----   -----  
                                                                                                
    Total(l)                                  1,628     (154)     1,474           987     (38)     949
                                             ------     -----    ------         ------   -----   ----- 
                                                                                                
Changes in interest expense:                                                                    
                                                                                                
Total interest-bearing liabilities:                                                             
                                                                                                
  Savings and interest-bearing demand           264       73        337            22      35       57
                                                                                                
  Time                                          (31)     (62)       (93)          176       5      181
                                                                                                
  Certificates of deposit, $100 and over        334      (32)       302           270       1      271
                                                                                                
  Other borrowed funds                          (21)      (2)       (23)          (16)      6      (10)
                                             ------     -----    ------         ------   -----   ----- 
                                                                                                
    Total                                       546      (23)       523           452      47      499
                                             ------     -----    ------         ------   -----   ----- 
                                                                                                
Changes in net interest income(l)            $1,082    $(131)    $  951          $535    $(85)    $450
                                             ======    ======    ======         ======   =====    ====

- ------------------   
(1) Taxable equivalent basis.  See Note 1 to TABLE A.
</TABLE>

                                       7

<PAGE> 10
                                    TABLE C

                              SECURITIES PORTFOLIO
                              --------------------

     The  following  tables  set forth  the  carrying  value of debt  securities
available  for  sale  (fair  value)  and of debt  securities  held  to  maturity
(amortized  cost) at December 31, 1998 and 1997 and the  maturities and weighted
average yield of debt securities based on amortized cost at December 31, 1998.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                         Estimated
                                                        Fair Value
(in thousands)                                        At December 31,
                                                     ------------------
SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE                           1998       1997
- -----------------------------                           ----       ----
<S>                                                  <C>        <C>    
U. S. Treasury and agency securities                 $ 1,994    $ 4,002

Corporate securities                                  19,644     14,401

Mortgage-backed securities                            10,395      6,248
                                                      ------      -----

                                                     $32,033    $24,651
                                                     =======    =======
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       
                                                       Amortized cost
(in thousands)                                         At December 31,
                                                    -------------------
SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY                             1998       1997
- ---------------------------                           ------     ------
<S>                                                   <C>       <C>
U. S. Treasury and agency securities                  $  ---     $3,197

Obligations of states and political subdivisions       6,123      4,661

Mortgage-backed securities                             1,386         71
                                                      ------     ------ 

                                                      $7,509     $7,929
                                                      ======     ======
</TABLE>

                                       8

<PAGE>11


                                    TABLE C

                        SECURITIES PORTFOLIO (continued)
                        --------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                          Maturing
                              -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       After One             After Five
                                  In One Year           Through               Through             After
(Dollars in thousands)              Or Less            Five Years            Ten Years          Ten Years             Total
                              -----------------    ----------------       -------------       -------------      ---------------
                                  Cost    Yield       Cost    Yield       Cost    Yield       Cost    Yield        Cost    Yield
                               -------    -----     ------    -----     ------    -----     ------    -----      ------    -----
<S>                            <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>       <C> 
AVAILABLE FOR SALE:                                                                                          
U.S. Treasury and agency 
  securities                       ---      ---     $2,000    5.21%        ---      ---        ---      ---      $2,000    5.21%
                                                                                                             
Corporate securities           $19,651    5.51%        --       ---        ---      ---        ---      ---      19,651    5.51
                                                                                                             

Mortgage-backed securities          64    6.24       5,680    5.89      $4,574    6.12%        ---      ---      10,318    5.99
                               -------    -----     ------    -----     ------    -----     ------    -----     -------    -----
Total amortized cost           $19,715    5.51%     $7,680    5.71%     $4,574    6.12%        ---      ---     $31,969    5.83%
                               =======    =====     ======    =====     ======    =====     ======    =====     =======    =====
Estimated fair value           $19,708              $7,693              $4,632                 ---      ---     $32,033
                               =======              ======              ======              ======    =====     =======
                                                                                                             
                                                                                                             
HELD TO MATURITY:                                                                                            
Obligations of states and                                                                                    
  political subdivisions (1)      $519    8.92%     $1,307    7.24%     $2,208    7.00%     $2,089    7.07%      $6,123    7.19%
                                                                                                             
Mortgage-backed securities         ---      ---      1,386    5.63         ---      ---        ---      ---       1,386    5.63
                                  ----    -----     ------    -----     ------    -----     ------    -----     -------    -----
Total amortized cost              $519    8.92%     $2,693    6.41%     $2,208    7.00%     $2,089    7.07%      $7,509    6.89%
                                  ====    =====     ======    =====     ======    =====     ======    =====      ======    =====
Estimated fair value              $530              $2,738              $2,306              $2,174               $7,748
                                  ====              ======              ======              ======               ======

(1) Interest on tax-exempt  securities,  total interest  income and net interest
income include the effect of taxable  equivalent  adjustments using the expected
federal  corporate  income  tax  rate of 34% in 1998 in  adjusting  interest  on
tax-exempt securities to a fully taxable basis.
</TABLE>
                                       9
<PAGE> 12

                                     TABLE C

                        SECURITIES PORTFOLIO (continued)
                        --------------------------------

     At December 31,  1998,  debt  securities  from the  following  issuers each
totaled over ten percent (10%) of shareholders' equity of the Company:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                            Amortized     Fair
    (in thousands):                               Cost     Value
                                            ---------    ------
<S>                                            <C>       <C>   
    Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation     $7,199    $7,235
    Federal National Mortgage Association      $4,504    $4,541
    Federal Home Loan Bank                     $2,000    $1,993
    Tyson Foods                                $1,499    $1,498
    Baxter International                       $1,498    $1,497
    Textron Inc.                               $1,497    $1,497
    Zions Bancorp                              $1,497    $1,496
    Praxair                                    $1,496    $1,495
    Safeway Inc.                               $1,495    $1,494
    Rite Aid Corporation                       $1,494    $1,493
    Crown Cork and Screw                       $1,491    $1,491
    Comdisco                                   $1,490    $1,490
    MCI Worldcom                               $1,488    $1,488
    Fedex FDX Corporation                      $1,486    $1,486
</TABLE>


                                     TABLE D

                                 LOAN PORTFOLIO
                                 --------------

The  composition  of the  loan  portfolio  at  December  31,  1998  and  1997 is
summarized in the table below.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   (in thousands):              1998         1997
                             -------      -------

<S>                          <C>          <C>    
   Commercial                $24,250      $18,980
   Commercial held for sale      473          721
   Real estate:
       Construction           16,049        7,436
       Mortgage               43,815       41,181
       Equity                  5,297        2,718
       Held for sale             466          780
   Installment                 2,299        1,895
   Other                         979          947
                             -------      -------
                              93,628       74,658
   Deferred loan fees           (499)        (529)
                             -------      -------
                             $93,129      $74,129
                             =======      =======                                                                               
</TABLE>

                                       10

<PAGE> 13

                                     TABLE E

          LOAN MATURITIES AND SENSITIVITY TO CHANGES IN INTEREST RATES
          ------------------------------------------------------------

     The following  table presents  information  concerning  loan maturities and
sensitivity to changes in interest rates in the loan portfolio, as well as loans
that have fixed or variable interest rates at December 31, 1998.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in thousands):                    
                                                 One   After One      After
Maturity Distribution of                        Year     Through       Five
Selected Loans:                              Or Less  Five Years      Years      Total
                                             -------  ----------    -------    -------
<S>                                          <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>    
    Commercial                               $12,965    $  6,689    $ 4,596    $24,250
    Commercial - held for sale                   ---         ---        473        473
    Real estate-construction                  13,516       2,337        196     16,049
    Real estate - mortgage                     3,459       9,317     31,039     43,815
    Real estate - held for sale                  ---         ---        466        466
    Equity                                       ---         ---      5,297      5,297
    Installment                                  102       2,135         62      2,299
                                                                 
    Other                                        617         362        ---        979
                                             -------     -------    -------    -------
                                             $30,659     $20,840    $42,129    $93,628
                                             =======     =======    =======    =======
                                                                 
Sensitivity to Changes in Interest Rates:                        
    Loans with fixed interest rates            1,463       6,905     13,903     22,271
    Loans with variable interest rates        65,830       5,527        ---     71,357
                                              ------     -------    -------    -------
                                             $67,293     $12,432    $13,903    $93,628
                                             =======     =======    =======    =======

</TABLE>

                                     TABLE F

             SUMMARY OF NONACCRUAL, PAST DUE AND RESTRUCTURED LOANS
             ------------------------------------------------------

     A summary of nonaccrual,  past due and  restructured  loans at December 31,
1998 and 1997 is set forth below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

 (in thousands):                              1998    1997
                                              ----    ----
<S>                                          <C>      <C> 
 Nonaccrual                                  $  30    $440
 Accruing loans past due 90 days or more       ---     ---
 Restructured loans                            469     471
                                               ---     ---
                                              $499    $911
                                              ====    ====
</TABLE>

     The Company's consolidated financial statements are prepared on the accrual
basis of accounting, including the  recognition of interest income on the loan
portfolio.  Interest income from nonaccrual loans is not accrued on the books, 
but rather is recorded only when and if received and the principal is deemed to
be collectible.

     Loans are placed on a nonaccrual  basis and any accrued but unpaid interest
is reversed and charged against income when the payment of interest or principal
is ninety days or more past due, except when the loan is well secured and in the
process of collection.  Nonaccrual loans constituted approximately 0.6% of total
gross loans at December 31, 1997 and less than 0.1% at December 31, 1998.  Loans
in the nonaccrual  category are treated as nonaccrual loans even though the Bank
may ultimately  recover all or a portion of the interest due. The classification
of a loan as a  nonaccrual  loan is not  necessarily  indicative  of a potential
charge-off. The Senior Loan Officer

                                       11
<PAGE>  14
assesses  the loan  portfolio monthly to determine which loans are specifically
identifiable  problem credits in order to update  the  Bank's  internal  watch
list,  which  tracks  all such credits.  The Bank's  internal Loan Review 
Examiner  grades all new  commercial loans and all  credits  where  the total 
liability  equals or  exceeds  certain thresholds  established by management.
If either the Senior Loan Officer or the Loan Review Examiner identifies a
serious deficiency,  the loan is placed on the next quarterly watch list.

     Once a loan is on the  watch  list,  the  Loan  Officers  are  required  to
complete a "Report of Collection  Activity" and to make at least monthly  status
reports.  While the loan is on the watch list, the Senior Loan Officer  oversees
and coordinates the Loan Officer's  efforts to either  rehabilitate  the loan or
effect  collection  in  an  expeditious   manner.   

     Restructured loans reflect situations in which, due to the inability of the
borrower  to comply  with the  original  terms of the loan,  the terms have been
modified, usually with the accrual of interest at a reduced rate. As of December
31, 1998, the Bank had $469,000 in restructured loans.

     Interest income on nonaccrual loans that would have been recognized for the
year ended  December 31, 1998, if the loans had been current in accordance  with
their original terms totaled $2,000.  The Company recognized $15,000 in interest
income on  nonaccrual  loans which paid off or were  charged off during the year
ended December 31, 1998.

     There are no loans,  which were current at December  31, 1998,  where known
information about possible credit problems of borrowers causes management of the
Company to have serious doubt as to the ability of such borrowers to comply with
the present loan repayment terms.

     Outstanding   loans  to  contractors   engaged  in  construction  and  land
development  constituted  $11,497,000,  or 12% of total  loans,  at December 31,
1998. The loans are a  cross-section  of types,  from  commercial to real estate
construction  and are not all secured by real estate.  The borrowers as a group,
however,  are engaged in business activities which could be affected by changing
conditions in the real estate  market.  There were no other  categories of loans
representing a concentration of 10% or more of total loans at December 31, 1998,
except as set forth in TABLE D above.

                                       12

<PAGE> 15
                                     TABLE G

                         SUMMARY OF LOAN LOSS EXPERIENCE
                         -------------------------------

     The following table summarizes loan loss experience as of and for the years
ended December 31, 1998 and 1997.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   (Dollars in thousands):                              1998         1997
                                                      ------       ------
   <S>                                               <C>        <C>     
   Allowance for loan losses:  
   Balance at beginning of year:                      $1,000       $  971
   Charge-offs:                                                  
     Commercial                                          122            5
     Real estate - mortgage                               48          ---
     Installment                                         ---          ---
     Other                                                 2           26
                                                      ------       ------
       Total loans charged off                           172           31
                                                      ------       ------
   Recoveries:                                                    
   Commercial                                              6            6
     Real estate - mortgage                               11          ---
     Other                                                 1            2
                                                      ------       ------
       Total recoveries                                   18            8
                                                      ------       ------
   Net charge-offs                                      (154)         (23)
   Provision for loan losses                             134           52
                                                      ------       ------
   Balance at end of year                             $  980       $1,000
                                                      ======       ======
   Loans outstanding at December 31                  $93,129      $74,129
                                                     =======      =======
   Average loans outstanding during period           $81,354      $70,217
                                                     =======      =======
   Allowance for loan losses as a percentage                                       
     of outstanding loan balance                        1.1%         1.3%
                                                        ====         ====
   Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding         0.2%          ---
                                                        ====         ====
</TABLE>
                                                 
     The Bank provides for possible loan losses by a charge to operating  income
based upon the  composition of the loan  portfolio,  past loan loss  experience,
current economic  conditions and other factors which, in management's  judgment,
deserve recognition in estimating loan losses.  Management will charge off loans
when it determines there has been a permanent impairment of the related carrying
values. Management attributes general reserves to different types of loans using
percentages  which are based upon perceived risk  associated  with the portfolio
and underlying  collateral,  historical loss  experience,  and  vulnerability to
changing economic  conditions which may affect the  collectibility of the loans.
Specific  reserves  are  allocated  for  impaired  loans,  for loans  which have
experienced  a decline in internal loan grading,  and when  management  believes
additional  loss  exposure  exists.  Although the  allowance  for loan losses is
allocated  to  various  portfolio  segments,  it is  general  in  nature  and is
available for the loan portfolio in its entirety.  Management  believes that the
allowance  for  loan  losses  is  adequate.   While  management  uses  available
information to recognize losses on loans,  future additions to the allowance may
be  necessary  based on changes in economic  conditions.  In  addition,  various
regulatory  agencies,   as  an  integral  part  of  their  examination  process,
periodically  review the Company's  allowance for losses on loans. Such agencies
may require the Company to recognize  additions to the allowance  based on their
analysis of information available to them at the time of their examination.

     A loan  is  considered  impaired  when  management  determines  that  it is
probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to
the  original  contractual  terms  of the  loan  agreement,  including  interest
payments.  Impaired loans are those loans  identified  under the Bank's internal
rating system as "doubtful"  or "loss" or those  "substandard"  loans which have
been placed on nonaccrual. Restructured loans are always classified as impaired.
The Bank applies its normal loan review  procedures when  determining  whether a
loan is impaired.  The amount of impairment is measured  using  discounted  cash
flows or the fair value of the collateral,  if the loan is collateral dependent.
Excluded  from the  impairment  analysis  are large  groups of  smaller  balance

                                       13
<PAGE> 16

homogeneous loans such as installment and residential  mortgage loans.  Impaired
loans are  carried at the  estimated  present  value of the future  cash  flows,
discounted at the loan's  effective  interest  rate, or at the fair value of the
collateral if less than the recorded  investment in the loan (including  accrued
interest and net deferred  loan fees or costs).  Specific  reserves for impaired
loans are recognized by adjusting the  allocation of the existing  allowance for
loan losses.

     Although the Bank does not  specifically  allocate its  allowance  for loan
losses on the basis of type of loan,  using these criteria the allocation of the
allowance for loan losses would be as set forth below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES BY LOAN TYPE

                                        1998                          1997
                             ----------------------       ------------------------
                                         Percent of                    Percent of
                                              Loans                         Loans
                                            in Each                       in Each
                                        Category to                   Category to
(Dollars in thousands):      Amount     Total Loans        Amount     Total Loans
                             ------  --------------        ------  --------------

<S>                            <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>
Commercial                     $439            26%           $431           25%
                                                       
Commercial held for sale          1             1               1            1
                                                       
                                                       
Real Estate                                            
                                                       
  Construction                  118            17              54           10
                                                       
  Mortgage                      291            47             201           55
                                                       
  Held for sale                   1             1               1            1
                                                       
  Equity                         77             5              14            4
                                                       
Installment                      28             2              23            3
                                                       
Other                            15             1              33            1
                                                                             
                                                       
Unallocated                      10           N/A             242          N/A
                               ----          -----         ------         -----
                                                       
                               $980           100%         $1,000          100%
                               ====          =====         ======         =====
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                                      
                                     TABLE H

                                    DEPOSITS
                                    --------

     The following  table sets forth the average  amount of and the average rate
paid on certain deposit  categories which were in excess of 10% of average total
deposits for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997.

(Dollars in thousands):                       1998                 1997
                                       ---------------       --------------
                                        Balance   Rate       Balance   Rate
                                       --------  -----       -------  -----
<S>                                    <C>                   <C>           
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits    $ 32,374    N/A       $27,744    N/A
Savings and interest-bearing demand      34,876  3.00%        25,893  2.73%
Time                                     46,212  5.11%        40,600  5.30%
                                       --------              -------
                                       $113,462              $94,237
                                       ========              =======
</TABLE>
                                       14
<PAGE> 17

                                     TABLE I

                                  TIME DEPOSITS
                                  -------------

     The following table sets forth the maturity of time certificates of deposit
of $100,000 or more and other time  deposits of $100,000 or more at December 31,
1998.
 <TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             Time Certificates                        Other Time
                                 of Deposit of                       Deposits of
(in thousands):                   $100 or More                      $100 or More
                                  ------------                      ------------
<S>                                    <C>                               <C>    
 Three months or less                  $15,026                           $11,335
 Over 3 through 6 months                 3,551                           =======
 Over 6 through 12 months                2,324
 Over 12 months                            710
                                       -------
                                       $21,611
                                       =======
</TABLE>

                                     TABLE J

                           RETURN ON EQUITY AND ASSETS
                           ---------------------------

     The following table sets forth certain financial ratios for the years ended
December 31, 1998 and 1997.
                  
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Dollars in thousands):                                  1998         1997
                                                       ------         ----
<S>                                                    <C>          <C>   
 Net income                                            $1,215       $1,062
 Net income to average assets                            1.0%         1.0%
 Net income to average shareholders' equity             11.3%        10.7%
 Dividends declared per share to diluted net income            
    per share                                             ---    0.36 to 1
 Average shareholders' equity to average assets          8.5%         9.3%
</TABLE>
                                                              

COMPETITION

     In California and in the Bank's primary service area,  major banks dominate
the commercial banking industry.  Among the advantages these banks have over the
Bank are their  ability to finance  wide-ranging  advertising  campaigns  and to
allocate their  investment  assets,  including loans, to regions of higher yield
and demand. By virtue of their larger amounts of capital, such institutions have
substantially   greater  lending  limits  than  the  Bank  and  perform  certain
functions,  including trust services and  international  banking,  which are not
presently  offered  directly by the Bank but are offered  indirectly by the Bank
through  correspondent  institutions.  The Bank  also  competes  for  loans  and
deposits with savings and loan  associations,  finance  companies,  money market
funds, brokerage houses, credit unions, and other nonfinancial institutions.

     The Bank's  primary  service  area  consists  principally  of the cities of
Oakland,  San  Leandro,  Hayward and San Ramon and the  unincorporated  areas of
Castro  Valley and San Lorenzo  which at June 30, 1998,  contained  ninety-eight
(98) competing  banking  offices,  which includes the Bank and twenty-five  (25)
branch offices of other independent  banks. At June 30, 1998, the Bank's primary
service  area  also  contained  fifty-five  (55)  offices  of  savings  and loan
associations.

     From time to time,  legislation is proposed or enacted which has the effect
of increasing the cost of doing  business,  limiting  permissible  activities or
affecting  the   competitive   balance   between   banks  and  other   financial
institutions. It is impossible to predict the competitive impact these and other
changes  in  legislation  will have on

                                       15
<PAGE> 18

commercial  banking in general or on the business of the Bank in particular.
See "SUPERVISION AND REGULATION - Recent and
Proposed Legislation".

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

THE COMPANY

     The Company,  as a bank holding company, is subject to regulation under the
Bank Holding  Company Act of 1956,  as amended (the "BHC Act") and is registered
with and subject to the  supervision  of the Board of  Governors  of the Federal
Reserve System ("Federal Reserve"). It is the policy of the Federal Reserve that
each bank holding company serve as a source of financial and managerial strength
to its subsidiary  banks.  The Federal  Reserve has the authority to examine the
Company and the Bank.

     The BHC Act  requires  the  Company  to obtain  the prior  approval  of the
Federal Reserve before  acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of
any bank or  ownership  or control of the  voting  shares of any bank if,  after
giving effect to such acquisition, the Company would own or control, directly or
indirectly,  more than 5% of the voting shares of such bank. However, amendments
to the BHC Act  effected by the  Riegle-Neal  Interstate  Banking and  Branching
Efficiency Act of 1994 ("Riegle-Neal"), which is discussed further below, expand
the  circumstances  under which a bank holding company may acquire control of or
all or  substantially  all of the assets of a bank located  outside the State of
California.
               
     The  Company  may  not  engage  in any  business  other  than  managing  or
controlling banks or furnishing services to its subsidiaries, with the exception
of certain  activities  which,  in the  opinion of the Federal  Reserve,  are so
closely  related  to  banking  or to  managing  or  controlling  banks  as to be
incidental to banking.  The Company is also generally  prohibited from acquiring
direct or indirect  ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of
any company  unless that  company is engaged in such  activities  and unless the
Federal Reserve approves the acquisition.

     The Company and its  subsidiaries  are prohibited  from engaging in certain
tie-in arrangements in connection with any extension of credit, sale or lease of
property or provision of services.  For example,  with certain  exceptions,  the
Bank may not  condition  an extension  of credit on a customer  obtaining  other
services provided by it, the Company or any other subsidiary, or on a promise by
the  customer  not to obtain  other  services  from a  competitor.  In addition,
federal law imposes certain  restrictions  on transactions  between the Bank and
its  affiliates.  As  affiliates,  the Bank and the  Company are  subject,  with
certain exceptions, to the provisions of federal law imposing limitations on and
requiring collateral for loans by the Bank to any affiliate.

THE BANK

     As a California  state-licensed  bank,  the Bank is subject to  regulation,
supervision and periodic  examination by the California  Department of Financial
Institutions ("DFI") and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC"). The
Bank is not a member of the Federal Reserve System, but is nevertheless  subject
to certain  regulations of the Federal Reserve.  The Bank's deposits are insured
by the FDIC to the maximum amount permitted by law, which is currently  $100,000
per depositor in most cases.
               
     The regulations of these state and federal bank regulatory  agencies govern
most aspects of the Bank's  business and  operations,  including but not limited
to, the scope of its business,  its investments,  its reserves against deposits,
the nature and amount of any collateral for loans, the timing of availability of
deposited  funds,  the issuance of  securities,  the payment of dividends,  bank
expansion and bank activities,  including real estate  development and insurance
activities,  and the maximum rates of interest allowed on certain deposits.  The
Bank is also subject to the  requirements  and  restrictions of various consumer
laws and regulations.

     The following  description of certain  statutory and regulatory  provisions
and proposals is not intended to be a complete  description of these  provisions
or of the  many  laws and  regulations  to which  the  Company  and the Bank are
subject,  and is  qualified  in its  entirety  by  reference  to the  particular
statutory or regulatory provisions discussed.

                                       16
<PAGE> 19                                     

CHANGE IN CONTROL

     The BHC Act and the Change in Bank  Control  Act of 1978,  as amended  (the
"Change in Control  Act"),  together with  regulations  of the Federal  Reserve,
require that, depending on the particular circumstances,  either Federal Reserve
approval must be obtained or notice must be furnished to the Federal Reserve and
not  disapproved  prior to any person or company  acquiring  "control" of a bank
holding  company,  such  as the  Company,  subject  to  exemptions  for  certain
transactions.  Control is  conclusively  presumed to exist if an  individual  or
company  acquires  25% or more of any  class of  voting  securities  of the bank
holding  company.  Control is rebuttably  presumed to exist if a person acquires
10% or more but less than 25% of any class of voting  securities  and either the
company has  securities  registered  under  Section 12 of the Exchange Act or no
other person will own a greater  percentage  of that class of voting  securities
immediately  after the  transaction.  The Financial Code also contains  approval
requirements for the acquisition of 10% or more of the securities of a person or
entity which controls a California licensed bank.

CAPITAL ADEQUACY REQUIREMENTS

     The Company is subject to the Federal Reserve's capital guidelines for bank
holding  companies and the Bank is subject to the FDIC's  regulations  governing
capital adequacy for nonmember  banks.  Additional  capital  requirements may be
imposed on banks based on market risk.
               
     THE FEDERAL RESERVE AND FDIC

     The  Federal  Reserve  has  established  risk-based  and  leverage  capital
guidelines  for bank holding  companies  which are similar to the FDIC's capital
adequacy  regulations for nonmember banks. The Federal Reserve  guidelines apply
on a consolidated  basis to bank holding companies with  consolidated  assets of
$150 million or more.

     The Federal Reserve capital  guidelines for bank holding  companies and the
FDIC's regulations for nonmember banks set total capital requirements and define
capital  in  terms  of  "core  capital   elements,"  or  Tier  1 capital(1) and
"supplemental  capital  elements,"  or Tier 2 capital(2). At least fifty percent
(50%) of the qualifying  total capital base must consist of Tier 1 capital.  The
maximum amount of Tier 2 capital that may be recognized  for risk-based  capital
purposes  is limited to  one-hundred  percent  (100%) of Tier 1 capital,  net of
goodwill.

     Both bank holding  companies and nonmember banks are required to maintain a
minimum  ratio of  qualifying  total  capital to  risk-weighted  assets of eight
percent (8%), at least  one-half of which must be in the form of Tier 1 capital.
Risk-based capital ratios are calculated with reference to risk-weighted assets,
including  both on and  off-balance  sheet  exposures,  which are  multiplied by
certain  risk  weights  assigned  by the  Federal  Reserve and the FDIC to those
assets.

     The Federal Reserve and the FDIC have  established a minimum leverage ratio
of three percent (3%) Tier 1 capital to total assets for bank holding  companies
and nonmember banks that have received the highest  composite  regulatory rating
and are not  anticipating or  experiencing  any  significant  growth.  All other
institutions  are  required

- --------------------
(1) Tier 1 capital is generally defined as the sum of the core capital elements
less goodwill and certain intangibles.  The following items are defined as core 
capital elements: (i) common stockholders' equity; (ii) qualifying noncumulative
perpetual preferred stock and related surplus; and (iii) minority interests in
the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries.

(2) Supplementary capital elements include: (i) allowance for loan and lease
losses (which cannot exceed 1.25% of an institution's risk-weighted assets);
(ii) perpetual preferred stock and related surplus not qualifying as core
capital; (iii) hybrid capital instruments, perpetual debt and mandatory
convertible debt securities; (iv) term subordinated debt and intermediate-term
preferred stock and related surplus; and (v) 45% of the unrealized gain, net of
taxes, on securities available for sale.


                                       17
  
<PAGE> 20
to maintain a leverage  ratio of at least 100 to 200 basis  points  above the
3% minimum for a minimum of four  percent  (4%) or five percent (5%).

     Set forth below are the  Company's  and the Bank's risk based and  leverage
capital ratios as of December 31, 1998:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             RISK BASED CAPITAL RATIO       

                                                     Company                     Bank
                                                ------------------       ------------------
(Dollars in thousands):                          Amount      Ratio        Amount      Ratio
                                                -------      -----       -------      -----
<S>                                             <C>           <C>        <C>          <C> 
Tier 1 capital                                  $11,277       9.0%       $10,837       8.7%
Tier 1 capital regulatory minimum requirement     4,993       4.0          4,988       4.0
                                                -------      -----       -------      -----
Capital held in excess of regulatory minimum    $ 6,284       5.0%       $ 5,849       4.7%
                                                =======       ====       =======       ====

Total capital                                   $12,257       9.8%       $11,817       9.5%
Total capital regulatory minimum requirement      9,985       8.0          9,976       8.0
                                                -------      -----       -------      -----
Capital held in excess of regulatory minimum    $ 2,272       1.8%       $ 1,841       1.5%
                                                =======       ====       =======      ====
Risk-weighted assets                                  $124,814                 $124,698
                                                      ========                =========
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                LEVERAGE RATIO

                                                      Company                   Bank
                                                ------------------       -----------------
(Dollars in thousands):                          Amount      Ratio        Amount      Ratio
                                                -------      -----       -------      -----
<S>                                             <C>           <C>        <C>           <C> 
Tier 1 capital to average total assets          $11,277       8.2%       $10,837       7.9%
Range of regulatory minimum leverage              4,144-      3.0-         4,140-      3.0-
  requirement                                     6,906       5.0%         6,901       5.0%
                                                -------      -----       -------      -----
Range of regulatory excess                        4,371-      3.2-         3,936-      2.9-
                                                $ 7,133       5.2%       $ 6,697       4.9%
                                                =======       ====      ========      ====
Average total assets for fourth quarter               $138,129                 $138,013
                                                      ========                 ========
</TABLE>

     The risk-based  capital ratio discussed above focuses  principally on broad
categories of credit risk, and may not take into account many other factors that
can affect a bank's financial condition.  These factors include overall interest
rate risk exposure;  liquidity,  funding and market risks; the quality and level
of  earnings;   concentrations  of  credit  risk;  certain  risks  arising  from
nontraditional   activities;   the  quality  of  loans  and   investments;   the
effectiveness of loan and investment policies;  and management's overall ability
to monitor  and  control  financial  and  operating  risks,  including  the risk
presented by concentrations of credit and  nontraditional  activities.  The FDIC
has  addressed  many of these areas in related  rules and  regulations,  some of
which are discussed herein. In addition to evaluating capital ratios, an overall
assessment of capital  adequacy must take account of each of these other factors
including,  in  particular,  the level and  severity  of problem  and  adversely
classified assets.  For this reason, the final supervisory  judgment on a bank's
capital  adequacy may differ  significantly  from the conclusions  that might be
drawn solely from the absolute level of the bank's risk-based  capital ratio. In
light of the foregoing, the FDIC has stated that banks generally are expected to
operate  above  the  minimum  risk-based  capital  ratio.  Banks   contemplating
significant  expansion  plans,  as  well  as  those  institutions  with  high or
inordinate levels of risk,  should hold capital  commensurate with the level and
nature of the risks to which they are exposed.

     Further, the banking agencies have adopted  modifications to the risk-based
capital  regulations  to include  standards  for interest  rate risk  exposures.
Interest rate risk is the exposure of a bank's  current and future  earnings and
equity  capital  arising from movements in interest  rates.  While interest rate
risk is inherent  in a bank's  role as  financial  intermediary,  it  introduces
volatility to bank earnings and to the economic  value of the bank.  The banking
agencies  have  addressed  this problem by  implementing  changes to the capital
standards to include a bank's
                                       18
<PAGE> 21

exposure to declines in the economic value of its capital due to changes in 
interest  rates as a factor that the banking  agencies consider  in  evaluating
an  institution's  capital  adequacy.  Bank  examiners consider a bank's
historical financial  performance and its earnings exposure to interest rate
movements as well as qualitative factors such as the adequacy of a bank's 
internal interest rate risk management.

     Finally,  institutions with significant trading activities must measure and
hold capital for exposure to general  market risk arising from  fluctuations  in
interest rates,  equity prices,  foreign exchange rates and commodity prices and
exposure to  specific  risk  associated  with debt and equity  positions  in the
trading portfolio.  General market risk refers to changes in the market value of
on-balance-sheet  assets and off-balance-sheet items resulting from broad market
movements.  Specific  market  risk  refers to  changes  in the  market  value of
individual  positions  due to  factors  other than broad  market  movements  and
includes such risks as the credit risk of an instrument's issuer. The additional
capital  requirements  apply  effective  January  1, 1998 to  institutions  with
trading assets and  liabilities  equal to 10% or more of total assets or trading
activity  of $1 billion or more.  The  federal  banking  agencies  may apply the
market risk  regulations on a case by case basis to institutions not meeting the
eligibility criteria if necessary for safety and soundness reasons.

     In  connection  with the recent  regulatory  attention  to market  risk and
interest rate risk, the federal banking agencies will evaluate an institution in
its  periodic  examination  on the degree to which  changes in  interest  rates,
foreign exchange rates, commodity prices or equity prices can affect a financial
institution's  earnings or  capital.  In  addition,  the  agencies  focus in the
examination on an  institution's  ability to monitor and manage its market risk,
and will  provide  management  with a clearer  and more  focused  indication  of
supervisory concerns in this area.

     In certain  circumstances,  the FDIC or the Federal  Reserve may  determine
that the capital ratios for an FDIC-insured  bank or a bank holding company must
be maintained at levels which are higher than the minimum levels required by the
guidelines  or the  regulations.  A bank or bank holding  company which does not
achieve  and  maintain  the  required  capital  levels  may be  issued a capital
directive  by the FDIC or the  Federal  Reserve  to ensure  the  maintenance  of
required capital levels.

PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS

     The shareholders of the Company are entitled to receive  dividends when and
as declared by its Board of Directors,  out of funds legally available,  subject
to the dividends preference, if any, on preferred shares that may be outstanding
and also subject to the  restrictions  of the California  Corporations  Code. At
December 31, 1998, the Company had no outstanding shares of preferred stock.

     The  principal  sources of cash revenue to the Company have been  dividends
received  from the Bank.  The Bank's  ability to make  dividend  payments to the
Company is subject to state and federal regulatory restrictions.

     Dividends  payable  by  the  Bank  to  the  Company  are  restricted  under
California law to the lesser of the Bank's retained earnings,  or the Bank's net
income for the latest three fiscal years,  less  dividends  previously  declared
during  that  period,  or,  with the  approval of the DFI, to the greater of the
retained  earnings  of the Bank,  the net income of the Bank for its last fiscal
year or the net income of the Bank for its current fiscal year.

     The FDIC has broad  authority  to prohibit a bank from  engaging in banking
practices which it considers to be unsafe or unsound. It is possible,  depending
upon the financial condition of the bank in question and other factors, that the
FDIC may assert that the payment of dividends  or other  payments by the bank is
considered  an unsafe or  unsound  banking  practice  and  therefore,  implement
corrective action to address such a practice.

     In addition to the regulations  concerning minimum uniform capital adequacy
requirements  discussed above, the FDIC has established guidelines regarding the
maintenance of an adequate allowance for loan and lease losses.  Therefore,  the
future  payment of cash  dividends  by the Bank to the  Company  will  generally
depend, in addition to regulatory  constraints,  upon the Bank's earnings during
any fiscal period,  the assessment of the respective  Boards of Directors of the
capital  requirements  of such  institutions  and other  factors,  including the
maintenance of an adequate allowance for loan and lease losses.


                                       19
<PAGE> 22

IMPACT OF FEDERAL AND CALIFORNIA TAX LAWS

     The following are the more  significant  federal and California  income tax
provisions affecting commercial banks.

     FEDERAL TAX LAWS

          CORPORATE TAX RATES

     The  federal  corporate  tax rate is 34% for up to $10  million  of taxable
income,  and 35% for taxable  income over $10 million.  The 1%  differential  is
phased  out  between  $15  million  and  approximately  $18.3  million  so  that
corporations with over  approximately  $18.3 million of taxable income are taxed
at a flat rate of 35%.

          CORPORATE ALTERNATIVE MINIMUM TAX

     Generally,  a  corporation  will be subject to an  alternative  minimum tax
("AMT")  to the extent the  tentative  minimum  tax  exceeds  the  corporation's
regular  tax  liability.  The  tentative  minimum tax is equal to (a) 20% of the
excess of a corporation's  "alternative minimum taxable income" ("AMTI") over an
exemption amount,  less (b) the alternative  minimum foreign tax credit. AMTI is
defined as taxable income computed with special adjustments and increased by the
amount of tax preference  items for a tax year. An important  adjustment is made
for "adjusted current earnings," which generally measures the difference between
corporate  earnings and profits (as adjusted)  and taxable  income.  Finally,  a
corporation's  net operating loss computed for AMT purposes (if any) only can be
utilized to offset up to 90% of AMTI,  with the result that a  corporation  with
current year taxable income will pay some tax.

          BAD DEBT DEDUCTION

     A bank with average  adjusted bases of all assets exceeding $500 million (a
"large bank") must compute its bad debt deduction using the specific  charge-off
method.  Under that  method,  a deduction  is taken at the time the debt becomes
partially or wholly worthless. A bank not meeting the definition of a large bank
may use  either  the  specific  charge-off  method or the  "experience"  reserve
method,  under  which the  addition  to bad debt  reserve is based on the bank's
actual loss experience for the current year and five preceding  years.  The U.S.
Treasury has promulgated regulations which permit a bank to elect to establish a
conclusive presumption that a debt is worthless,  based on applying a single set
of standards for both regulatory and tax accounting purposes.

          INTEREST INCURRED FOR TAX-EXEMPT OBLIGATIONS

     Generally,  taxpayers  are not allowed to deduct  interest on  indebtedness
incurred to purchase or carry  tax-exempt  obligations.  This rule  applies to a
bank,  to the extent of its interest  expense  that is  allocable to  tax-exempt
obligations  acquired after August 7, 1986. The Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997 (the
"1997 Act") made a technical  change  which  expands  the  interest  potentially
disallowed.  A special exception applies,  however,  to a "qualified  tax-exempt
obligation," which includes any tax-exempt  obligation that (a) is not a private
activity  bond  and  (b) is  issued  after  August  7,  1986 by an  issuer  that
reasonably  anticipates  it will issue not more than $10  million of  tax-exempt
obligations  (other than certain  private  activity  bonds)  during the calendar
year.  Interest  expense on  qualified  tax-exempt  obligations  is  deductible,
although it is subject to a 20%  disallowance  under special rules applicable to
financial institutions.

          NET OPERATING LOSSES

     The 1997 Act changed the tax treatment of net operating  losses (an "NOL").
Effective  for tax years  beginning  after August 5, 1997,  a bank  generally is
permitted  to carry a NOL back to the prior two tax  years  and  forward  to the
succeeding  twenty tax years.  For tax years  beginning  on or before  August 5,
1997, the NOL may be carried back three years and forward fifteen years.

                                       20

<PAGE> 23

          AMORTIZATION OF INTANGIBLE ASSETS INCLUDING BANK DEPOSIT BASE

     Certain intangible property acquired by a taxpayer must be amortized over a
15-year  period.  For this  purpose,  acquired  assets  required to be amortized
include  goodwill  and the  deposit  base or any  similar  asset  acquired  by a
financial  institution (such as checking and savings  accounts,  escrow accounts
and similar items).

          MARK-TO-MARKET RULES

     The Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1993 introduced certain  "mark-to-market"
tax accounting  rules for "dealers in  securities."  Under these rules,  certain
"securities"  held at the close of a taxable  year must be marked to fair market
value,  and the  unrealized  gain  or  loss  inherent  in the  security  must be
recognized in that year for federal income tax purposes. Under the definition of
a "dealer," a bank or financial  institution  that regularly  purchases or sells
loans may be subject to the new rules.

     Certain securities are excepted from the mark-to-market  rules provided the
taxpayer  timely  complies with specified  identification  rules.  The principal
exceptions  affecting banks are for (1) any security held for investment and (2)
any note, bond, or other evidence of indebtedness  acquired or originated in the
ordinary course of business and which is not held for sale. If a taxpayer timely
and  properly  identifies  loans  and  securities  as  being  excepted  from the
mark-to-market  rules,  these loans and securities  will not be subject to these
rules.  Generally,  a financial  institution may make the  identification  of an
excepted debt obligation in accordance with normal accounting practices,  but no
later than 30 days after acquisition.

     CALIFORNIA TAX LAWS

     A commercial  bank is subject to the California  franchise tax at a special
bank tax rate based on the general  corporate (non  financial) rate plus 2%. For
calendar  income  year 1999,  the bank tax rate is 10.84%  (which  reflects  the
general  corporate tax rate of 8.84%).  The  applicable  tax rate is higher than
that applied to general  corporations because it includes an amount "in lieu" of
many other state and local taxes and license fees  payable by such  corporations
but generally not payable by banks and financial corporations.

     California has adopted  substantially  the federal AMT,  subject to certain
modifications. Generally, a bank is subject to California AMT in an amount equal
to the sum of (a)  6.65% of AMTI  (computed  for  California  purposes)  over an
exemption  amount  and (b) the  excess  of the bank tax  rate  over the  general
corporation tax rate applied against net income for the taxable year, unless the
bank's regular tax liability is greater.

     California  permits a bank to compute  its  deduction  for bad debt  losses
under  either the  specific  charge-off  method or  according to the amount of a
reasonable addition to a bad debt reserve.

     California  has  incorporated  the  federal  NOL  provisions,   subject  to
significant  modifications for most corporations.  First, NOLs arising in income
years beginning before 1987 are disregarded.  Second, no carryback is permitted,
and for most corporations NOLs may be carried forward only five years. Third, in
most  cases,  only 50% of the NOL for any income  year may be  carried  forward.
Fourth,  the special  federal NOL rules  regarding bad debt losses of commercial
banks do not apply for California purposes.

     Finally, in 1994, California enacted legislation  conforming to the federal
tax  treatment  of  amortization  of  intangibles  and  goodwill,  with  certain
modifications.

     The various tax laws discussed herein contain other changes that could have
a  significant  impact on the banking  industry.  The effect of these changes is
uncertain and varied,  and it is unclear to what extent any of these changes may
influence the Bank's operations or the banking industry generally.

     In addition,  the  President's  Fiscal Year 2000 Budget  proposal  contains
several  provisions  which  could  have a  significant  impact  on  the  banking
industry.  It is uncertain whether these provisions will be enacted into law and
what impact these provisions will have on the Bank.

                                       21

<PAGE> 24

IMPACT OF MONETARY POLICIES

     The  earnings  and growth of the Bank and the  Company  are  subject to the
influence  of domestic and foreign  economic  conditions,  including  inflation,
recession  and  unemployment.  The  earnings  of the Bank  and,  therefore,  the
Company,  are affected not only by general  economic  conditions but also by the
monetary  and  fiscal  policies  of the  United  States  and  federal  agencies,
particularly  the Federal  Reserve.  The Federal  Reserve can and does implement
national  monetary  policy,  such  as  seeking  to  curb  inflation  and  combat
recession,  by its open market operations in United States Government securities
and by its control of the discount rates  applicable to borrowings by banks from
the Federal  Reserve  System.  The actions of the Federal Reserve in these areas
influence  the growth of bank loans,  investments  and  deposits  and affect the
interest rates charged on loans and paid on deposits.  As demonstrated  over the
past several years by the Federal Reserve's  actions  regarding  interest rates,
its  policies  have  had a  significant  effect  on  the  operating  results  of
commercial banks and are expected to continue to do so in the future. The nature
and timing of any future changes in monetary policies are not predictable.

RECENT AND PROPOSED LEGISLATION

     Federal and state laws applicable to financial  institutions have undergone
significant  changes  in  recent  years.  The most  significant  recent  federal
legislative  enactments  are the  Riegle-Neal  Interstate  Banking and Branching
Efficiency  Act of  1994  ("Riegle-Neal")  and  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance
Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 ("FDICIA").

     RIEGLE-NEAL INTERSTATE BANKING AND BRANCHING EFFICIENCY ACT OF 1994

     In September 1994,  President Clinton signed Riegle-Neal,  which amends the
BHC Act and the Federal Deposit Insurance Act ("FDIA") to provide for interstate
banking,  branching and mergers. Subject to the provisions of certain state laws
and  other  requirements,  Riegle-Neal  allows a bank  holding  company  that is
adequately  capitalized  and  adequately  managed to acquire a bank located in a
state other than the holding  company's home state  regardless of whether or not
the acquisition is expressly  authorized by state law.  Similarly,  beginning on
June 1, 1997, the federal banking agencies were permitted to approve  interstate
merger transactions, subject to applicable restrictions and state laws. Further,
a state may elect to allow out of state  banks to open de novo  branches in that
state.  However,  recently  adopted  regulations of the federal banking agencies
prohibit  interstate  branching  primarily for the purpose of deposit production
and provide  guidelines to ensure that banks operating  interstate  branches are
reasonably  helping to meet the credit  needs of the  communities  served by the
branches.

     Riegle-Neal  includes  several other provisions which may have an impact on
the Company's  and the Bank's  business.  The  provisions  include,  among other
things,   a  mandate  for  review  of   regulations   to  equalize   competitive
opportunities  between  U.S.  and  foreign  banks,  evaluation  on a  bank-wide,
state-wide  and,  if  applicable,  metropolitan  area  basis,  of the  Community
Reinvestment Act compliance of banks with interstate branches, and, in the event
the FDIC is appointed as conservator or receiver of a financial institution, the
revival  of  otherwise  expired  causes  of action  for  fraud  and  intentional
misconduct resulting in unjust enrichment or substantial loss to an institution.

     California  has  adopted  the  Caldera,  Weggeland,  and Killea  California
Interstate Banking and Branching Act of 1995 ("IBBA"), which became effective on
October 2, 1995. The IBBA addresses the  supervision  of state  chartered  banks
which  operate  across  state  lines,   and  covers  such  areas  as  branching,
applications  for new facilities and mergers,  consolidations  and  conversions,
among  other  things.  The IBBA  allows a  California  state bank to have agency
relationships with affiliated and unaffiliated  insured depository  institutions
and allows a bank  subsidiary  of a bank  holding  company to act as an agent to
receive deposits, renew time deposits,  service loans and receive payments for a
depository institution affiliate. In addition,  pursuant to the IBBA, California
"opted in early" to the Riegle-Neal  provisions regarding interstate  branching,
allowing a state bank  chartered in a state other than  California to acquire by
merger or purchase,  a California  bank or  industrial  loan company which is at
least five (5) years old and thereby  establish  one or more  California  branch
offices.  However,  the IBBA  prohibits a state bank  chartered in a state other
than  California  from entering  California  by  purchasing a California  branch
office of a

                                       22
<PAGE> 25

California bank or industrial  loan company  without  purchasing the entire
entity or establishing a de novo California branch office.

     The  changes  effected  by  Riegle-Neal  and the IBBA  have  increased  the
competitive  environment  in which the  Company  and the Bank  operate as out of
state  financial  institutions  directly or  indirectly  enter the Bank's market
area. It is expected that Riegle-Neal  will accelerate the  consolidation of the
banking  industry as a number of the largest bank holding  companies expand into
different parts of the country that were previously restricted. However, at this
time, it is not possible to predict what specific  impact,  if any,  Riegle-Neal
and the IBBA will have on the Company and the Bank, the competitive  environment
in which the Bank  operates,  or the  impact on the  Company  or the Bank of any
regulations adopted or proposed under Riegle-Neal and the IBBA.

     FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION IMPROVEMENT ACT OF 1991 ("FDICIA")

         GENERAL

     FDICIA  primarily  addresses  the  safety  and  soundness  of  the  deposit
insurance   funds,   supervision  of  and   accounting  by  insured   depository
institutions  and  prompt  corrective  action  by the  federal  bank  regulatory
agencies  with respect to troubled  institutions.  FDICIA gives the FDIC, in its
capacity  as  federal  insurer  of  deposits,   broad  authority  to  promulgate
regulations to assure the viability of the deposit  insurance  funds,  including
regulations  concerning  safety and  soundness  standards.  FDICIA  also  places
restrictions  on  the  activities  of   state-chartered   institutions   and  on
institutions  failing to meet minimum  capital  standards and provides  enhanced
enforcement authority for the federal banking agencies. FDICIA also strengthened
Federal Reserve Act regulations regarding insider transactions.

         PROMPT CORRECTIVE ACTION

     FDICIA  amended  the FDIA to  establish a format for closer  monitoring  of
insured  depository  institutions  and to  enable  prompt  corrective  action by
regulators  when an  institution  begins to experience  difficulty.  The general
thrust of these provisions is to impose greater  scrutiny and more  restrictions
on institutions as they descend the capitalization ladder.

     FDICIA   establishes  five  capital   categories  for  insured   depository
institutions:   (a)  Well  Capitalized(3); (b)  Adequately   Capitalized(4); (c)
Undercapitalized(5); (d)  Significantly  Undercapitalized(6); and (e) Critically
Undercapitalized(7).  All insured  institutions (e.g., the Bank) are barred from
making capital  distributions or paying management fees to a controlling  person
(e.g.,  the Company) if to do so would cause the institution to fall into any of
the three undercapitalized categories.


- -----------------------------
(3) Well Capitalized  means a financial  institution with a total risk-based
ratio of 10% or more,  a Tier 1  risk-based  ratio of 6% or more and a  leverage
ratio of 5% or more,  so long as the  institution  is not subject to any written
agreement or order issued by the FDIC.

(4) Adequately  Capitalized  means a total risk-based ratio of 8% or more, a
Tier 1 risk-based  ratio of 4% or more and a leverage ratio of 4% or more (3% or
more if the  institution has received the highest  composite  rating in its most
recent  report  of  examination)  and does not  meet  the  definition  of a Well
Capitalized institution.

(5) Undercapitalized means a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8%, a
Tier 1 risk-based  capital  ratio of less than 4% or a leverage  ratio of less
than 4%.

(6)  Significantly  Undercapitalized  means a financial  institution  with a
total  risk-based  ratio of less than 6%, a Tier 1 risk-based ratio of less than
3% or a leverage ratio of less than 3%.

(7) Critically  Undercapitalized  means a financial institution with a ratio of
tangible equity to total assets that is equal to or less than 2%.


                                       23

<PAGE> 26

     An institution which is undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized or
critically  undercapitalized  becomes subject to mandatory  supervisory actions,
including:  (1)  restrictions  on  payment  of  capital  distributions,  such as
dividends;  (2)  restrictions on payment of management fees to any person having
control of the institution; (3) close monitoring by the FDIC of the condition of
the institution,  compliance with capital restoration plans,  restrictions,  and
requirements  imposed under Section 38 of the FDIA,  and periodic  review of the
institution's  efforts to restore its capital and comply with restrictions;  (4)
submission to the FDIC of a capital  restoration  plan; (5) requirement that any
company which controls an  undercapitalized  institution  must guarantee,  in an
amount equal to the lesser of 5% of the institution's total assets or the amount
needed  to  bring  the  institution  into  full  capital  compliance,  that  the
institution will comply with the capital  restoration plan until the institution
has been adequately capitalized,  on the average, for four consecutive quarters;
(6) restrictions on the institution's  asset growth;  and (7) limitations on the
institution's  ability to make any  acquisition,  open any new branch offices or
engage in any new line of business.

     Significantly  undercapitalized and undercapitalized institutions that fail
to submit and implement  adequate capital  restoration  plans are subject to the
mandatory provisions set forth above and, in addition, to increasingly stringent
operating restrictions, including an immediate requirement to raise capital.

     Finally,  a  critically  undercapitalized  institution  must be  placed  in
conservatorship   or  receivership   within  90  days  of  becoming   critically
undercapitalized,  unless the FDIC  determines  that other  action  would better
achieve the purposes of the FDIA. Critically undercapitalized institutions which
are not placed in  conservatorship  or receivership may be subject to additional
stringent operating restrictions.

               SAFETY AND SOUNDNESS; OTHER PROVISIONS OF FDICIA

     FDICIA  required  the  federal  banking  agencies to adopt  regulations  or
guidelines  with respect to safety and  soundness  standards.  The agencies have
adopted  uniform  guidelines  which  are  used,  primarily  in  connection  with
examinations,   to  identify   and  address   problems  at  insured   depository
institutions  before  capital  becomes  impaired.  The federal  bank  regulatory
agencies have adopted asset quality and earnings standards as part of the safety
and  soundness  guidelines.  The asset  quality  standards  require a depository
institution to establish and maintain a system  appropriate to the institution's
size and  operations to identify and prevent  deterioration  in problem  assets.
With respect to earnings,  the institution should adopt and maintain a system to
evaluate  and  monitor  earnings  and ensure that  earnings  are  sufficient  to
maintain adequate capital and reserves.

     The federal  banking  agencies  have  published a "Policy  Statement on the
Internal Audit  Function and its  Outsourcing,"  which provides  guidance on the
elements of an effective internal audit function,  including director and senior
management responsibilities,  the structure of the internal audit department and
procedures for resolving internal control weaknesses.  The Policy Statement also
provides  guidance  on how  outsourcing  arrangements  may affect an  examiner's
internal control assessment,  as well as the independence of an external auditor
who is also providing internal audit services to an institution.

     In response to the increasing  number of financial  institutions  using the
Internet,  the  FDIC  has  issued a paper  identifying  many of the  risks to an
institution's information system security associated with Internet use, together
with  several  security  and risk  control  measures.  The paper is  designed to
complement the FDIC's safety and soundness examination procedures for electronic
banking activities. The Bank does not offer any internet banking services.

     FDICIA restricts the acceptance of brokered deposits by insured  depository
institutions that are not well capitalized.  It also places  restrictions on the
interest rate payable on brokered deposits and the solicitation of such deposits
by such  institutions.  An  undercapitalized  institution will not be allowed to
solicit brokered  deposits by offering rates of interest that are  significantly
higher  than the  prevailing  rates  of  interest  on  insured  deposits  in the
particular institution's normal market areas or in the market area in which such
deposits  would  otherwise be  accepted.  In addition to these  restrictions  on
acceptance of brokered  deposits,  FDICIA provides that no

                                       24

<PAGE> 27

pass-through  deposit insurance  will be provided to employee  benefit  plan 
deposits  accepted by an institution which is ineligible to accept brokered 
deposits under applicable law and regulations.

     Pursuant to FDICIA, the FDIC has established a risk-based assessment system
for  depository  institutions.  This  risk-based  system is used to  calculate a
depository  institution's  semiannual deposit insurance  assessment based on the
probability  that the deposit  insurance  fund will incur a loss with respect to
the  institution.  To  arrive at a  risk-based  assessment  for each  depository
institution,  the FDIC has constructed a matrix of nine risk categories based on
capital  ratios  and  relevant  supervisory  information.  Each  institution  is
assigned to one of three capital  categories:  "well  capitalized,"  "adequately
capitalized" or "undercapitalized."  Each institution also is assigned to one of
three supervisory  groups based on levels of risk. Risk assessment  premiums are
based on an institution's  assignment within the matrix and for 1998 ranged from
$0.0 to $0.27 per $100 of deposits.  The FDIC has stated that the foregoing risk
assessment premiums will be in effect indefinately.

     FDICIA also places restrictions on insured state bank activities and equity
investments,  interbank  liabilities  and  extensions  of credit to insiders and
transactions with affiliates.

               OTHER RECENT LEGISLATION

     On  September  23,  1994,  President  Clinton  signed  into law the  Riegle
Community  Development and Regulatory  Improvement Act of 1994 (the  "Regulatory
Improvement Act"). The Regulatory Improvement Act provides regulatory relief for
both  large and small  banks by,  among  other  things,  reducing  the burden of
regulatory  examinations,  streamlining  bank  holding  company  procedures  and
establishing a formal regulatory appeals process. The Regulatory Improvement Act
also  addresses  a variety  of other  topics,  including,  but not  limited  to,
mortgage loan  settlement  procedures,  call  reports,  insider  lending,  money
laundering,   currency  transaction  reports,  management  interlocks,   foreign
accounts,   mortgage  servicing  and  credit  card  receivables.   Although  the
Regulatory Improvement Act has generally reduced the regulatory burden currently
imposed on banks, it is not possible to ascertain the precise effect its various
provisions will have on the Company or the Bank.

YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE

     During  1997  and  several  times  during  1998,   the  Federal   Financial
Institutions  Examination  Council  ("FFIEC") issued  statements and guidance to
financial  institutions   addressing  critical  issues  for  Year  2000  ("Y2K")
readiness.  These  statements  address key phases of the Y2K project  management
process and the specific  responsibilities of senior management and the board of
directors  to  address   business  risks   associated   with  the  Y2K  problem.
Additionally,  in October 1998,  the federal  banking  agencies  jointly  issued
"Interagency   Guidelines  Establishing  Year  2000  Standards  for  Safety  and
Soundness"  (the  "Guidelines").  The  Guidelines,  which  are  intended  to  be
consistent  with FFIEC  pronouncements,  establish  standards for management and
boards of directors in developing and managing Y2K projects plans, assessing and
testing  mission-critical  systems for Y2K  readiness(8), validating remediation
efforts and planning for contingencies.

     Year 2000 issues exist because most  computer  programs use only two digits
to identify a year in the date field (e.g.,  "98" for "1998").  Bank information
processing  systems must be made Y2K  compliant  well in advance of December 31,
1999. The Guidelines and FFIEC  pronouncements  describe certain essential steps
that insured  depository  institutions  must take at the awareness,  assessment,
renovation,  validation,  testing and implementation  phases of their efforts to
achieve Y2K readiness.

     In  addition,  banks face risks from  vendors  whose  programs  are not Y2K
compliant  and must begin testing of programming changes no later than December
31, 1998. The computer programs of banks' corporate  customers also may pose Y2K
risks. Failure to address Y2K issues could affect a borrower's  creditworthiness
and may result

- --------------------------
(8) An application or system is "mission-critical" if it is vital to the
successful continuance of a core business activity.  An application also may be
mission-critical if it interfaces with a designated mission-critical system.  
Products of software vendors also may be mission-critical.



                                       25

<PAGE>28



from the failure of the  customer to properly  remediate  its own
systems or from Y2K problems that are not addressed by the customer's  suppliers
and clients.

     Accordingly, the FFIEC and interagency Guidelines require senior management
to provide the board of directors  with  quarterly or more  frequent  reports on
efforts  to reach Y2K  goals  both  internally  and by the  institution's  major
vendors.  Continued  monitoring  of the Y2K efforts of vendors and  customers is
required.

     The Guidelines  specify that an insured  depository  institution's  initial
review of  mission-critical  systems for Y2K readiness  should provide the basis
for  establishing  priorities and deadlines and for  identifying  and allocating
available resources. The development and adoption of a written project plan that
addressees each phase of the planning process also is required.

     The banking agencies consider testing to be a critical process in achieving
Y2K readiness.  Failure of an insured depository institution to perform adequate
testing of mission-critical  systems may mask serious remediation problems, thus
posing a risk to the safe and sound  operation  of the  institution.  Failure to
properly  identify or correct  problems  could  further  threaten the safety and
soundness of the institution.

     The  Guidelines  and the FFIEC's  statement on Y2K readiness  testing of an
institution's  mission-critical systems set forth the following milestones which
should be met by each institution:

     June 30, 1998:           Institutions should compLete the development of 
                          their written testing strategies and plans.
     September 1, 1998        Institutions processing in-house and service
                          providers should have commenced testing of internal 
                          mission-critical systems, including those programmed
                          in-house  and  those purchased from software vendors.
     December 31, 1998        Testing of internal mission-critical systems 
                          should be substantially complete.  Service providers 
                          should be ready to test with customers.
     March 31, 1999           Testing by institutions relying on service 
                          providers for mission-critical systems should be 
                          substantially complete.  External testing with 
                          material other third parties (customers, other
                          financial institutions, business partners, payment 
                          system providers, etc.) should have begun.
     June 30, 1999            Testing of mission-critical systems should be 
                          complete and implementation should be substantially 
                          complete.

     Additional  FFIEC  interagency  statements cover  contingency  planning and
steps that can be taken to establish a customer awareness program. At a minimum,
financial  institutions  must  develop  remediation  contingency  plans that (1)
outline the  alternatives  available if remediation  efforts are not successful,
(2) consider  the  availability  of  alternative  service  providers or software
vendors  and  (3)  establish   trigger  dates  for  activating  the  remediation
contingency plan, taking into account the time necessary to convert to alternate
service providers or software vendors.

     In  appropriate  circumstances,  a federal  banking  agency may  require an
insured  depository  institution  that fails to comply  with the  Guidelines  to
prepare  and  submit  an  acceptable  compliance  plan.  An  insured  depository
institution  that fails to submit an acceptable  compliance plan within the time
allowed or fails in any material  respect to  implement  an accepted  compliance
plan will be subject to an agency order directing the institution to correct the
deficiency.  The  Guidelines do not limit the  authority of a banking  agency to
address unsafe or unsound  practices or conditions,  violations of law, or other
practices,  or to adopt  appropriate  remedies  to achieve  compliance  with the
Guidelines.  Further,  remedies  provided  by  Section  39 of the FDIA allow the
banking  agencies to move promptly in  situations  where  immediate  supervisory
action is essential for safety and soundness reasons. Actions under FDIA Section
39 and the Guidelines may be taken  independently of, in conjunction with, or in
addition to, other appropriate enforcement actions.

     The FDIC and state banking  authorities will continue to review the efforts
of all FDIC-supervised banks to achieve Y2K readiness.  An institution's failure
to  appropriately  address  Y2K  readiness  problems  may result in

                                       26

<PAGE>  29


supervisory actions,   including  formal  and  informal  enforcement  actions, 
denials of applications  filed pursuant to the FDIA, civil money penalties, and
reductions in the institution's management component or composite ratings.

     For a  description  of the Company's  Y2K  readiness  efforts,  see Item 6,
herein.

CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS AND REGULATIONS

     The bank regulatory  agencies are focusing greater  attention on compliance
with consumer  protection laws and their implementing  regulations.  Examination
and  enforcement  have become more intense in nature,  and insured  institutions
have  been  advised  to  monitor   carefully   compliance  with  such  laws  and
regulations.  The Bank is subject to many federal consumer  protection  statutes
and regulations, some of which are discussed below.

     The  Community  Reinvestment  Act ("CRA") is intended to encourage  insured
depository  institutions,  while operating safely and soundly,  to help meet the
credit  needs of their  communities.  The CRA  specifically  directs the federal
regulatory agencies, in examining insured depository  institutions,  to assess a
bank's  record  of  helping  meet  the  credit  needs of its  entire  community,
including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent with safe and sound
banking  practices.  The CRA further  requires  the agencies to take a financial
institution's  record of meeting its  community  credit  needs into account when
evaluating applications for, among other things,  domestic branches,  mergers or
acquisitions, or holding company formations. The agencies use the CRA assessment
factors in order to provide a rating to the financial  institution.  The ratings
range from a high of "outstanding" to a low of "substantial  noncompliance." The
Bank was  examined  for CRA  compliance  by its  primary  regulator  in 1997 and
received a "satisfactory" CRA Assessment Rating.

     The   Equal   Credit   Opportunity   Act   ("ECOA")   generally   prohibits
discrimination  in any credit  transaction,  whether  for  consumer  or business
purposes, on the basis of race, color,  religion,  national origin, sex, marital
status,  age  (except in limited  circumstances),  receipt of income from public
assistance  programs,  or good faith  exercise of any rights  under the Consumer
Credit  Protection  Act. The Truth in Lending Act ("TILA") is designed to ensure
that credit  terms are  disclosed  in a  meaningful  way so that  consumers  may
compare  credit terms more readily and  knowledgeably.  As a result of the TILA,
all  creditors  must  use the same  credit  terminology  to  express  rates  and
payments,  including the annual percentage rate, the finance charge,  the amount
financed, the total of payments and the payment schedule, among other things.

     The Fair Housing Act ("FH Act") regulates many practices,  including making
it  unlawful  for any  lender to  discriminate  in its  housing-related  lending
activities against any person because of race, color, religion, national origin,
sex,  handicap or familial status. A number of lending practices have been found
by the courts to be, or may be considered,  illegal under the FH Act,  including
some that are not specifically mentioned in the FH Act itself. The Home Mortgage
Disclosure  Act ("HMDA")  grew out of public  concern  over credit  shortages in
certain urban  neighborhoods and provides public information that will help show
whether  financial  institutions  are serving the  housing  credit  needs of the
neighborhoods and communities in which they are located.  The HMDA also includes
a "fair  lending"  aspect that requires the  collection  and  disclosure of data
about applicant and borrower  characteristics  as a way of identifying  possible
discriminatory lending patterns and enforcing anti-discrimination statutes.
               
     Finally,  the Real Estate  Settlement  Procedures  Act  ("RESPA")  requires
lenders to provide  borrowers with disclosures  regarding the nature and cost of
real estate settlements.  Also, RESPA prohibits certain abusive practices,  such
as kickbacks, and places limitations on the amount of escrow accounts.
               
     Penalties under the above laws may include fines,  reimbursements and other
penalties.  Due to heightened  regulatory concern related to compliance with the
CRA, TILA, FH Act, ECOA, HMDA and RESPA generally, the Bank may incur additional
compliance  costs or be required to expend  additional  funds for investments in
its local community.

                                       27

<PAGE> 30

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

     In June 1997, the Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  ("FASB")  issued
Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 130,  Reporting  Comprehensive
Income  ("SFAS No.  130"),  which  establishes  standards  for the reporting and
display of comprehensive income and its components in financial statements.  The
Company  has  retroactively  adopted  SFAS  No.  130,  "Reporting  Comprehensive
Income",  which  requires  that an  enterprise  report  and  display,  by  major
components and as a single total, the change in its net assets during the period
from nonowner  sources.  The adoption of this Statement  resulted in a change in
the financial statement presentation but did not have an impact on the Company's
consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

     On January 1, 1998, the Company  adopted SFAS No. 131,  "Disclosures  About
Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information", which establishes annual and
interim reporting  standards for an enterprise's  operating segments and related
disclosures about its products, services,  geographic areas and major customers.
In applying the "management approach"  established by the Statement,  management
determined that since all of the commercial banking products and services of the
Bank are available in each branch of the Bank,  all branches are located  within
the same economic  environment and management does not allocate  resources based
on the performance of different lending or transaction activities, the financial
disclosures  of this  statement  related to operating  performance of reportable
segments does not apply.

     In June 1998, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 133
Accounting  for Derivative  Instruments  and Hedging  Activities.  The statement
establishes  accounting and reporting  standards for derivative  instruments and
hedging activities. The statement is effective for all fiscal quarters of fiscal
years  beginning  after  June  15,  1999.  The  Company  is in  the  process  of
determining the impact of adopting SFAS 133, however, the Company currently does
not  have  any  derivative  instruments  and is  not  involved  in  any  hedging
activities.

OTHER

     Other  legislation  which has been or may be proposed to the United  States
Congress and the California Legislature and regulations which may be proposed by
the Federal Reserve, the FDIC and the DFI may affect the business of the Company
or the Bank. It cannot be predicted whether any pending or proposed  legislation
or regulations will be adopted or the effect such legislation or regulations may
have upon the business of the Company or the Bank.

ITEM 2 -       DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

     The Company and the Bank have their principal  offices in a modern facility
located at 1495 East 14th Street, San Leandro, California 94577, which serves as
the Bank's  headquarters  office.  The  headquarters  office  consists of 11,000
square feet of interior  space and includes eight (8) teller  stations,  a night
depository and an automated teller machine.
               
     The Bank entered into a lease for the premises which  commenced on April 1,
1981,  extends for a term of twenty-five  years and provided for rental payments
of $4,000  per month  for the  first ten years of the lease  term.  On the tenth
anniversary  (April 1, 1991). the monthly rental payment  obligation of the Bank
was raised to $10,310.  As of the fifteenth  anniversary (April 1, 1996) and for
the five  year  period  ending  March  31,  2001,  the  monthly  rental  payment
obligation  of  the  Bank  will  remain  at  $10,310.   Each  fifth  anniversary
thereafter,  the monthly  rental  amount is to be adjusted as  negotiated by the
Bank and the lessor or, if the parties  are unable to agree on such  adjustment,
by  arbitration.  The lease also grants to the Bank a right of first  refusal in
the event of a proposed sale of the leased premises.

     The Bank entered into an 18-year lease which  commenced on October 1, 1987,
pursuant to which the Bank  acquired an  additional  3,000 square feet of office
space at 1475 East 14th Street adjacent to its original headquarters office. The
lease provided for monthly rental  payments of $1,800 for the first three years,
and $2,200,  $2,680,  and $3,270,  respectively,  for each subsequent  five-year
period. The area accommodates the accounting  department,  computer  operations,
storage facilities and certain operations functions.

                                       28

<PAGE> 31


     The Bank has invested approximately $2,857,000 through December 31, 1998 in
leasehold improvements and furniture, fixtures and equipment in its headquarters
office, which includes 1495 and 1475 East 14th Street, San Leandro.

     The  Bank's  SBA and  construction  divisions  are  located  in the  Bank's
extension office at 1500 Washington Avenue,  San Leandro,  California 94577. The
premises  consists of a one-story wood frame structure which has a floor area of
2,072 square feet. There is a parking lot adjacent to the building. The property
was purchased by the Company at a cost of $196,512 in 1985, and the premises are
leased from the Company by the Bank for the SBA and construction  divisions at a
monthly rental of $2,000. The Bank invested  approximately $255,000 in leasehold
improvements  and  furniture,  fixtures and  equipment in its  extension  office
through December 31, 1998.

     The Bank's Hayward branch office is located in a modern facility at 1030 La
Playa Drive,  Hayward,  California.  The Hayward branch office consists of 4,285
square feet of interior  space and includes  four (4) teller  stations,  a night
depository and an automated teller machine.

     The Bank purchased the Hayward branch premises in February, 1993 at a total
cost of $700,000.  The Bank invested  approximately $707,000 in improvements and
furniture,  fixtures and equipment in its Hayward branch office through December
31, 1998.

     The Bank's San Ramon branch office is located in a modern  facility at 2821
Crow Canyon Road, San Ramon, California. The San Ramon branch office consists of
approximately  5,526 square feet of space and includes five teller  stations,  a
night   depository  and  an  automated   teller   machine.   The  Bank  invested
approximately  $352,000 in leasehold  improvements  and furniture,  fixtures and
equipment in its San Ramon office through December 31, 1998.

     The Bank  entered  into a lease for the San Ramon  branch  office  premises
which  commenced  on  November 1, 1996,  extends for a term of sixty  months and
provides for rental  payments of $7,500 per month for the first twelve months of
the lease term, increasing to $8,000 per month for the next twelve months of the
lease term. On each subsequent  anniversary of the lease  commencement date, the
rental payments will be adjusted to reflect changes in the Consumer Price Index,
subject to a cap on each such adjustment of five percent.  The lease also grants
to the Bank  options  to extend the lease  term for three  additional  five year
periods with the rental payments for such extension  periods to be determined by
mutual agreement of the Bank and the lessor or by appraisal.

ITEM 3 -       LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     Neither  the  Company  nor  the  Bank is a party  to,  nor is any of  their
property  the subject of, any  material  pending  legal  proceedings  other than
ordinary routine  litigation  incidental to their respective  businesses nor are
any such proceedings known to be contemplated by governmental authorities.

ITEM 4 -       SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

     No  matter  was  submitted  to a vote  of  security  holders,  through  the
solicitation  of proxies or otherwise,  during the fourth  quarter of the fiscal
year covered by this report.

                                     PART II

ITEM 5 -       MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

     For  information   concerning  the  Company's   Common  Stock  and  related
shareholder matters,  see "Stock Prices and Dividend  Information" on the inside
back cover of the Annual Report,  which is incorporated  herein by reference and
"SUPERVISION AND REGULATION" under the heading "ITEM 1 - BUSINESS" above.

                                       29

<PAGE> 32

     As of March 10,  1999,  there were 409  holders of record of the  Company's
Common Stock.


ITEM 6 -       MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OR PLAN OF OPERATION

     For Management's Discussion and Analysis, see "Management's  Discussion and
Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of  Operations" at Pages 17 through
23 of the Annual Report, which are incorporated herein by reference.

     Certain  matters  discussed  or  incorporated  by  reference in this Annual
Report on Form 10-KSB are  forward-looking  statements that are subject to risks
and  uncertainties  that could cause actual  results to differ  materially  from
those projected in the forward-looking  statements. Such risks and uncertainties
include, but are not limited to, those described in Management's  Discussion and
Analysis or Plan of  Operation.  Therefore,  the  information  set forth therein
should be carefully  considered  when  evaluating the business  prospects of the
Company and the Bank.

ITEM 7 -       FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     For  consolidated  financial  statements of the Company,  see  consolidated
balance  sheets  at  December  31,  1998  and  1997,  and  consolidated   income
statements, consolidated statements of cash flows and consolidated statements of
changes in shareholders'  equity for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and
1996,  and  notes to  consolidated  financial  statements  for the  years  ended
December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 and the "Independent  Auditors' Report" thereon
at Pages 2 through 15 of the Annual  Report,  which are  incorporated  herein by
reference.

ITEM 8 -       CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON
               ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

               None.


                                    PART III

ITEM 9 -       DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, PROMOTERS AND CONTROL PERSONS;
               SECTION 16(a) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE

     For information concerning directors and executive officers of the Company,
see "ELECTION OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY" in the definitive Proxy Statement for
the  Company's  1999  Annual  Meeting of  Shareholders  to be filed  pursuant to
Regulation  14A  (the  "Proxy  Statement"),  which  is  incorporated  herein  by
reference.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance
- -------------------------------------------------------
     Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires the Company's
officers  and  directors,  and  persons  who own  more  than  ten  percent  of a
registered  class  of the  Company's  equity  securities,  to  file  reports  of
ownership and changes in ownership with the Securities and Exchange  Commission.
Officers,  directors and greater than  ten-percent  shareholders are required by
SEC  regulation  to furnish the Company  with copies of all Section  16(a) forms
they file.  To the best  knowledge  of the  Company,  there are no greater  than
ten-percent  holders of the Company's Common Stock other than Richard M. Kahler,
President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Company's  Employee
Stock Ownership Plan.

     Based  solely on its review of the copies of such forms  received by it, or
written  representations  from  certain  reporting  persons that no Forms 5 were
required for those persons the Company believes that, for fiscal year 1998, the
officers  and  directors  of the Company  complied  with all  applicable  filing
requirements,  except that 

                                       30

<PAGE> 33

executive  officer Randall D. Greenfield and director Dimitri  Koroslev each
failed to file on a timely basis one Report of Changes in Beneficial  Ownership
on Form 4 to report one  transaction in securities.  These transactions were
subsequently reported during 1998.

ITEM 10 -      EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     For  information   concerning   executive   compensation,   see  "EXECUTIVE
COMPENSATION" in the Proxy Statement, which is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 11 -      SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     For information  concerning security ownership of certain beneficial owners
and Management,  see "PRINCIPAL  SHAREHOLDERS" and "ELECTION OF DIRECTORS OF THE
COMPANY" in the Proxy Statement, which is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12 -      CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     For information  concerning certain relationships and related transactions,
see  "CERTAIN  RELATIONSHIPS  AND RELATED  TRANSACTIONS"  and  "INDEBTEDNESS  OF
MANAGEMENT" in the Proxy Statement, which is incorporated herein by reference.

                                       31


<PAGE> 34


ITEM 13 -                     EXHIBITS AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(a)            FINANCIAL STATEMENTS                                                 Reference Page
               --------------------                                                 --------------
                                                                                1998 Annual Report

1.             Consolidated Financial Statements:  
               ---------------------------------                                    
<S>                                                                                  <C>
               Balance Sheets at December 31, 1998 and 1997                             2

               Income Statements for the years ended December 31, 1998,
                   1997 and 1996                                                        3

               Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31,
                   1998, 1997 and 1996                                                  4

               Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity for the years ended
                   December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996                                     5

               Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended
                   December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996                                  6-15

               Independent Auditors' Report                                            15

2.             Financial Statement Schedules:
               -----------------------------
</TABLE>

               In  accordance  with  Regulation  S-X,  the  financial  statement
schedules  have been omitted  because (a) they are not applicable to or required
of the Company or (b) the information  required is included in the  consolidated
financial statements or notes thereto.

EXHIBITS
- --------
               See Index to Exhibits at pages 34 and 35 of this Form 10-KSB.

(b)            REPORTS ON FORM 8-K
               -------------------
               No  reports  on Form 8-K were  filed by the  Company  during  the
quarter ended December 31, 1998.

               For the purposes of complying  with the  amendments  to the rules
governing Form S-8  (effective  July 13, 1990) under the Securities Act of 1933,
the undersigned registrant hereby undertakes as follows, which undertaking shall
be incorporated by reference into registrant's  Registration  Statements on Form
S-8 No. 2-97378, 33-24302 and 33-75330.

               Insofar as  indemnification  for  liabilities  arising  under the
Securities  Act of 1933 (the "Act") may be permitted to directors,  officers and
controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing  provisions,  or
otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities
and  Exchange  Commission  such  indemnification  is  against  public  policy as
expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim
for  indemnification  against  such  liabilities  (other than the payment by the
registrant of expenses  incurred or paid by a director,  officer or  controlling
person of the  registrant  in the  successful  defense  of any  action,  suit or
proceeding)  is  asserted by such  director,  officer or  controlling  person in
connection with the securities being registered,  the registrant will, unless in
the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,
submit  to a  court  of  appropriate  jurisdiction  the  question  whether  such
indemnification  by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will
be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

                                       32

<PAGE>35


                                   SIGNATURES

               In  accordance  with Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the
registrant  caused  this  report to be signed on its behalf by the  undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized.

Date: March 17, 1999                       BAY COMMERCIAL SERVICES
                                           By: /s/Richard M. Kahler
                                           Richard M. Kahler,
                                           President and Chief Executive Officer

               In accordance  with the Exchange Act, this report has been signed
below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities
and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 

<S>                                                 <C> 
/s/Richard M. Kahler                                DATE:  March 17, 1999
- ---------------------
Richard M. Kahler,
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer) and Director

Randall D. Greenfield*                              DATE:  March 17, 1999
- ----------------------
Randall D. Greenfield,
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial
Officer and Principal Accounting Officer) and
Secretary

Joshua Fong, O.D.*                                  DATE:  March 17, 1999
- ------------------
Joshua Fong, O.D.,
Chairman of the Board of Directors and Director

William R. Henson*                                  DATE:  March 17, 1999
- ------------------
William R. Henson, Director

Dimitri V. Koroslev*                                DATE:  March 17, 1999
- --------------------
Dimitri V. Koroslev, Director

William E. Peluso*                                  DATE:  March 17, 1999
- ------------------
William E. Peluso, Director

Oswald A. Rugaard*                                  DATE:  March 17, 1999
- ------------------
Oswald A. Rugaard, Director

Mark A. Wilton*                                     DATE:  March 17, 1999
- -----------------
Mark A. Wilton, Director

*By /s/Richard M. Kahler                            DATE:  March 17, 1999
   ---------------------
(Richard M. Kahler, as Attorney-in-Fact)
</TABLE>

                                       33
<PAGE>36


                                INDEX TO EXHIBITS
<TABLE>     
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER       EXHIBIT
- ------       -------
<S>          <C>          
2            Not applicable.

3.1          Articles of Incorporation of Company, as amended to date.

3.2          Bylaws of Company, as amended to date.(1)

4            Not applicable.

9            Not applicable.

10.1         Lease dated  September 28, 1980 between Bay Bank of
             Commerce   and  John  J.   Montero   and   Margaret
             Montero.(2)

10.2         Employee  Stock  Ownership  Plan  of  Bay  Bank  of
             Commerce,  as amended and restated as of January 1,
             1987.(3)

10.3         Bay Commercial Services 1982 Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan
             (4)

10.4         Form of Stock Option Agreements, Amended Stock Option Agreements
             and Supplemental Letter under Bay Commercial Services 1982
             Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan.(5)

10.5         Lease,  dated  October  1,  1987  for  Bay  Bank of
             Commerce  premises  at 1475 East 14th  Street,  San
             Leandro, California.(5)

10.6         Bay Commercial Services Directors' Stock Option Plan and Form of
             Directors Stock Option Agreement.(6)

10.7         Letter dated December 5, 1990 modifying rental obligation under 
             Lease dated September 28, 1980 between Bay Bank of Commerce and
             John J. Montero and Margaret Montero.(7)

10.8         Lease dated November 1, 1990 by and between Metro Properties and
             Bay Bank of Commerce for premises located at 286 Juana Avenue,
             San Leandro, California.(7)

10.9         Bay Commercial Services Adoption Agreement of Nonstandardized
             ss.401(k) Profit Sharing Plan and Bank of California Defined 
             Contribution Master Plan and Trust Agreement.(8)

10.10        Bay Commercial Services 1994 Stock Option Plan and Form of Stock 
             Option Agreements.(9)

10.11        Lease dated July 31, 1996 by and between Oak Creek Plaza Associates
             and Bay Bank of Commerce for premises located at 2821 Crow Canyon
             Road, San Ramon, California.(11)

10.12        Change in Control Agreement dated November 24, 1998 by and between
             the Company and Richard M. Kahler.
                                       34

<PAGE>37

EXHIBIT
NUMBER       EXHIBIT
- ------       -------

10.13        Change in Control Agreement dated November 30, 1998 by and between
             the Company and Randall D. Greenfield.

10.14        Change in Control Agreement dated November 30, 1998 by and between
             the Company and Robert A. Perantoni.

11           Not applicable.

13           Bay  Commercial  Services  1998  Annual  Report  to
             Shareholders  (parts not  incorporated by reference
             are furnished for  informational  purposes only and
             are not filed herewith).

16           Not applicable.

18           Not applicable.

21           Subsidiaries of the Company.(10)

22           Not applicable.

23           Independent Auditors' Consent.

24           Power of Attorney.

27           Financial Data Schedule.

28           Not applicable.
</TABLE>

- --------------------
(1)            Filed as Exhibits 3.4, to the Company's Annual Report on 
               Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993, which are
               incorporated herein by this reference.

(2)            Filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company's Registration Statement on 
               Form S-14 (Registration No. 2-79801), which is incorporated 
               herein by this reference.

(3)            Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Annual Report on 
               Form 10-KSB for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995, which is
               incorporated herein by this reference.

(4)            Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on
               Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended September 30, 1987. which is 
               incorporated herein by this reference.

(5)            Filed as Exhibits 10.10 and 10.12, respectively, to the Company's
               Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31,
               1987, which are incorporated herein by this reference.

(6)            Filed as Exhibit 10.10 to the Company's Annual Report on 
               Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1988, which is 
               incorporated herein by this reference.

(7)            Filed as Exhibits 10. 10 and 10.11, respectively, to the 
               Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
               December 31, 1990 which are incorporated herein by this
               reference.

(8)            Filed as Exhibit 10.13 to the Company's Annual Report on
               Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1991, which is 
               incorporated herein by this reference.

                                       35
<PAGE>38

(9)            Filed as Exhibit 10.14 to the Company's Annual Report on 
               Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994, which is 
               incorporated herein by this reference.

(10)           Filed as Exhibit 3 to the Company's Current Report on 
               Form 8-K filed with the Commission on June 14, 1983, which is
               incorporated herein by this reference.

(11)           Filed as Exhibit 10.12 to the Company's Annual Report on 
               Form 10-KSB for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996, which is
               incorporated herein by this reference.


                  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION PLANS AND ARRANGEMENTS
                  ---------------------------------------------
1.             Bay Commercial Services Employee Stock Ownership Plan, as amended
               and restated as of January 1, 1987 - Form 10-KSB for fiscal year 
               ended December 31, 1995, Exhibit 10.2.

2.             Bay Commercial Services 1982 Amended and Restated Stock Option 
               Plan - Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended September 30, 1987, 
               Exhibit 10.1.

3.             Form of Stock Option  Agreements,  Amended Stock Option 
               Agreements and Supplemental Letter under Bay Commercial Services
               1982 Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan - Form 10-K for
               fiscal year ended December 31, 1987, Exhibit 10.10.

4.             Bay Commercial Services Directors' Stock Option Plan and Form of 
               Directors Stock Option Agreement Form 10-K for fiscal year ended 
               December 31, 1988,  Exhibit 10.10.

5.             Bay Commercial Services 1994 Stock Option Plan and Form of Stock 
               Option Agreements- Form 10-K for fiscal year ended December 31, 
               1994,  Exhibit 10.14.

                                       36


        

                                   
[LOGO]

State of California
Office of the Secretary of State

I, MARCH FONG EU, Secretary of State of the State of California, hereby certify:

That the annexed  transcript has been compared with the corporate record on file
in this  office,  of which it purports to be a copy,  and that the same is full,
true and correct.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  I execute this certificate and affix the Great Seal of the
State of California this June 17, 1981.

/s/March Fong Eu
Secretary of State

[SEAL]






<PAGE> 


[STAMP: 1079749 ENDORSED FILED in the office of the Secretary of State of the 
State of California June 17, 1981, March Fong Eu, Secretary of State, Colleen 
R. Peterson, Deputy]


                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                               BAY BANCORPORATION




                                      FIRST
                                      -----
                        The name of this corporation is:


                               BAY BANCORPORATION


                                     SECOND
                                     ------
The purpose of the  corporation  is to engage in any lawful act or activity  for
which a  corporation  may be  organized  under the  General  Corporation  Law of
California  other than the banking  business,  the trust company business or the
practice  of a  profession  permitted  to  be  incorporated  by  the  California
Corporations Code.
                                      THIRD
                                      -----
The name and address of this corporation's  initial agent for service of process
is:

                               Richard M. Kahler
                             1409 Washington Avenue
                             San Leandro, CA 94577

                                     FOURTH
                                     ------
(a) This  corporation  is authorized  to issue two classes of shares  designated
"Preferred  Stock" and  "Common  Stock",  respectively.  The number of shares of
Preferred  Stock  authorized  to be issued is One  Million  (1,000,000)  and the
number  of  shares of Common  Stock  authorized  to be issued is Twenty  Million
(20,000,000).
(b) The  Preferred  Stock may be divided into such number of series as the board
of directors  may  determine.  The board of directors is authorized to determine
and alter the rights,  preferences,  privileges and restrictions  granted to and
imposed  upon the  Preferred  Stock or any series  thereof  with  respect to any
wholly  unissued  class or series of Preferred  Stock,  and to fix the number of
shares of any series of Preferred  Stock and the  designation of any such series
of Preferred Stock.  The board of directors,  within the limits and restrictions
stated in any  resolution or  resolutions  of the board of directors  originally
fixing the number of shares  constituting  any series,  may increase or decrease
(but not below the number of shares of such series then  outstanding) the number
of shares of any series subsequent to the issue of shares of that series.


<PAGE> 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  for the purpose of forming this corporation  under the laws
of the State of California I, the undersigned incorporator,  have executed these
Articles of Incorporation this 16th day of June, 1981.

                                    /S/ Steven M. Plevin
                                    --------------------
                                    STEVEN M. PLEVIN



<PAGE>  



                                   DECLARATION
I  declare  that  I am  the  person  who  executed  the  foregoing  Articles  of
Incorporation  and that  said  instrument  is my act and deed.  
Executed at San Francisco, California, this 16th day of June, 1981.
                                        /S/  Steven M. Plevin
                                        ---------------------
                                        STEVEN M. PLEVIN


<PAGE> 




[LOGO]

State of California
Office of the Secretary of State


I, MARCH FONG EU, Secretary of State of the State of California, hereby certify:

That the annexed  transcript has been compared with the corporate record on file
in this  office,  of which it purports to be a copy,  and that the same is full,
true and correct.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  I execute this certificate and affix the Great Seal of the
State of California this May 10, 1983.

/s/March Fong Eu
Secretary of State

[SEAL]



<PAGE> 






[STAMP:  ENDORSED FILED in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of
California May 10, 1983, March Fong Eu, Secretary of State, by James E. Harris,
 Deputy]





                           CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF


                          ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF


                               BAY BANCORPORATION


Robert L. Swanson certifies that:
1.  He is the  President  and  Secretary  of Bay  Bancorporation,  a  California
corporation.  
2. ARTICLE FIRST of the Articles of Incorporation  is amended,  in full to read:
The name of this corporation is:

                             BAY COMMERCIAL SERVICES

3. The  amendment  herein  set  forth  has been  duly  approved  by the Board of
Directors.
4. The amendment herein set forth has been duly approved by shareholders holding
100% of the outstanding shares. The corporation has only one class of shares and
the number of outstanding shares is 100.
                                              /S/  Robert L. Swanson
                                              ---------------------
                                                  Robert L. Swanson
                                                  President and Secretary

Robert  L.  Swanson  declares  under  penalty  of  perjury  that he has read the
foregoing  certificate and knows the contents  thereof and that the same is true
of his own knowledge. 
Executed at San Leandro, California on May 5, 1983.
                                               /S/  Robert L. Swanson
                                              -----------------------
                                                   Robert L. Swanson



<PAGE> 




 [LOGO]

State of California
Office of the Secretary of State
Corporation Division

I, MARCH FONG EU, Secretary of State of the State of California, hereby certify:

That the annexed  transcript has been compared with the corporate record on file
in this  office,  of which it purports to be a copy,  and that the same is full,
true and correct.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  I execute this certificate and affix the Great Seal of the
State of California this September 20, 1988.

/s/March Fong Eu
Secretary of State

                                                                         [SEAL]

<PAGE> 46




[STAMP:  ENDORSED FILED in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of 
California, September 16, 1988, March Fong Eu, Secretary of State]




                            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT


                                       OF


                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION


                                       OF


                             BAY COMMERCIAL SERVICES

Richard M. Kahler and Randall D. Greenfield certify that:

1. They are the duly elected and acting  President and Secretary,  respectively,
of Bay Commercial Services, a California corporation.


2. ARTICLE FIFTH is added to the Articles of Incorporation to read as follows:


                                     FIFTH

(a) The liability of the directors of the corporation for monetary damages shall
be eliminated to the fullest extent permissible under California law.
(b) The  corporation  is  authorized  to provide  indemnification  of agents (as
defined  in  Section  317 of the  Corporations  Code) for  breach of duty to the
corporation and its shareholders  through bylaw provisions,  through  agreements
with the  agents,  or  otherwise,  in  excess of the  indemnification  otherwise
permitted by Section 317 of the Corporations Code, subject to the limits on such
excess indemnification set forth in Section 204 of the Corporations Code."

3. The  foregoing  amendment  of the  Articles  of  Incorporation  has been duly
approved by the Board of Directors.

4. The  foregoing  amendment  of the  Articles  of  Incorporation  has been duly
approved by the required vote of the shareholders in accordance with Section 902
of the  California  General  Corporation  Law. The total  number of  outstanding
shares of the corporation is 1,149,796.  The number of shares voting in favor of
amendment  equaled or exceeded the vote  required,  such  required  vote being a
majority of the outstanding shares.

By:   /S/ Richard M. Kahler                By: /S/ Randall D. Greenfield
      ----------------------                   -------------------------
      Richard M. Kahler                         Randall D. Greenfield
      President                                 Secretary
We further  declare  under  penalty  of  perjury  under the laws of the State of
California  that the matters set forth in this  Certificate are true and correct
of our own knowledge.

Executed at San Leandro, California on August 30, 1988.


/S/ Richard M. Kahler                       /S/ Randall D. Greenfield
- ---------------------                      --------------------------
Richard M. Kahler                          Randall D. Greenfield



<PAGE> 


[STAMP: A371240]

[LOGO]

State of California
Office of the Secretary of State
Corporation Division

I, MARCH FONG EU, Secretary of State of the State of California, hereby certify:

That the annexed  transcript has been compared with the corporate record on file
in this  office,  of which it purports to be a copy,  and that the same is full,
true and correct.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  I execute this certificate and affix the Great Seal of the
State of California this June 12, 1989.

/s/March Fong Eu
Secretary of State

[SEAL]



<PAGE> 


[STAMP: A371240 ENDORSED FILED in the office of the Secretary of State of the 
State of California June 8, 1989, March Fong Eu, Secretary of State]


                            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT


                                       OF


                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION


                                       OF


                             BAY COMMERCIAL SERVICES

Richard M. Kahler and Randall D. Greenfield certify that:
1. They are the duly elected and acting  President and secretary,  respectively,
of Bay Commercial Services, a California corporation. 
2. ARTICLE EIGHTH is added to the Articles of  Incorporation to read as follows:
"EIGHTH. Vote Required for Certain Business Combinations.
A.        Definitions.  For the purposes of this Article EIGHTH:
          -----------
          1. "Affiliate" shall mean any person who, directly or indirectly 
through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is Controlled by, or is under
common control with another person.


          2. "Announcement Date" shall mean the date of the first public 
announcement of a proposed Business Combination.


          3. "Approved by a Majority of Continuing Directors" with respect to
any matter shall mean that such matter has been approved by a majority vote of 
the members of the Board of Directors who are not disqualified as
provided in the following  sentence.  Persons shall be disqualified with respect
to the vote  referred to in the  preceding  sentence if they are not  Continuing
Directors.


          4. "Associate" shall mean (i) with respect to a corporation or
association, any officer or director thereof or of a subsidiary thereof, 
(ii) with respect to a partnership, any general partner thereof or any limited
partner  thereof  having a 10 percent  ownership  interest in such  partnership,
(iii) with respect to a business trust, any officer or trustee thereof or of any
subsidiary  thereof,  (iv) with  respect to any other  trust or an  estate,  any
trustee,  executor  or similar  fiduciary  and any person who has a  substantial
interest as a beneficiary of such trust or estate, (v) with respect to a natural
person,  the spouses and children  thereof and any other relative  thereof or of
the spouse  thereof who has the same home,  and (vi) any  Affiliate  of any such
person.


          5."Beneficial  owner"  shall  mean,  as to any  shares  of voting
Stock, a person:


              (a)  who beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, such shares; 
                   or

              (b)   who has (i) the right to acquire  such shares  from  another
                    person  (whether such right is  exercisable  immediately  or
                    only after the passage of time)  pursuant to any  agreement,
                    arrangement  or   understanding  or  upon  the  exercise  of
                    conversion rights,  exchange rights, warrants or options, or
                    otherwise  or (ii) the right to vote or to direct the voting
                    thereof   pursuant   to  any   agreement,   arrangement   or
                    understanding.  For  purposes of this  definition,  a Person
                    shall be deemed to own any  shares  and  possess  all rights
                    owned or possessed,  directly or  indirectly,  by all of its
                    Associates  and Affiliates or by any other person with which
                    such Person or any of its  Affiliates or Associates  has any
                    agreement,  arrangement or understanding  for the purpose of
                    acquiring,  holding,  voting or  disposing  of any shares of
                    Voting  Stock.  
<PAGE>

          6. "Business Combination" shall mean any transaction which is referred
to in any  one or more of  subparagraphs  1  through  4 of  paragraph  B of this
Article EIGHTH.
          7.  "Continuing  Director"  shall  mean  any  member  of the  Board of
Directors of this  corporation  who is neither an Affiliate nor an Associate of,
and  not  a  nominee  of,  an  Interested  Shareholder  involved  in a  Business
Combination,  or an Affiliate or Associate of such Interested  Shareholder;  and
who (i) was a member  of the  Board of  Directors  prior to the time  that  such
Interested  Shareholder became such, or (ii) is a successor of such a member who
was  nominated  to succeed such a member by a majority of  Continuing  Directors
then on the Board.

          8.  "Determination  Date"  shall mean the date on which an  Interested
Shareholder became such.
          9. "Fair  Market  Value"  shall  mean:  (a) in the case of stock,  the
closing  sale  price on the  date in  question  of a share of such  stock on the
National  Market  System  of the  National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers
Automated  Quotation System or any system then in use on any national securities
exchange or automated  quotation system, or if no such quotations are available,
the  fair  market  value  on the date in  question  of a share of such  stock as
determined by a majority of the Continuing  Directors in good faith;  and (b) in
the case of property  other than cash or stock,  the fair  market  value of such
property on the date in question as determined  by a majority of the  Continuing
Directors in good faith.

          10.  "Interested  Shareholder"  shall mean any Person (other than this
corporation,  any  Subsidiary,  any  employee  benefit  plan  or  trust  of this
corporation or a Subsidiary or any Person who on April 1, 1989 was a director of
this corporation) who or which on or after April 1, 1989:
               (a)   is the beneficial  owner,  directly or indirectly,
                     of more than 5% of the  combined  voting  power of
                     the  then  outstanding  Voting  Stock,  or  is  an
                     Affiliate or Associate of such Person; or

               (b)   acts  with  any  other  Person  through  or  as  a
                     partnership  (general or limited),  syndicate,  or
                     other group for the purpose of acquiring,  holding
                     or disposing of  securities  of this  corporation,
                     which  entity  or group is the  Beneficial  Owner,
                     directly  or  indirectly,  of 5% of  the  combined
                     voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock; or

               (c)   is an assignee of or has  otherwise  succeeded  to
                     the  beneficial  ownership of any shares of Voting
                     Stock which were at any time  within the  two-year
                     period  immediately  prior to the date in question
                     beneficially  owned by an Interested  Shareholder,
                     unless such  assignment or  succession  shall have
                     occurred  pursuant to a Public  Transaction or any
                     series   of   transactions   involving   a  Public
                     Transaction.

     Any  reference  to  an  Interested   Shareholder  involved  in  a  Business
Combination  shall also  refer to any  Affiliates  or  Associates  thereof,  any
predecessor  thereto,  and all members of any  partnership,  syndicate  or group
which includes such Interested Shareholder.  For purposes of determining whether
a person is an  Interested  Shareholder,  the  number of shares of Voting  Stock
deemed to be outstanding  shall include shares deemed owned through  application
of  definition  5 above but shall not include any other  shares of Voting  Stock
which may be issuable  pursuant to any agreement,  arrangement or understanding,
or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

          11.  "Person" shall mean any  individual,  firm,  trust,  partnership,
association, corporation or other entity.

          12. "Public Transaction" shall mean any (a) purchase of shares offered
pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933
or (b) open  market  purchase  of shares on a national  securities  exchange  or
automated quotation system if, in either such case, the price and other terms of
sale are not  negotiated  by the  purchaser  and the  seller  of the  beneficial
interest in the shares.

<PAGE>

          13. "Subsidiary" shall mean any corporation of which a majority of any
class of equity security is owned, directly or indirectly,  by this corporation;
provided,  however,  that,  for the  purposes of the  definition  of  Interested
Shareholder  the term  "Subsidiary"  shall  mean only a  corporation  of which a
majority of each class of equity security is owned,  directly or indirectly,  by
this corporation.


          14.  "Voting Stock" shall mean stock of all classes and series of this
corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

B.  TRANSACTIONS   REQUIRING  66-2/3%  AFFIRMATIVE  VOTE.  In  addition  to  any
affirmative  vote  required  by law,  by these  Articles  of  Incorporation,  or
otherwise,  and except as  otherwise  expressly  provided in paragraph C of this
Article EIGHTH none of the following  transactions  shall be consummated  unless
such  consummation  shall  have been  approved  by the  affirmative  vote of the
holders of at least 66-2/3% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding
shares of Voting Stock voting together as a single class.  Such affirmative vote
shall be required notwithstanding the fact that no vote may be required, or that
a lesser percentage may be specified, by law, in these Articles of Incorporation
or otherwise.

               1.  Any  merger  or  consolidation  of  this  corporation  or any
               Subsidiary  with (a) an Interested  Shareholder  or (b) any other
               corporation  (whether  or not itself an  Interested  Shareholder)
               which is, or after  such  merger  or  consolidation  would be, an
               Interested  Shareholder  or  an  Affiliate  or  Associate  of  an
               Interested Shareholder.


               2.  Any  sale,  lease,  exchange,  mortgage,  pledge,  grant of a
               security   interest,   transfer  or  other  disposition  (in  one
               transaction or a series of transactions)  directly or indirectly,
               to or with (a) an Interested  Shareholder or (b) any other person
               (whether or not itself an  Interested  Shareholder)  which is, or
               after such transaction  would be, an Affiliate or Associate of an
               Interested  Shareholder of any of the assets of this  corporation
               (including,  without  limitation,  any  voting  securities  of  a
               Subsidiary)  or any  Subsidiary  having an aggregate  Fair Market
               Value of one million dollars or more.


               3. The issuance or transfer by this corporation or any Subsidiary
               (in  one  transaction  or  a  series  of   transactions)  of  any
               securities of this corporation or any Subsidiary, or both, to (a)
               an Interested Shareholder or (b) any other person (whether or not
               itself  an  Interested  Shareholder)  which  is,  or  after  such
               issuance or transfer  would be, an  Affiliate  or Associate of an
               Interested  Shareholder,  except  as  part of a  stock  split  or
               dividend  in which all  shareholders  of such  class are  treated
               equally,  or on the  conversion or exchange of securities of this
               corporation   or  a   Subsidiary   acquired  by  the   Interested
               Shareholders in a transaction approved as herein provided.


               4. Any  reclassification  of  securities  (including  any reverse
               stock split), or  recapitalization  of this  corporation,  or any
               merger  or  consolidation  of this  corporation  with  any of its
               Subsidiaries  or any other  transaction  (whether  or not with or
               into or otherwise involving an Interested  Shareholder) which has
               the  effect,   directly  or   indirectly,   of   increasing   the
               proportionate  share of the  outstanding  shares  of any class of
               equity  or  convertible  securities  of this  corporation  or any
               Subsidiary  directly or indirectly  beneficially  owned by (a) an
               Interested  Shareholder  or (b) any other person  (whether or not
               itself  an  Interested  Shareholder)  which  is,  or  after  such
               reclassification,  recapitalization,  merger or  consolidation or
               other  transaction  would be, an  Affiliate  or  Associate  of an
               Interested Shareholder;  or as a result of which the shareholders
               of  this  corporation   would  cease  to  be  shareholders  of  a
               corporation   incorporated   under  the  laws  of  the  State  of
               California  having,  as part of its  articles  of  incorporation,
               provisions to the same effect as this Article EIGHTH.

C.  EXCEPTIONS TO 66-2/3%  AFFIRMATIVE  VOTE  REQUIREMENT.  The  requirements of
paragraph B of this Article  EIGHTH shall not be  applicable  to any  particular
Business  Combination,  and such  Business  combination  shall require only such
affirmative vote as is required by law, by any other provision of these Articles
of  Incorporation  or  otherwise,  if the Business  Combination  shall have been
Approved by a Majority of the  Continuing  Directors,  or if a state  regulatory
authority  having  jurisdiction  under the  circumstances  shall have determined
specifically,  and not by implication,  that the Business Combination is fair to
the holders of the Voting Stock,  or if all of the following  conditions  (other
than those which are, by their terms, inapplicable) shall have been met.
<PAGE>
               1. The transaction  constituting the Business  Combination  shall
               provide  for a  consideration  per  share to be  received  by all
               holders of Common  Stock in exchange  for all of their  shares of
               Common  Stock,  and the  aggregate  amount  of cash  and the Fair
               Market Value as of the date of the  consummation  of the Business
               Combination of any  consideration  other than cash to be received
               per share by holders of Common Stock in such Business Combination
               shall be at least equal to the highest of the following:

                             (a) The Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock
                             on the last trading day before the Announcement 
                             Date.

                             (b) The average of the Fair Market Values of a 
                             share of Common Stock over each trading day in the 
                             90 calendar days immediately prior to the 
                             Announcement Date.

                             (c) If  the  Announcement  Date  of  such  Business
                             Combination   is   within   five   years   of   the
                             Determination  Date in  respect  of the  Interested
                             Shareholder involved in such Business  Combination,
                             the  highest   per-share   price   (including   any
                             brokerage    commissions,    transfer   taxes   and
                             soliciting  dealers' fees) paid by such  Interested
                             Shareholder  to acquire any shares of Common  Stock
                             which are or were at any time within such five year
                             period   Beneficially   Owned  by  such  Interested
                             Shareholder  and  were  acquired  by it at any time
                             within   such   five   year   period.   The   price
                             determination in accordance with this  subparagraph
                             1  and  the  following   subparagraph   2  of  this
                             paragraph   shall   be   subject   to   appropriate
                             adjustment  in the  event of any  recapitalization,
                             stock dividend,  stock split, combination of shares
                             or similar event.

               2. If the transaction constituting the Business Combination shall
               provide  for a  consideration  to be  received  by holders of any
               class or series of  outstanding  Voting  Stock  other than Common
               Stock, the aggregate amount of the cash and the Fair Market Value
               as of the date of the consummation of the Business Combination of
               consideration other than cash to be received per share by holders
               of shares of each such class or series of Voting  Stock  shall be
               determined  in the same  manner as  provided  in  subparagraph  1
               above.

               3. The  consideration  to be received by holders of a  particular
               class or series of  outstanding  Voting Stock  (including  Common
               Stock)  shall  be in cash or in the same  form as was  previously
               paid by the  Interested  Shareholder  involved  in such  Business
               Combination in order to acquire shares of such class or series of
               Voting  Stock  which  are  beneficially  owned  by an  Interested
               Shareholder and, if an Interested  Shareholder  beneficially owns
               shares of any class or series of Voting Stock which were acquired
               with varying forms of  consideration,  the form of  consideration
               for such class or series of Voting  Stock shall be either cash or
               the form used to  acquire  the  largest  number of shares of such
               class or series of Voting Stock beneficially owned by it.

               4. After such Interested Shareholder has become such and prior to
               the consummation of such Business combination:

                             (a)  Except  as  Approved  by  a  Majority  of  the
                             Continuing  Directors,  there  shall  have  been no
                             failure to  declare  and pay at the  regular  dates
                             therefor the full amount of any dividends  (whether
                             or not cumulative) payable on any outstanding class
                             of stock having a preference  over the Common Stock
                             as to dividends.

                             (b) There shall have been (i) no  reduction  in the
                             annual rate of  dividends  paid on the Common Stock
                             (except as necessary to reflect any  subdivision of
                             the  Common  Stock)  other  than as  Approved  by a
                             Majority of the  Continuing  Directors  and (ii) an
                             increase  in  such  annual  rate  of  dividends  as
                             necessary  to  prevent  any such  reduction  in the
                             event  of  any   reclassification   (including  any
                             reverse  stock  split or  combination  of  shares),
                             recapitalization,  reorganization  or  any  similar
                             transaction  which has the effect of  reducing  the
                             number of  outstanding  shares of the Common Stock,
                             unless the failure so to increase  such annual rate
                             is  Approved  by  a  Majority  of  the   Continuing
                             Directors.
<PAGE>

               5. After the Determination Date such Interested Shareholder shall
               not have  received the benefit,  directly or  indirectly  (except
               proportionately  as  a  shareholder),  of  any  loans,  advances,
               guarantees,  pledges  or other  financial  assistance  or any tax
               credits or other tax  advantages  provided  by this  corporation,
               whether in  anticipation  of or in connection  with such Business
               Combination or otherwise.

               6. A proxy  or  information  statement  describing  the  proposed
               Business  Combination and complying with the  requirements of the
               Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended,  and the rules and
               regulations  thereunder (or any subsequent  provisions  replacing
               such Act,  rules or  regulations)  shall,  at this  corporation's
               expense,  be mailed to the shareholders of this  corporation,  no
               later  than the  earlier  of (a) 30 days prior to any vote on the
               proposed Business  Combination or (b) if no vote on such Business
               Combination  is required,  60 days prior to the  consummation  of
               such  Business   Combination   (whether  or  not  such  proxy  or
               information  statement is required to be mailed  pursuant to such
               Act or subsequent provisions). Such proxy statement shall contain
               at the front thereof,  in a prominent place, any  recommendations
               as to  the  advisability  (or  inadvisability)  of  the  Business
               Combination  which  have  been  Approved  by a  Majority  of  the
               Continuing  Directors and furnished in writing, and an opinion of
               a reputable  investment  banking firm as to the fairness (or lack
               of fairness) of the terms of such Business Combination,  from the
               point  of view of the  holders  of  Voting  Stock  other  than an
               Interested Shareholder if such requirement has been Approved by a
               Majority of Continuing  Directors,  (such investment banking firm
               to be Approved by a Majority of the Continuing  Directors,  to be
               furnished with all  information it reasonably  requests and to be
               paid a  reasonable  fee for its  services  upon  receipt  by this
               corporation of such opinion).

D.  APPROVAL BY A MAJORITY OF THE  CONTINUING  DIRECTORS.  The power and duty to
determine for the purposes of this Article  EIGHTH,  on the basis of information
known to them  after  reasonable  inquiry,  all  facts  necessary  to  determine
compliance with this Article EIGHTH, including,  without limitation, (1) whether
a Person is an Interested Shareholder,  (2) the number of shares of Voting Stock
beneficially  owned by any  Person,  (3)  whether  a Person is an  Affiliate  or
Associate  of  another,  (4)  whether the  requirements  of  paragraph C of this
Article  EIGHTH have been met and (5) such other matters with respect to which a
determination  is required  under this  Article  EIGHTH  shall be exercised in a
manner  Approved  by  a  Majority  of  Continuing  Directors.   The  good  faith
determination  with  respect to such  Approval by a Majority  of the  Continuing
Directors on such matters  shall be  conclusive  and binding for all purposes of
this Article EIGHTH.

E. NO  EFFECT ON  FIDUCIARY  OBLIGATIONS  OF  INTERESTED  SHAREHOLDERS.  Nothing
contained  in this Article  EIGHTH  shall be construed to relieve an  Interested
Shareholder of any fiduciary obligation imposed by law.

F.  AMENDMENT,  REVEAL,  ETC.  Notwithstanding  any  other  provisions  of these
Articles of  Incorporation  or the Bylaws of this corporation or the fact that a
lesser  percentage may be specified by law, these Articles of  Incorporation  or
the Bylaws of this corporation,  the affirmative vote of the holders of at least
66-2/3% of the  combined  voting  power of the then  outstanding  Voting  Stock,
voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend,  alter, adopt any
provision inconsistent with or repeal this Article EIGHTH."
              
               3. The foregoing amendment of the Articles of Incorporation has
               been duly approved by the Board of Directors.

               4. The foregoing  amendment of the Articles of Incorporation  has
               been duly  approved by the required vote of the  shareholders  in
               accordance with Section 902 of the California General Corporation
               Law. The total number of outstanding shares of the corporation is
               1,149,796.  The number of shares voting in favor of the amendment
               equaled or exceeded the vote required, such required vote being a
               66-2/3% vote of the outstanding shares.

By: /S/ Richard M. Kahler             By: /S/ Randall D. Greenfield
     -------------------------             ------------------------
     Richard M. Kahler                    Randall D. Greenfield





<PAGE>






     We further  declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of
California  that the matters set forth in this  Certificate are true and correct
of our own knowledge.
Executed at San Leandro, California on June 6, 1989.


         /S/  Richard M. Kahler                   /S/  Randall D. Greenfield
        Richard M. Kahler                        Randall D. Greenfield




<PAGE>




[STAMP: A376514]

[LOGO]

State of California
Office of the Secretary of State
Corporation Division

I, MARCH FONG EU, Secretary of State of the State of California, hereby certify:

That the annexed  transcript has been compared with the corporate record on file
in this  office,  of which it purports to be a copy,  and that the same is full,
true and correct.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  I execute this certificate and affix the Great Seal of the
State of California this October 2, 1989.
/s/March Fong Eu
Secretary of State

[SEAL]




<PAGE>

[STAMP: A376514 ENDORSED FILED in the office of the Secretary of State of the 
State of California September 15, 1989, March Fong Eu, Secretary of State]

                          CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF
                          ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF

                             BAY COMMERCIAL SERVICES

Richard M. Kahler and Randall D. Greenfield certify that:
                
1. They are the duly elected and acting  President and Secretary,  respectively,
of Bay Commercial Services, a California corporation.
2. ARTICLE NINTH is added to the Articles of  Incorporation  to read as follows:
"NINTH. Prevention of Greenmail.

A. In  addition  to any  affirmative  vote  required  by law or the  Articles of
Incorporation  or the  Bylaws of this  corporation,  and  except  as  otherwise
expressly  provided in Section B of this Article NINTH,  this corporation  shall
not engage,  directly or indirectly,  in any Stock  Repurchase  (as  hereinafter
defined) from an Interested Shareholder (as hereinafter defined) or an Affiliate
(as hereinafter  defined) or Associate (as hereinafter defined) of an Interested
Shareholder  who has  beneficially  acquired  any  shares  of  Voting  Stock (as
hereinafter defined) within a period of less than two years immediately prior to
the date of such  proposed  Stock  Repurchase  (or the date of an  agreement  in
respect thereof) without the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the
votes  entitled  to be cast by the  holders  of all then  outstanding  shares of
Voting Stock which are beneficially  owned by persons other than such Interested
Shareholder,  voting together as a single class.  Such affirmative vote shall be
required  notwithstanding  the  fact  that no vote may be  specified,  by law or
otherwise.
B. The  provisions of Section A of this Article NINTH shall not be applicable to
any particular Stock Repurchase from an Interested  Shareholder,  and such Stock
Repurchase shall require only such  affirmative  vote, if any, as is required by
law or by any other provision of the Articles of  Incorporation or the Bylaws of
this  corporation,  if the  conditions  specified  in  either  of the  following
Paragraphs 1 and 2 are met:

                    1.   The Stock Repurchase is made pursuant to a tender offer
                         or  exchange  offer  for a class of  Capital  Stock (as
                         hereinafter  defined) made  available on the same basis
                         to all holders of such class of Capital Stock.

                    2.   The Stock Repurchase is made pursuant to an open market
                         purchase  program  Approved by a Majority of Continuing
                         Directors (as hereinafter defined),  provided that such
                         repurchase  is  effected  on the open market and is not
                         the result of a privately negotiated transaction.

C. For purposes of this Article NINTH:
               
          1.   The term "Stock  Repurchase"  shall mean any  repurchase  (or any
               agreement  to  repurchase),   directly  or  indirectly,  by  this
               corporation or any Subsidiary of any shares of Capital Stock at a
               price greater than the then Fair Market Value of such shares.

          2.   The term  "Capital  Stock"  shall mean all capital  stock of this
               corporation  authorized  to be  issued  from  time to time  under
               Article  FOURTH of the  Articles of  Incorporation,  and the term
               "Voting  Stock" shall mean all Capital Stock  entitled to vote on
               all  matters   submitted  to  shareholders  of  this  corporation
               generally.

          3.   The term  "Approved by a Majority of Continuing  Directors"  with
               respect  to any  matter  shall  mean  that such  matter  has been
               approved  by a  majority  vote of the  members  of the  Board  of
               Directors who are not  disqualified  as provided in the following
               sentence.  Persons shall be disqualified with respect to the vote
               referred to in the preceding  sentence if they are not Continuing
               Directors.
<PAGE>
          4.   The term "person" shall mean any individual, firm, corporation or
               other entity and shall include any group  comprised of any person
               and any other  person with whom such person or any  Affiliate  or
               Associate  of such  person  has  any  agreement,  arrangement  or
               understanding,  direct or indirect, for the purpose of acquiring,
               holding, voting or disposing of Capital Stock.

          5.   The term  "Interested  Shareholder"  shall mean any person (other
               than  this  corporation  or any  subsidiary  and  other  than any
               profit-sharing,   employee  stock  ownership  or  other  employee
               benefit plan of this corporation or any Subsidiary or any trustee
               of or fiduciary with respect to any such plan when acting in such
               capacity)  who  (a) is  the  beneficial  owner  of  Voting  Stock
               representing  five percent (5%) or more of the votes  entitled to
               be cast by the holders of all then  outstanding  shares of Voting
               Stock;  or (b) is an Affiliate  or Associate of this  corporation
               and at any time within the two year period  immediately  prior to
               the date in question  was the  beneficial  owner of Voting  Stock
               representing  five percent (5%) or more of the votes  entitled to
               be cast by the holders of all then  outstanding  shares of Voting
               Stock.

          6.   A person shall be a  "beneficial  owner" of any Capital Stock (a)
               which  such  person  or  any  of  its  Affiliates  or  Associates
               beneficially owns, directly or indirectly;  (b) which such person
               or  any  of  its  Affiliates  or  Associates  has,   directly  or
               indirectly,  (i) the  right to  acquire  (whether  such  right is
               exercisable  immediately or subject only to the passage of time),
               pursuant to any agreement,  arrangement or  understanding or upon
               the exercise of conversion rights,  exchange rights,  warrants or
               options, or otherwise,  or (ii) the right to vote pursuant to any
               agreement,   arrangement  or  understanding;  or  (c)  which  are
               beneficially owned,  directly or indirectly,  by any other person
               with which such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates has
               any agreement,  arrangement or  understanding  for the purpose of
               acquiring,  holding, voting or disposing of any shares of Capital
               Stock.  For the  purposes of  determining  whether a person is an
               Interested Shareholder pursuant to Paragraph 4 of this Section C,
               the number of shares of Capital  Stock  deemed to be  outstanding
               shall  include  shares deemed  beneficially  owned by such person
               through  application  of Paragraph 5 of this Section C, but shall
               not  include  any  other  shares  of  Capital  Stock  that may be
               issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding,
               or upon exercise of conversion  rights,  warrants or options,  or
               otherwise.

          7.   The term  "Affiliate"  shall mean any  person  who,  directly  or
               indirectly through one or more  intermediaries,  controls,  or is
               controlled by, or is under common control with another person.

          8.   The term "Associate" shall mean (i) with respect to a corporation
               or  association,   any  officer  or  director  thereof  or  of  a
               subsidiary  thereof,  (ii) with  respect  to a  partnership,  any
               general  partner  thereof or any limited partner thereof having a
               10 percent  ownership  interest in such  partnership,  (iii) with
               respect to a business trust, any officer or trustee thereof or of
               any subsidiary  thereof,  (iv) with respect to any other trust or
               an estate,  any trustee,  executor or similar  fiduciary  and any
               person who has a substantial  interest as a  beneficiary  of such
               trust or  estate,  (v) with  respect  to a  natural  person,  the
               spouses and children thereof and any other relative thereof or of
               the spouse  thereof who has the same home, and (vi) any Affiliate
               of any such person.

          9.   The term  "Subsidiary"  means any corporation of which a majority
               of any class of equity  security  is  beneficially  owned by this
               corporation;  provided,  however,  that for the  purposes  of the
               definition of Interested  Shareholder set forth in Paragraph 4 of
               this  Section  C,  the  term  "Subsidiary"   shall  mean  only  a
               corporation of which a majority of each class of equity  security
               is beneficially owned by this corporation.

          10.  The term  "Continuing  Director" means any member of the Board of
               Directors of this corporation (the "Board"), while such person is
               a member of the  Board,  who is not an  Affiliate,  Associate  or
               representative of the Interested  Shareholder and was a member of
               the  Board  prior to the time  that  the  Interested  Shareholder
               became  an  Interested  Shareholder,   and  any  successor  of  a
               Continuing  Director,  while  such  successor  is a member of the
               Board,   provided  that  such  successor  is  not  an  Affiliate,
               Associate, or representative of the Interested Shareholder and is
               recommended  or elected to succeed the  Continuing  Director by a
               majority of Continuing Directors.
<PAGE>

          11.  The term  "Fair  Market  Value"  shall  mean:  (a) in the case of
               stock,  the closing sale price on the date in question of a share
               of such  stock on the  National  Market  System  of the  National
               Association of Securities  Dealers Automated  Quotation System or
               any system  then in use on any  national  securities  exchange or
               automated   quotation  system,  or  if  no  such  quotations  are
               available,  the fair  market  value on the date in  question of a
               share of such stock as determined by a majority of the Continuing
               Directors  in good faith;  and (b) in the case of property  other
               than cash or stock, the fair market value of such property on the
               date in question as  determined  by a majority of the  Continuing
               Directors in good faith.

D. The Board of  Directors  shall have the power and duty to  determine  for the
purposes of this Article NINTH, on the basis of information  known to them after
reasonable inquiry, (a) whether a person is an Interested  Shareholder,  (b) the
number of shares of Capital Stock or other securities  beneficially owned by any
person,  (c) whether a person is an  Affiliate  or  Associate of another and (d)
whether the  consideration  to be paid in any Stock  Repurchase has an aggregate
Fair  Market  Value in  excess of the then Fair  Market  Value of the  shares of
Capital Stock being repurchased. Any such determination made in good faith shall
be binding and conclusive on all parties.  

E. Nothing  contained  in this  Article  NINTH shall be construed to relieve any
Interested  Shareholder  from  any  fiduciary  obligation  imposed  by  law. 

F.Notwithstanding  any other  provisions of the Articles of Incorporation or the
Bylaws  of  this  corporation  (and  notwithstanding  the  fact  that  a  lesser
percentage  or separate  class vote may be  specified  by law,  the  Articles of
Incorporation  or the Bylaws of this  corporation),  the affirmative vote of the
shareholders having not less than a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by
the  holders  of  all  then  outstanding   shares  of  Voting  Stock  which  are
beneficially  owned by persons  other than any  Interested  Shareholder  and its
Affiliates and Associates,  voting together as a single class, shall be required
to amend or repeal,  or adopt any  provisions  inconsistent  with,  this Article
NINTH.
          3.   The foregoing amendment of the Articles of Incorporation has been
               duly approved by the Board of Directors.

          4.   The foregoing amendment of the Articles of Incorporation has been
               duly  approved  by  the  required  vote  of the  shareholders  in
               accordance with Section 902 of the California General Corporation
               Law. The total number of outstanding shares of the corporation is
               1,149,796. The number of shares voting in favor of the amendments
               equaled or exceeded the vote required, such required vote being a
               majority of the outstanding shares.

               /S/  Richard M. Kahler             /S/  Randall D. Greenfield
               -------------------------         ----------------------------
               Richard M. Kahler                 Randall D. Greenfield
               President                         Secretary

We further  declare  under  penalty  of  perjury  under the laws of the State of
California  that the matters set forth in this  Certificate are true and correct
of our own knowledge.
Executed at San Leandro, California on July 12, 1989.

/S/  Richard M. Kahler                 /S/  Randall D. Greenfield
     -------------------------             --------------------------
     Richard M. Kahler                     Randall D. Greenfield

<PAGE>

STAMP: A378128 ENDORSED FILED in the office of the Secretary of State of the
 State of California October 12, 1989, March Fong Eu, Secretary of State]


                            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT


                                       OF


                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION


                                       OF


                             BAY COMMERCIAL SERVICES

Richard M. Kahler and Randall D. Greenfield certify that:
1. They are the duly elected and acting  President and Secretary,  respectively,
of Bay Commercial Services, a California corporation.  

2. ARTICLE SIXTH is added to the Articles of  Incorporation  to read as follows:
"SIXTH. Consideration of Nonmonetary-Factors in Certain Transactions.  The Board
of  Directors  of this  corporation  may,  and it is  hereby  declared  a proper
corporate  purpose  for the Board of  Directors,  if it deems it  advisable,  to
oppose any offer,  proposal  or attempt  by any  corporation  or other  business
entity,  person or group to (a) make any tender or other offer to acquire any of
this corporation's securities; (b) merge or consolidate this corporation with or
into another entity;  (c) purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all
of the  assets  of this  corporation;  or (d) make any  transaction  similar  in
purpose  or  effect to any of the  above.  In  considering  whether  to  oppose,
recommend  or  remain  neutral  with  respect  to any of the  aforesaid  offers,
proposals or plans,  the Board of Directors  shall  evaluate what is in the best
interests  of this  corporation  and its  shareholders  and shall  consider  any
pertinent factors which may include but are not limited to any of the following:
          (1)  Whether the offering price, whether in cash or in securities,  is
               adequate and acceptable  based upon both the current market price
               of this  corporation's  securities and the historical and present
               operating results or financial condition of this corporation;
                             
          (2)  Whether  a  price  more  favorable  to  the  shareholders  may be
               obtained  now or in the future  from other  offerors  and whether
               this   corporation's   continued   existence  as  an  independent
               corporation will affect the future value of this corporation;

          (3)  The impact the offer  would  have an the  employees,  depositors,
               clients and customers of this corporation or its subsidiaries and
               the communities which they serve;

          (4)  The present and historical financial position of the offeror, its
               reputation  in the  communities  which it serves  and the  social
               and/or  economic effect which the reputation and practices of the
               offeror  or its  management  and  affiliates  would have upon the
               employees,  depositors and customers of this  corporation and the
               community which this corporation serves;

          (5)  An  analysis  of the  value of  securities  (if any)  offered  in
               exchange for this corporation's securities; and

          (6)  Any anti-trust or other legal or regulatory  issues raised by the
               offer.


3. The foregoing amendment of the Articles of Incorporation has been duly 
approved by the Board of Directors.
6. The  foregoing  amendment  of the  Articles  of  Incorporation  has been duly
approved by the required vote of the shareholders in accordance with Section 902
of the  California  General  Corporation  Law. The total  number of  outstanding
shares of the corporation is 1,149,796.  The number of shares voting in favor of
the amendments equaled or exceeded the vote required, such required vote being a
majority of the outstanding shares
<PAGE>

               /S/  Richard M. Kahler       /S/  Randall D. Greenfield
               ------------------------    -----------------------------
               Richard M. Kahler           Randall D. Greenfield
               President                   Secretary


We further  declare  under  penalty  of  perjury  under the laws of the State of
California  that the matters set forth in this  Certificate are true and correct
of our own knowledge. Executed at San Leandro, California on September 29, 1989.



               /S/  Richard M. Kahler        /S/  Randall D. Greenfield
               ------------------------     -----------------------------
               Richard M. Kahler            Randall D. Greenfield





<PAGE>


[STAMP: A378129]




[LOGO]

State of California
Office of the Secretary of State

I, MARCH FONG EU, Secretary of State of the State of California, hereby certify:

That the annexed  transcript has been compared with the corporate record on file
in this  office,  of which it purports to be a copy,  and that the same is full,
true and correct.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  I execute this certificate and affix the Great Seal of the
State of California this November ___, 1989.

/s/March Fong Eu
Secretary of State

[SEAL]







<PAGE>



[STAMP: A378129 ENDORSED FILED in the office of the Secretary of State of 
the State of California October 12, 1989, March Fong Eu, Secretary of State,
 Colleen R. Peterson, Deputy]





                            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT


                          OF ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION


                           OF BAY COMMERCIAL SERVICES




Richard M. Kahler and Randall D. Greenfield certify that:
1. They are the duly elected and acting  President and Secretary,  respectively,
of Bay Commercial  Services,  a California  corporation.  
2. ARTICLE SEVENTH is added to the Articles of Incorporation to read as follows:
"SEVENTH.  SHAREHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT.  Any action which may be taken
at any annual or special  meeting of  shareholders  of this  corporation  may be
taken  without a meeting  and  without  prior  notice,  if a consent in writing,
setting forth the action so taken shall be signed by the holders of  outstanding
shares of the corporation  having not less than the minimum number of votes that
would be  necessary  to  authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all
shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted,  provided that the board
of directors of this corporation, by resolution,  shall have previously approved
any such action.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  this ARTICLE SEVENTH shall not
apply to any matter which may be approved by action of the  shareholders  of the
corporation acting alone."

3. The  foregoing  amendment  of the  Articles  of  Incorporation  has been duly
approved by the Board of Directors.

               1. The foregoing  amendment of the Articles of Incorporation  has
               been duly  approved by the required vote of the  shareholders  in
               accordance with Section 902 of the California General Corporation
               Law. The total number of outstanding shares of the corporation is
               1,149,796. The number of shares voting in favor of the amendments
               equaled or exceeded the vote required, such required vote being a
               majority of the outstanding shares.





               /S/  Richard M. Kahler         /S/  Randall D. Greenfield
               ----------------------        ----------------------------
               Richard M. Kahler             Randall D. Greenfield
               President                     Secretary

We further  declare  under  penalty  of  perjury  under the laws of the State of
California  that the matters set forth in this  Certificate are true and correct
of our own knowledge.

Executed at San Leandro, California on September 29, 1989.


               /S/ Richard M. Kahler          /S/ Randall D. Greenfield         
               -----------------------       ---------------------------
               Richard M. Kahler             Randall D. Greenfield


<PAGE>

[STAMP A404489]



[LOGO]

State of California
Office of the Secretary of State

I, MARCH FONG EU, Secretary of State of the State of California, hereby certify:

That the annexed  transcript has been compared with the corporate record on file
in this  office,  of which it purports to be a copy,  and that the same is full,
true and correct.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  I execute this certificate and affix the Great Seal of the
State of California this June 18, 1991.

/s/March Fong Eu
Secretary of State

[SEAL]







<PAGE>



 [STAMP: A404489 ENDORSED FILED in the office of the Secretary of State of the 
State of California June 7, 1991, March Fong Eu, Secretary of State]


                            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT


                          OF ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION


                           OF BAY COMMERCIAL SERVICES




Richard M. Kahler and Randall D. Greenfield certify that:
1.  They are the duly elected and acting President and Secretary, respectively,
of Bay Commercial Services, a California corporation.
2.  The  following  amendment  is  readopted  pursuant  to  Section  710  of the
California  Corporations  Code.  ARTICLE  EIGHTH  is  added to the  Articles  of
Incorporation to read as follows:
"EIGHTH.  Vote Required for Certain Business Combinations.
          -----------------------------------------------
A. DEFINITIONS.  For the purposes of this Article EIGHTH:
1. "Affiliate" shall mean any person who, directly or indirectly  through one or
more intermediaries,  controls,  or is controlled by, or is under common control
with another  person.  
2. "Announcement Date" shall mean the date of the first public announcement of a
proposed Business Combination.
3. "Approved by a Majority of Continuing  Directors"  with respect to any matter
shall mean that such matter has been  approved by a majority vote of the members
of the Board of Directors who are not  disqualified as provided in the following
sentence.  Persons shall be disqualified with respect to the vote referred to in
the preceding  sentence if they are not  Continuing  Directors.  
4. "Associate" shall mean (i) with respect to a corporation or association,  any
officer or director thereof or of a subsidiary  thereof,  (ii) with respect to a
partnership, any general partner thereof or any limited partner thereof having a
10 percent  ownership  interest  in such  partnership,  (iii) with  respect to a
business  trust,  any officer or trustee  thereof or of any subsidiary  thereof,
(iv) with  respect to any other  trust or an estate,  any  trustee,  executor or
similar fiduciary and any person who has a substantial interest as a beneficiary
of such trust or estate,  (v) with  respect to a natural  person the spouses and
children thereof and any other relative thereof or of the spouse thereof who has
the same home, and any Affiliate of any such person.
5. "Beneficial Owner" shall mean, as to any shares of Voting Stock, a person:

          (a)  who beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, such shares; or

          (b)  who has (i) the right to acquire such shares from another  person
               (whether such right is exercisable  immediately or only after the
               passage  of  time)  pursuant  to any  agreement,  arrangement  or
               understanding or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange
               rights,  warrants or options,  or  otherwise or (ii) the right to
               vote or to direct the voting  thereof  pursuant to any agreement,
               arrangement or understanding.  For purposes of this definition, a
               Person  shall be deemed to own any shares and  possess all rights
               owned  or  possessed,  directly  or  indirectly,  by  all  of its
               Associates  and Affiliates or by any other person with which such
               Person or any of its  Affiliates or Associates has any agreement,
               arrangement  or  understanding  for  the  purpose  of  acquiring,
               holding, voting or disposing of any shares of Voting Stock.
6. "Business Combination" shall mean any transaction which is referred to in any
one or more of subparagraphs 1 through 4 of paragraph B of this Article EIGHTH.
7. "Continuing Director" shall mean any member of the Board of Directors of this
corporation  who is neither an Affiliate  nor an Associate of, and not a nominee
of,  an  Interested  Shareholder  involved  in a  Business  Combination,  or  an
Affiliate or Associate of such Interested Shareholder;  and who (i) was a member
of the Board of  Directors  prior to the time that such  Interested  Shareholder
became  such,  or (ii) is a  successor  of such a member  who was  nominated  to
succeed such a member by a majority of Continuing Directors then on the Board.

8.  "Determination  Date"  shall  mean  the  date on  which  an Interested
Shareholder became such.
<PAGE>

9. "Fair Market  Value" shall mean:  (a) in the case of stock,  the closing sale
price on the date in  question of a share of such stock on the  National  Market
System of the National  Association of Securities  Dealers  Automated  Quotation
System  or  any  system  then  in use on any  national  securities  exchange  or
automated  quotation  system,  or if no such quotations are available,  the fair
market value on the date in question of a share of such stock as determined by a
majority  of the  Continuing  Directors  in good  faith;  and (b) in the case of
property other than cash or stock, the fair market value of such property on the
date in question as determined by a majority of the Continuing Directors in good
faith.  
10.  "Interested  Shareholder"  shall mean any Person  (other  than this
corporation,  any  Subsidiary,  any  employee  benefit  plan  or  trust  of this
corporation or a Subsidiary or any Person who on April 1, 1989 was a director of
this corporation) who or which on or after April 1, 1989:

          (a)  is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly,  of more than 5%
               of the  combined  voting  power  of the then  outstanding  Voting
               Stock, or is an Affiliate or Associate of such Person; or
     
          (b)  acts with any other Person  through or as a partnership  (general
               or  limited),  syndicate,  or  other  group  for the  purpose  of
               acquiring,   holding  or   disposing   of   securities   of  this
               corporation,  which  entity  or  group is the  Beneficial  Owner,
               directly or indirectly, of 5% of the combined voting power of the
               outstanding Voting Stock; or

          (c)  is an assignee of or has  otherwise  succeeded to the  beneficial
               ownership  of any shares of Voting  Stock  which were at any time
               within  the  two-year  period  immediately  prior  to the date in
               question beneficially owned by an Interested Shareholder,  unless
               such assignment or succession  shall have occurred  pursuant to a
               Public  Transaction  or any series of  transactions  involving  a
               Public Transaction.

Any reference to an Interested  Shareholder  involved in a Business  Combination
shall  also refer to any  Affiliates  or  Associates  thereof,  any  predecessor
thereto,  and all members of any partnership,  syndicate or group which includes
such Interested Shareholder.  For purposes of determining whether a person is an
Interested  Shareholder,  the  number of shares  of  Voting  Stock  deemed to be
outstanding shall include shares deemed owned through  application of definition
5 above but shall not  include  any other  shares of Voting  Stock  which may be
issuable  pursuant  to any  agreement,  arrangement  or  understanding,  or upon
exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.
11. "Person" shall mean any individual,  firm, trust, partnership,  association,
corporation or other entity.
12. "Public  Transaction" shall mean any (a) purchase of shares offered pursuant
to an effective  registration  statement under the Securities Act of 1933 or (b)
open market  purchase of shares on a national  securities  exchange or automated
quotation  system if, in either such case, the price and other terms of sale are
not negotiated by the purchaser and the seller of the beneficial interest in the
shares.
13.  "Subsidiary" shall mean any corporation of which a majority of any class of
equity security is owned, directly or indirectly, by this corporation; provided,
however,  that, for the purposes of the definition of Interested Shareholder the
term  "Subsidiary"  shall mean only a  corporation  of which a majority  of each
class of equity security is owned, directly or indirectly, by this corporation.
14.  "Voting  Stock"  shall  mean  stock  of all  classes  and  series  of  this
corporation  entitled  to  vote  generally  in the  election  of  directors.  
B.  TRANSACTIONS   REQUIRING  66-2/3%  AFFIRMATIVE  VOTE.  In  addition  to  any
affirmative  vote  required  by law,  by these  Articles  of  Incorporation,  or
otherwise,  and except as  otherwise  expressly  provided in paragraph C of this
Article EIGHTH none of the following  transactions  shall be consummated  unless
such  consummation  shall  have been  approved  by the  affirmative  vote of the
holders of at least 66-2/3% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding
shares of Voting Stock voting together as a single class.  Such affirmative vote
shall be required notwithstanding the fact that no vote may be required, or that
a lesser percentage may be specified, by law, in these Articles of Incorporation
or otherwise.
          1.   Any merger or consolidation of this corporation or any Subsidiary
               with (a) an Interested  Shareholder or (b) any other  corporation
               (whether  or not itself an  Interested  Shareholder  which is, or
               after  such  merger or  consolidation  would  be,  an  Interested
               Shareholder  or  an  Affiliate  or  Associate  of  an  Interested
               Shareholder.
<PAGE>

          2.   Any sale, lease, exchange,  mortgage, pledge, grant of a security
               interest,  transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a
               series of transactions) directly or indirectly, to or with (a) an
               Interested  Shareholder  or (b) any other person  (whether or not
               itself  an  Interested  Shareholder)  which  is,  or  after  such
               transaction  would be, an Affiliate or Associate of an Interested
               Shareholder of any of the assets of this corporation  (including,
               without limitation, any voting securities of a Subsidiary) or any
               Subsidiary  having an aggregate  Fair Market Value of one million
               dollars or more. 

          3.   The issuance or transfer by this  corporation  or any  Subsidiary
               (in  one  transaction  or  a  series  of   transactions)  of  any
               securities of this corporation or any Subsidiary, or both, to (a)
               an Interested Shareholder or (b) any other person (whether or not
               itself  an  Interested  Shareholder)  which  is,  or  after  such
               issuance or transfer  would be, an  Affiliate  or Associate of an
               Interested  Shareholder,  except  as  part of a  stock  split  or
               dividend  in which all  shareholders  of such  class are  treated
               equally,  or on the  conversion or exchange of securities of this
               corporation   or  a   Subsidiary   acquired  by  the   Interested
               Shareholders in a transaction approved as herein provided.

          4.   Any  reclassification of securities  (including any reverse stock
               split), or recapitalization of this corporation, or any merger or
               consolidation of this corporation with any of its Subsidiaries or
               any other  transaction  (whether or not with or into or otherwise
               involving  an  Interested  Shareholder)  which  has  the  effect,
               directly or indirectly,  of increasing the proportionate share of
               the  outstanding  shares of any  class of  equity or  convertible
               securities  of this  corporation  or any  Subsidiary  directly or
               indirectly beneficially owned by (a) an Interested Shareholder or
               (b)  any  other  person  (whether  or not  itself  an  Interested
               Shareholder)   which   is,   or  after   such   reclassification,
               recapitalization,  merger or consolidation  or other  transaction
               would be, an Affiliate or Associate of an Interested Shareholder;
               or as a result  of which  the  shareholders  of this  corporation
               would  cease to be  shareholders  of a  corporation  incorporated
               under the laws of the State of California  having, as part of its
               articles of incorporation,  provisions to the same effect as this
               Article EIGHTH.

C.  EXCEPTIONS TO 66-2/3%  AFFIRMATIVE  VOTE  REQUIREMENT.  The  requirements of
paragraph B of this Article  EIGHTH shall not be  applicable  to any  particular
Business  Combination,  and such  Business  Combination  shall require only such
affirmative vote as is required by law, by any other provision of these Articles
of  Incorporation  or  otherwise,  if the Business  Combination  shall have been
Approved by a Majority of the  Continuing  Directors,  or if a state  regulatory
authority  having  jurisdiction  under the  circumstances  shall have determined
specifically,  and not by implication,  that the Business Combination is fair to
the holders of the Voting Stock,  or if all of the following  conditions  (other
than those which are, by their terms, inapplicable) shall have been met.

          1. The transaction constituting the Business Combination shall provide
          for a consideration  per share to be received by all holders of Common
          Stock in exchange  for all of their  shares of Common  Stock,  and the
          aggregate  amount of cash and the Fair Market  Value as of the date of
          the  consummation  of the Business  Combination  of any  consideration
          other than cash to be received per share by holders of Common Stock in
          such  Business  Combination  shall be at least equal to the highest of
          the following:

               (a) The Fair Market  Value per share of Common  Stock on the last
               trading day before the Announcement Date.

               (b) The  average of the Fair  Market  Values of a share of Common
               Stock over each trading day in the 90 calendar  days  immediately
               prior to the Announcement Date.

               (c) If the  Announcement  Date of such  Business  Combination  is
               within  five  years of the  Determination  Date in respect of the
               Interested Shareholder involved in such Business Combination, the
               highest  per-share  price  (including any brokerage  commissions,
               transfer  taxes  and  soliciting  dealers'  fees)  paid  by  such
               Interested  Shareholder  to acquire  any  shares of Common  Stock
               which  are or were at any  time  within  such  five  year  period
               Beneficially  Owned  by  such  Interested  Shareholder  and  were
               acquired  by it at any time  within  such five year  period.  The
               price  determination  in accordance with this  subparagraph 1 and
               the following  subparagraph 2 of this paragraph  shall be subject
               to appropriate  adjustment in the event of any  recapitalization,
               stock  dividend,  stock split,  combination  of shares or similar
               event.
<PAGE>


          2. If the  transaction  constituting  the Business  Combination  shall
          provide for a consideration  to be received by holders of any class or
          series of  outstanding  Voting  Stock  other than  Common  Stock,  the
          aggregate  amount of the cash and the Fair Market Value as of the date
          of the consummation of the Business Combination of consideration other
          than cash to be  received  per share by holders of shares of each such
          class or series of Voting Stock shall be determined in the same manner
          as provided in subparagraph 1 above.

          3. The  consideration  to be received by holders of a particular class
          or series of outstanding  Voting Stock (including  Common Stock) shall
          be in  cash  or in  the  same  form  as  was  previously  paid  by the
          Interested  Shareholder involved in such Business Combination in order
          to acquire  shares of such class or series of Voting  Stock  which are
          beneficially owned by an Interested  Shareholder and, if an Interested
          Shareholder  beneficially owns shares of any class or series of Voting
          Stock which were  acquired with varying  forms of  consideration,  the
          form of  consideration  for such class or series of Voting Stock shall
          be  either  cash or the form used to  acquire  the  largest  number of
          shares of such class or series of Voting Stock  beneficially  owned by
          it.

          4. After such Interested  Shareholder has become such and prior to the
          consummation of such Business Combination:

               (a) Except as Approved by a Majority of the Continuing Directors,
               there  shall  have  been no  failure  to  declare  and pay at the
               regular dates therefor the full amount of any dividends  (whether
               or not  cumulative)  payable  on any  outstanding  class of stock
               having a preference over the Common Stock as to dividends.


               (b) There shall have been (i) no  reduction in the annual rate of
               dividends  paid on the  Common  Stock  (except  as  necessary  to
               reflect  any  subdivision  of the  Common  Stock)  other  than as
               Approved by a Majority of the  Continuing  Directors  and (ii) an
               increase in such annual rate of dividends as necessary to prevent
               any  such   reduction  in  the  event  of  any   reclassification
               (including  any reverse  stock split or  combination  of shares),
               recapitalization, reorganization or any similar transaction which
               has the effect of reducing  the number of  outstanding  shares of
               the Common  Stock,  unless the failure so to increase such annual
               rate is Approved by a Majority of the Continuing Directors.

          5. After the Determination Date such Interested  Shareholder shall not
          have   received   the   benefit,   directly  or   indirectly   (except
          proportionately as a shareholder), of any loans, advances, guarantees,
          pledges or other financial  assistance or any tax credits or other tax
          advantages provided by this corporation, whether in anticipation of or
          in connection with such Business Combination or otherwise.

          6. A proxy or information  statement  describing the proposed Business
          Combination  and complying  with the  requirements  of the  Securities
          Exchange  Act of 1934,  as  amended,  and the  rules  and  regulations
          thereunder (or any subsequent  provisions replacing such Act, rules or
          regulations)  shall, at this corporation's  expense,  be mailed to the
          shareholders of this corporation,  no later than the earlier of (a) 30
          days prior to any vote on the proposed Business  Combination or (b) if
          no vote on such Business Combination is required, 60 days prior to the
          consummation of such Business  Combination  (whether or not such proxy
          or information statement is required to be mailed pursuant to such Act
          or subsequent  provisions).  Such proxy statement shall contain at the
          front thereof,  in a prominent  place, any  recommendations  as to the
          advisability (or  inadvisability)  of the Business  Combination  which
          have been  approved  by a Majority  of the  Continuing  Directors  and
          furnished in writing, and an opinion of a reputable investment banking
          firm as to the  fairness  (or lack of  fairness)  of the terms of such
          Business Combination,  from the point of view of the holders of Voting
          Stock other than an Interested  Shareholder  if such  requirement  has
          been Approved by a Majority of Continuing Directors,  (such investment
          banking firm to be Approved by a Majority of the Continuing Directors,
          to be furnished with all information it reasonably  requests and to be
          paid  a  reasonable   fee  for  its  services  upon  receipt  by  this
          corporation of such opinion).

D.  APPROVAL BY A MAJORITY OF THE  CONTINUING  DIRECTORS.  The power and duty to
determine for the purposes of this Article  EIGHTH,  on the basis of information
known to them  after  reasonable  inquiry,  all  facts  necessary  to  determine
compliance with this Article EIGHTH, including,  without limitation, (1) whether
a Person is an Interested
<PAGE>

Shareholder,  (2) the number of shares of Voting Stock beneficially owned by any
Person,  (3) whether a Person is an  Affiliate  or  Associate  of  another,  (4)
whether the requirements of paragraph C of this Article EIGHTH have been met and
(5) such other matters with respect to which a  determination  is required under
this Article  EIGHTH  shall be  exercised in a manner  Approved by a Majority of
Continuing Directors. The good faith determination with respect to such Approval
by a Majority of the  Continuing  Directors on such matters  shall be conclusive
and binding for all purposes of this Article  EIGHTH.  
E. NO  EFFECT ON  FIDUCIARY  OBLIGATIONS  OF  INTERESTED  SHAREHOLDERS.  Nothing
contained  in this Article  EIGHTH  shall be construed to relieve an  Interested
Shareholder of any fiduciary obligation imposed by law.
F.  AMENDMENT,  REPEAL,  ETC.  Notwithstanding  any  other  provisions  of these
Articles of  Incorporation  or the Bylaws of this corporation or the fact that a
lesser  percentage may be specified by law, these Articles of  Incorporation  or
the Bylaws of this corporation,  the affirmative vote of the holders of at least
66-2/3% of the  combined  voting  power of the then  outstanding  Voting  Stock,
voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend,  alter, adopt any
provision  inconsistent  with or repeal this Article  EIGHTH." 
     3. The foregoing  amendment of the Articles of Incorporation  has been duly
        approved by the Board of Directors.
     4. The foregoing  amendment of the Articles of Incorporation  has been duly
        approved by the required vote of the shareholders in accordance with
        Section 902 of the  California  General  Corporation  Law. The total  
        number of  outstanding shares of the corporation is 1,109,985.  The 
        number of shares voting in favor of the amendment  equaled or exceeded
        the vote  required,  such required vote being 66-2/3% vote of the 
        outstanding shares.


 /S/  Richard M. Kahler                  /S/ Randall D. Greenfield
- ---------------------------             ------------------------------
Richard M. Kahler                       Randall D. Greenfield
President                               Secretary


We further  declare  under  penalty  of  perjury  under the laws of the State of
California  that the matters set forth in this  Certificate are true and correct
of our own knowledge.

Executed at San Leandro, California on June 5, 1991.

/S/  Richard M. Kahler                  /S/ Randall D. Greenfield
- ---------------------------             ------------------------------
Richard M. Kahler                       Randall D. Greenfield


<PAGE>


[STAMP: A435443]

[LOGO]

State of California
Office of the Secretary of State
Corporation Division

I, MARCH FONG EU, Secretary of State of the State of California,
hereby certify:

That the annexed  transcript has been compared with the corporate record on file
in this  office,  of which it purports to be a copy,  and that the same is full,
true and correct.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  I execute this certificate and affix the Great Seal of the
State of California this August 10, 1993.

/s/March Fong Eu
Secretary of State

[SEAL]


<PAGE>


[STAMP:  A435443; ENDORSED FILED in the office of the Secretary of State,
State of California AUG 9 1993, MARCH FONG EU Secretary of State]


              CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION


                                   OF


                          BAY COMMERCIAL SERVICES


     Richard M. Kahler and Randall D. Greenfield certify that:


     l.  They  are  the  duly  elected  and  acting   President  and  Secretary,
respectively, of Bay Commercial Services, a California corporation.


     2. The  following  amendment  is  readopted  pursuant to Section 710 of the
California  Corporations  Code.  ARTICLE  EIGHTH  is  added to the  Articles  of
Incorporation to read as follows:

     "EIGHTH. VOTE REQUIRED FOR CERTAIN BUSINESS COMBINATIONS.


 A. DEFINITIONS. FOR THE PURPOSES OF THIS ARTICLE EIGHTH:

          1.   "Affiliate"  shall mean any person who,  directly  or  indirectly
               through one or more  intermediaries,  controls,  or is controlled
               by, or is under common control with another person.

          2.   "Announcement  Date"  shall  mean  the date of the  first  public
               announcement of a proposed Business Combination.

          3.   "Approved by a Majority of Continuing  Directors" with respect to
               any matter  shall mean that such  matter has been  approved  by a
               majority  vote of the members of the Board of  Directors  who are
               not disqualified as provided in the following  sentence.  Persons
               shall be disqualified with respect to the vote referred to in the
               preceding sentence if they are not Continuing Directors.

          4.   "Associate"  shall  mean (i) with  respect  to a  corporation  or
               association,  any officer or director  thereof or of a subsidiary
               thereof, (ii) with respect to a partnership,  any general partner
               thereof  or any  limited  partner  thereof  having  a 10  percent
               ownership  interest in such partnership,  (iii) with respect to a
               business  trust,  any  officer  or  trustee  thereof  or  of  any
               subsidiary  thereof,  (iv) with  respect to any other trust or an
               estate, any trustee, executor or similar fiduciary and any person
               who has a substantial  interest as a beneficiary of such trust or
               estate,  (v) with  respect to a natural  person,  the spouses and
               children  thereof and any other relative thereof or of the spouse
               thereof who has the same home, and (vi) any Affiliate of any such
               person.

          5.   "Beneficial  Owner" shall mean, as to any shares of Voting Stock,
               a person:


                         (a) who beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, such
                         shares; or

                         (b) who has (i) the right to acquire  such  shares from
                         another  person  (whether  such  right  is  exercisable
                         immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant
                         to any agreement,  arrangement or understanding or upon
                         the exercise of  conversion  rights,  exchange  rights,
                         warrants or options,  or otherwise or (ii) the right to
                         vote or to direct the voting  thereof  pursuant  to any
                         agreement,  arrangement or understanding.  For purposes
                         of this definition, a Person shall be deemed to own any
                         shares  and  possess  all  rights  owned or  possessed,
                         directly or  indirectly,  by all of its  Associates and
                         Affiliates  or by any  other  person  with  which  such
                         Person or any of its  Affiliates or Associates  has any
                         agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose
                         of  acquiring,  holding,  voting  or  disposing  of any
                         shares of Voting Stock.
<PAGE>

          6.   "Business  Combination"  shall  mean  any  transaction  which  is
               referred  to in any one or more of  subparagraphs  1 through 4 of
               paragraph B of this Article EIGHTH.


          7.   "Continuing  Director"  shall  mean any  member  of the  Board of
               Directors of this  corporation who is neither an Affiliate nor an
               Associate  of, and not a nominee  of, an  Interested  Shareholder
               involved in a Business Combination,  or an Affiliate or Associate
               of such Interested  Shareholder;  and who (i) was a member of the
               Board  of  Directors  prior  to the  time  that  such  Interested
               Shareholder  became such, or (ii) is a successor of such a member
               who was  nominated  to  succeed  such a member by a  majority  of
               Continuing Directors then on the Board.


          8.   "Determination  Date" shall mean the date on which an  Interested
               Shareholder became such.


          9.   "Fair  Market  Value" shall mean:  (a) in the case of stock,  the
               closing  sale  price on the date in  question  of a share of such
               stock on the National  Market System of the National  Association
               of Securities  Dealers  Automated  Quotation System or any system
               then in use on any  national  securities  exchange  or  automated
               quotation  system,  or if no such  quotations are available,  the
               fair  market  value  on the date in  question  of a share of such
               stock as determined by a majority of the Continuing  Directors in
               good faith;  and (b) in the case of  property  other than cash or
               stock,  the fair  market  value of such  property  on the date in
               question as determined by a majority of the Continuing  Directors
               in good faith.


          10.  "Interested  Shareholder"  shall mean any Person (other than this
               corporation,  any Subsidiary,  any employee benefit plan or trust
               of this corporation or a Subsidiary or any Person who on April 1,
               1989 was a director of this corporation) who or which on or after
               April 1, 1989:

                                                   
                    (a) is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more
                    than 5% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding
                    Voting  Stock,  or is an  Affiliate  or  Associate  of  such
                    Person; or


                    (b) acts with any other Person  through or as a  partnership
                    (general  or  limited),  syndicate,  or other  group for the
                    purpose of acquiring,  holding or disposing of securities of
                    this  corporation,  which entity or group is the  Beneficial
                    Owner, directly or indirectly,  of 5% of the combined voting
                    power of the outstanding Voting Stock; or


                    (c) is an  assignee  of or has  otherwise  succeeded  to the
                    beneficial  ownership  of any shares of Voting  Stock  which
                    were at any time  within  the  two-year  period  immediately
                    prior  to the  date in  question  beneficially  owned  by an
                    Interested Shareholder, unless such assignment or succession
                    shall have occurred pursuant to a Public  Transaction or any
                    series of transactions involving a Public Transaction.


          Any  reference  to an  Interested  Shareholder  involved in a Business
          Combination shall also refer to any Affiliates or Associates  thereof,
          any predecessor thereto, and all members of any partnership, syndicate
          or group which includes such Interested  Shareholder.  For purposes of
          determining whether a person is an Interested Shareholder,  the number
          of shares of Voting  Stock  deemed  to be  outstanding  shall  include
          shares  deemed owned  through  application  of  definition 5 above but
          shall not  include  any other  shares  of  Voting  Stock  which may be
          issuable pursuant to any agreement,  arrangement or understanding,  or
          upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.


          11.  "Person" shall mean any  individual,  firm,  trust,  partnership,
               association, corporation or other entity.


          12.  "Public  Transaction"  shall  mean  any (a)  purchase  of  shares
               offered pursuant to an effective registration statement under the
               Securities Act of 1933 or (b) open-market purchase of shares on a
               national securities exchange or automated quotation system if, in
               either  such  case,  the price  and  other  terms of sale are not
               negotiated  by the  purchaser  and the  seller of the  beneficial
               interest in the shares.
<PAGE>

          13.  "Subsidiary"  shall mean any  corporation  of which a majority of
               any class of equity security is owned, directly or indirectly, by
               this corporation;  provided,  however,  that, for the purposes of
               the definition of Interested  Shareholder  the term  "Subsidiary"
               shall mean only a  corporation  of which a majority of each class
               of equity  security  is owned,  directly or  indirectly,  by this
               corporation.


          14.  "Voting Stock" shall mean stock of all classes and series of this
               corporation  entitled  to  vote  generally  in  the  election  of
               directors.


B.  TRANSACTIONS   REQUIRING  66-2/3%  AFFIRMATIVE  VOTE.  In  addition  to  any
affirmative  vote  required  by law,  by these  Articles  of  Incorporation,  or
otherwise,  and except as  otherwise  expressly  provided in paragraph C of this
Article EIGHTH none of the following  transactions  shall be consummated  unless
such  consummation  shall  have been  approved  by the  affirmative  vote of the
holders of at least 66-2/3% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding
shares of Voting Stock voting together as a single class.  Such affirmative vote
shall be required notwithstanding the fact that no vote may be required, or that
a lesser percentage may be specified, by law, in these Articles of Incorporation
or otherwise.


          1.   Any merger or consolidation of this corporation or any Subsidiary
               with (a) an Interested  Shareholder or (b) any other  corporation
               (whether or not itself an  Interested  Shareholder)  which is, or
               after  such  merger or  consolidation  would  be,  an  Interested
               Shareholder  or  an  Affiliate  or  Associate  of  an  Interested
               Shareholder.


          2.   Any sale, lease, exchange,  mortgage, pledge, grant of a security
               interest,  transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a
               series of transactions) directly or indirectly, to or with (a) an
               Interested  Shareholder  or (b) any other person  (whether or not
               itself  an  Interested  Shareholder)  which  is,  or  after  such
               transaction  would be, an Affiliate or Associate of an Interested
               Shareholder of any of the assets of this corporation  (including,
               without limitation, any voting securities of a Subsidiary) or any
               Subsidiary  having an aggregate  Fair Market Value of one million
               dollars or more.


          3.   The issuance or transfer by this  corporation  or any  Subsidiary
               (in  one  transaction  or  a  series  of   transactions)  of  any
               securities of this corporation or any Subsidiary, or both, to (a)
               an Interested Shareholder or (b) any other person (whether or not
               itself  an  Interested  Shareholder)  which  is,  or  after  such
               issuance or transfer  would be, an  Affiliate  or Associate of an
               Interested  Shareholder,  except  as  part of a  stock  split  or
               dividend  in which all  shareholders  of such  class are  treated
               equally,  or on the  conversion or exchange of securities of this
               corporation   or  a   Subsidiary   acquired  by  the   Interested
               Shareholders in a transaction approved as herein provided.


          4.   Any  reclassification of securities  (including any reverse stock
               split), or recapitalization of this corporation, or any merger or
               consolidation of this corporation with any of its Subsidiaries or
               any other  transaction  (whether or not with or into or otherwise
               involving  an  Interested  Shareholder)  which  has  the  effect,
               directly or indirectly,  of increasing the proportionate share of
               the  outstanding  shares of any  class of  equity or  convertible
               securities  of this  corporation  or any  Subsidiary  directly or
               indirectly beneficially owned by (a) an Interested Shareholder or
               (b)  any  other  person  (whether  or not  itself  an  Interested
               Shareholder)   which   is,   or  after   such   reclassification,
               recapitalization,  merger or consolidation  or other  transaction
               would be, an Affiliate or Associate of an Interested Shareholder;
               or as a result  of which  the  shareholders  of this  corporation
               would  cease to be  shareholders  of a  corporation  incorporated
               under the laws of the State of California  having, as part of its
               articles of incorporation,  provisions to the same effect as this
               Article EIGHTH.


C.  EXCEPTIONS TO 66-2/3%  AFFIRMATIVE  VOTE  REQUIREMENT.  The  requirements of
paragraph B of this Article  EIGHTH shall not be  applicable  to any  particular
Business  Combination,  and such  Business  Combination  shall require only such
affirmative vote as is required by law, by any other provision of these Articles
of  Incorporation  or  otherwise,  if the Business  Combination  shall have been
Approved by a Majority of the  Continuing  Directors,  or if a state  regulatory
authority  having  jurisdiction  under the  circumstances  shall have determined
specifically,  and not by implication,  that the Business Combination is fair to
the holders of the Voting Stock,  or if all of the following  conditions  (other
than those which are, by their terms, inapplicable) shall have been met.

<PAGE>

          1.   The  transaction  constituting  the  Business  Combination  shall
               provide  for a  consideration  per  share to be  received  by all
               holders of Common  Stock in exchange  for all of their  shares of
               Common  Stock,  and the  aggregate  amount  of cash  and the Fair
               Market Value as of the date of the  consummation  of the Business
               Combination of any  consideration  other than cash to be received
               per share by holders of Common Stock in such Business Combination
               shall be at least equal to the highest of the following:


                    (a) The Fair Market  Value per share of Common  Stock on the
                    last trading day before the Announcement Date.


                    (b) The  average  of the Fair  Market  Values  of a share of
                    Common Stock over each  trading day in the 90 calendar  days
                    immediately prior to the Announcement Date.


                    (c) If the Announcement Date of such Business Combination is
                    within  five years of the  Determination  Date in respect of
                    the  Interested   Shareholder   involved  in  such  Business
                    Combination,  the highest  per-share  price  (including  any
                    brokerage   commissions,   transfer   taxes  and  soliciting
                    dealers'  fees)  paid  by  such  Interested  Shareholder  to
                    acquire any shares of Common  Stock which are or were at any
                    time within such five year period Beneficially Owned by such
                    Interested  Shareholder  and were acquired by it at any time
                    within such five year  period.  The price  determination  in
                    accordance  with  this  subparagraph  1  and  the  following
                    subparagraph  2  of  this  paragraph  shall  be  subject  to
                    appropriate adjustment in the event of any recapitalization,
                    stock  dividend,  stock  split,  combination  of  shares  or
                    similar event.


          2.   If the transaction  constituting the Business  Combination  shall
               provide  for a  consideration  to be  received  by holders of any
               class or series of  outstanding  Voting  Stock  other than Common
               Stock, the aggregate amount of the cash and the Fair Market Value
               as of the date of the consummation of the Business Combination of
               consideration other than cash to be received per share by holders
               of shares of each such class or series of Voting  Stock  shall be
               determined  in the same  manner as  provided  in  subparagraph  1
               above.


          3.   The consideration to be received by holders of a particular class
               or series of outstanding  Voting Stock  (including  Common Stock)
               shall be in cash or in the same  form as was  previously  paid by
               the Interested  Shareholder involved in such Business Combination
               in order to  acquire  shares  of such  class or  series of Voting
               Stock which are beneficially  owned by an Interested  Shareholder
               and, if an Interested Shareholder beneficially owns shares of any
               class or series of Voting Stock which were  acquired with varying
               forms of consideration,  the form of consideration for such class
               or series of Voting  Stock  shall be either cash or the form used
               to acquire the  largest  number of shares of such class or series
               of Voting Stock beneficially owned by it.


          4.   After such  Interested  Shareholder  has become such and prior to
               the consummation of such Business Combination:


                    (a)  Except as  Approved  by a  Majority  of the  Continuing
                    Directors,  there  shall have been no failure to declare and
                    pay at the  regular  dates  therefor  the full amount of any
                    dividends  (whether  or  not  cumulative)   payable  on  any
                    outstanding  class of stock  having  a  preference  over the
                    Common Stock as to dividends.


                    (b) There  shall  have been (i) no  reduction  in the annual
                    rate  of  dividends  paid on the  Common  Stock  (except  as
                    necessary to reflect any  subdivision  of the Common  Stock)
                    other  than as  Approved  by a  Majority  of the  Continuing
                    Directors  and  (ii)  an  increase  in such  annual  rate of
                    dividends as necessary to prevent any such  reduction in the
                    event of any  reclassification  (including any reverse stock
                    split   or   combination   of   shares),   recapitalization,
                    reorganization  or any  similar  transaction  which  has the
                    effect of reducing the number of  outstanding  shares of the
                    Common Stock,  unless the failure so to increase such annual
                    rate is Approved by a Majority of the Continuing Directors.


          5.   After the  Determination  Date such Interested  Shareholder shall
               not have  received the benefit,  directly or  indirectly  (except
               proportionately  as  a  shareholder),  of  any  loans,  advances,
               guarantees, 
<PAGE>


               pledges  or other  financial  assistance  or any tax
               credits or other tax  advantages  provided  by this  corporation,
               whether in  anticipation  of or in connection  with such Business
               Combination or otherwise.


          6.   A proxy or information statement describing the proposed Business
               Combination and complying with the requirements of the Securities
               Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  and the rules and  regulations
               thereunder  (or any  subsequent  provisions  replacing  such Act,
               rules or regulations)  shall, at this corporation's  expense,  be
               mailed to the shareholders of this corporation, no later than the
               earlier of (a) 30 days prior to any vote on the proposed Business
               Combination  or (b) if no vote on such  Business  Combination  is
               required,  60 days  prior to the  consummation  of such  Business
               Combination  (whether or not such proxy or information  statement
               is  required  to be  mailed  pursuant  to such Act or  subsequent
               provisions).  Such  proxy  statement  shall  contain at the front
               thereof,  in a prominent  place,  any  recommendations  as to the
               advisability  (or  inadvisability)  of the  Business  Combination
               which  have  been  Approved  by  a  Majority  of  the  Continuing
               Directors and furnished in writing, and an opinion of a reputable
               investment  banking firm as to the fairness (or lack of fairness)
               of the terms of such Business Combination, from the point of view
               of  the  holders  of  Voting  Stock  other  than  an   Interested
               Shareholder if such  requirement  has been Approved by a Majority
               of  Continuing  Directors,  (such  investment  banking firm to be
               Approved  by a  Majority  of  the  Continuing  Directors,  to  be
               furnished with all  information it reasonably  requests and to be
               paid a  reasonable  fee for its  services  upon  receipt  by this
               corporation of such opinion).


D. APPROVAL BY A MAJORITY OF THE CONTINUING DIRECTORS.


The power and duty to determine for the purposes of this Article EIGHTH,  on the
basis of information known to them after reasonable inquiry, all facts necessary
to determine compliance with this Article EIGHTH, including, without limitation,
(1) whether a Person is an Interested  Shareholder,  (2) the number of shares of
Voting  Stock  beneficially  owned by any  Person,  (3)  whether  a Person is an
Affiliate or Associate of another,  (4) whether the  requirements of paragraph C
of this Article  EIGHTH have been met and (5) such other matters with respect to
which a  determination  is required under this Article EIGHTH shall be exercised
in a manner  Approved  by a Majority  of  Continuing  Directors.  The good faith
determination  with  respect to such  Approval by a Majority  of the  Continuing
Directors on such matters  shall be  conclusive  and binding for all purposes of
this Article EIGHTH.


E. NO  EFFECT ON  FIDUCIARY  OBLIGATIONS  OF  INTERESTED  SHAREHOLDERS.  Nothing
contained  in this Article  EIGHTH  shall be construed to relieve an  Interested
Shareholder     of    any     fiduciary     obligation     imposed    by    law.


F.  AMENDMENT,  REPEAL,  ETC.  Notwithstanding  any  other  provisions  of these
Articles of  Incorporation  or the Bylaws of this corporation or the fact that a
lesser  percentage may be specified by law, these Articles of  Incorporation  or
the Bylaws of this corporation,  the affirmative vote of the holders of at least
66-2/3% of the  combined  voting  power of the then  outstanding  Voting  Stock,
voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend,  alter, adopt any
provision inconsistent with or repeal this Article EIGHTH."


     3. The foregoing  amendment of the Articles of Incorporation  has been duly
approved by the Board of Directors.


     4. The foregoing  amendment of the Articles of Incorporation  has been duly
approved by the required vote of the shareholders in accordance with Section 902
of the  California  General  Corporation  Law. The total  number of  outstanding
shares of the corporation is 1,079,985.  The number of shares voting in favor of
the amendment equaled or exceeded the vote required,  such required vote being a
66-2/3% vote of the outstanding shares.


By: /s/Richard M. Kahler              By: /s/ Randall D. Greenfield
    -----------------------               ----------------------------
        Richard M. Kahler             Randall D. Greenfield
        President                     Secretary


<PAGE>




We further  declare under penalty of perjury under the  laws of the  State  of 
 California  that  the  matters  set  forth  in this Certificate are true and
 correct of our own knowledge.


Executed at San Leandro, California on August 5, 1993.


/s/Richard M. Kahler                                 /s/Randall D. Greenfield
- -----------------------                              ------------------------
Richard M. Kahler                                    Randall D. Greenfield


<PAGE>


[STAMP: A476826]

[LOGO]

State of California
Secretary of State
Corporation Division

I, BILL JONES,  Secretary  of State of the State of  California, hereby certify:

That the annexed  transcript has been compared with the corporate record on file
in this  office,  of which it purports to be a copy,  and that the same is full,
true and correct.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  I execute this certificate and affix the Great Seal of the
State of California this JUNE 4, 1996.

/s/Bill Jones
Secretary of State

[SEAL]


<PAGE>


[STAMP:  A476826; ENDORSED FILED in the office of the Secretary of State of the
 State of California MAY 30, 1996, BILL JONES, Secretary of State]


              CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

                                     OF


                            BAY COMMERCIAL SERVICES


     Richard M. Kahler and Randall D. Greenfield certify that:


     l.  They  are  the  duly  elected  and  acting   President  and  Secretary,
respectively, of Bay Commercial Services, a California corporation.


     2. The  following  amendment  is  readopted  pursuant to Section 710 of the
California  Corporations  Code.  ARTICLE  EIGHTH  is  added to the  Articles  of
Incorporation to read as follows:


     "EIGHTH. Vote Required for Certain Business Combinations.


A.   Definitions.  For the purposes of this Article EIGHTH:


     1. "Affiliate"  shall mean any person who,  directly or indirectly  through
     one or more  intermediaries,  controls,  or is  controlled  by, or is under
     common control with another person.


     2. "Announcement Date" shall mean the date of the first public announcement
     of a proposed Business Combination.


     3.  "Approved by a Majority of  Continuing  Directors"  with respect to any
     matter shall mean that such matter has been  approved by a majority vote of
     the members of the Board of Directors who are not  disqualified as provided
     in the following  sentence.  Persons shall be disqualified  with respect to
     the vote referred to in the preceding  sentence if they are not  Continuing
     Directors.


     4. "Associate" shall mean (i) with respect to a corporation or association,
     any  officer or  director  thereof or of a  subsidiary  thereof,  (ii) with
     respect to a  partnership,  any  general  partner  thereof  or any  limited
     partner thereof having a 10 percent ownership interest in such partnership,
     (iii) with respect to a business  trust,  any officer or trustee thereof or
     of any  subsidiary  thereof,  (iv) with  respect  to any other  trust or an
     estate, any trustee, executor or similar fiduciary and any person who has a
     substantial  interest as a  beneficiary  of such trust or estate,  (v) with
     respect to a natural person, the spouses and children thereof and any other
     relative  thereof or of the spouse  thereof who has the same home, and (vi)
     any Affiliate of any such person.


     5.  "Beneficial  Owner"  shall mean,  as to any shares of Voting  Stock,  a
     person:


          (a) who beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, such shares; or


          (b) who has (i) the right to acquire such shares from  another  person
          (whether  such  right is  exercisable  immediately  or only  after the
          passage  of  time)   pursuant  to  any   agreement,   arrangement   or
          understanding  or upon the  exercise of  conversion  rights,  exchange
          rights, warrants or options, or otherwise or (ii) the right to vote or
          to direct the voting thereof pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or
          understanding.  For  purposes of this  definition,  a Person  shall be
          deemed to own any shares and  possess all rights  owned or  possessed,
          directly or indirectly,  by all of its Associates and Affiliates or by
          any other  person with which such Person or any of its  Affiliates  or
          Associates has any agreement,  arrangement  or  understanding  for the
          purpose of  acquiring,  holding,  voting or disposing of any shares of
          Voting Stock.

<PAGE>

     6. "Business  Combination"  shall mean any transaction which is referred to
     in any one or more of  subparagraphs  1  through 4 of  paragraph  B of this
     Article EIGHTH.


     7. "Continuing Director" shall mean any member of the Board of Directors of
     this corporation who is neither an Affiliate nor an Associate of, and not a
     nominee of, an Interested  Shareholder involved in a Business  Combination,
     or an Affiliate or Associate of such  Interested  Shareholder;  and who (i)
     was a  member  of the  Board of  Directors  prior  to the  time  that  such
     Interested Shareholder became such, or (ii) is a successor of such a member
     who was  nominated  to succeed  such a member by a majority  of  Continuing
     Directors then on the Board.


     8.  "Determination  Date"  shall  mean  the  date on  which  an  Interested
     Shareholder became such.


     9. "Fair Market  Value" shall mean:  (a) in the case of stock,  the closing
     sale price on the date in question of a share of such stock on the National
     Market System of the National  Association of Securities  Dealers Automated
     Quotation  System  or any  system  then in use on any  national  securities
     exchange  or  automated  quotation  system,  or if no such  quotations  are
     available, the fair market value on the date in question of a share of such
     stock as  determined  by a majority  of the  Continuing  Directors  in good
     faith;  and (b) in the case of property other than cash or stock,  the fair
     market value of such  property on the date in question as  determined  by a
     majority of the Continuing Directors in good faith.


     10.  "Interested  Shareholder"  shall  mean any  Person  (other  than  this
     corporation,  any  Subsidiary,  any employee  benefit plan or trust of this
     corporation  or a  Subsidiary  or any  Person  who on April  1,  1989 was a
     director of this corporation) who or which on or after April 1, 1989:


          (a) is the beneficial owner,  directly or indirectly,  of more than 5%
          of the combined voting power of the then outstanding  Voting Stock, or
          is an Affiliate or Associate of such Person; or


          (b) acts with any other Person through or as a partnership (general or
          limited),  syndicate,  or other  group for the  purpose of  acquiring,
          holding or disposing of securities of this  corporation,  which entity
          or group is the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of 5% of the
          combined voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock; or


          (c) is an assignee of or has  otherwise  succeeded  to the  beneficial
          ownership  of any shares of Voting Stock which were at any time within
          the  two-year  period  immediately  prior  to  the  date  in  question
          beneficially   owned  by  an  Interested   Shareholder,   unless  such
          assignment  or  succession  shall have  occurred  pursuant to a Public
          Transaction  or  any  series  of   transactions   involving  a  Public
          Transaction.


     Any  reference  to  an  Interested   Shareholder  involved  in  a  Business
     Combination shall also refer to any Affiliates or Associates  thereof,  any
     predecessor thereto, and all members of any partnership, syndicate or group
     which  includes such  Interested  Shareholder.  For purposes of determining
     whether  a person is an  Interested  Shareholder,  the  number of shares of
     Voting Stock deemed to be  outstanding  shall include  shares  deemed owned
     through  application  of definition 5 above but shall not include any other
     shares of Voting  Stock  which may be issuable  pursuant to any  agreement,
     arrangement  or  understanding,  or upon  exercise  of  conversion  rights,
     warrants or options, or otherwise.


     11.  "Person"  shall  mean  any  individual,   firm,  trust,   partnership,
     association, corporation or other entity.


     12.  "Public  Transaction"  shall mean any (a)  purchase of shares  offered
     pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of
     1933  or (b)  open-market  purchase  of  shares  on a  national  securities
     exchange or automated  quotation  system if, in either such case, the price
     and other terms of sale are not  negotiated by the purchaser and the seller
     of the beneficial interest in the shares.

<PAGE>

     13.  "Subsidiary"  shall mean any  corporation  of which a majority  of any
     class  of  equity  security  is  owned,  directly  or  indirectly,  by this
     corporation; provided, however, that, for the purposes of the definition of
     Interested  Shareholder the term "Subsidiary" shall mean only a corporation
     of which a majority of each class of equity security is owned,  directly or
     indirectly, by this corporation.


     14.  "Voting  Stock"  shall  mean stock of all  classes  and series of this
     corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.


B.  TRANSACTIONS   REQUIRING  66-2/3%  AFFIRMATIVE  VOTE.  In  addition  to  any
affirmative  vote  required  by law,  by these  Articles  of  Incorporation,  or
otherwise,  and except as  otherwise  expressly  provided in paragraph C of this
Article EIGHTH none of the following  transactions  shall be consummated  unless
such  consummation  shall  have been  approved  by the  affirmative  vote of the
holders of at least 66-2/3% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding
shares of Voting Stock voting together as a single class.  Such affirmative vote
shall be required notwithstanding the fact that no vote may be required, or that
a lesser percentage may be specified, by law, in these Articles of Incorporation
or otherwise.


     1. Any merger or  consolidation  of this corporation or any Subsidiary with
     (a) an Interested  Shareholder or (b) any other corporation (whether or not
     itself  an  Interested  Shareholder)  which  is,  or after  such  merger or
     consolidation  would be,  an  Interested  Shareholder  or an  Affiliate  or
     Associate of an Interested Shareholder.


     2. Any  sale,  lease,  exchange,  mortgage,  pledge,  grant  of a  security
     interest,  transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of
     transactions)  directly  or  indirectly,  to  or  with  (a)  an  Interested
     Shareholder  or (b) any other person  (whether or not itself an  Interested
     Shareholder)  which is, or after such transaction would be, an Affiliate or
     Associate  of an  Interested  Shareholder  of  any of the  assets  of  this
     corporation  (including,  without  limitation,  any voting  securities of a
     Subsidiary) or any Subsidiary  having an aggregate Fair Market Value of one
     million dollars or more.


     3. The issuance or transfer by this  corporation  or any Subsidiary (in one
     transaction  or a  series  of  transactions)  of  any  securities  of  this
     corporation or any Subsidiary, or both, to (a) an Interested Shareholder or
     (b) any other  person  (whether  or not itself an  Interested  Shareholder)
     which is, or after such  issuance or  transfer  would be, an  Affiliate  or
     Associate of an Interested Shareholder,  except as part of a stock split or
     dividend in which all shareholders of such class are treated equally, or on
     the  conversion  or  exchange  of  securities  of  this  corporation  or  a
     Subsidiary  acquired  by  the  Interested  Shareholders  in  a  transaction
     approved as herein provided.


     4. Any reclassification of securities  (including any reverse stock split),
     or recapitalization of this corporation,  or any merger or consolidation of
     this  corporation  with any of its  Subsidiaries  or any other  transaction
     (whether  or  not  with  or  into  or  otherwise  involving  an  Interested
     Shareholder)  which has the effect,  directly or indirectly,  of increasing
     the proportionate share of the outstanding shares of any class of equity or
     convertible  securities of this  corporation or any Subsidiary  directly or
     indirectly  beneficially owned by (a) an Interested  Shareholder or (b) any
     other person (whether or not itself an Interested Shareholder) which is, or
     after such reclassification,  recapitalization,  merger or consolidation or
     other  transaction  would be, an Affiliate  or  Associate of an  Interested
     Shareholder;  or as a result of which the  shareholders of this corporation
     would cease to be shareholders of a corporation incorporated under the laws
     of  the  State  of   California   having,   as  part  of  its  articles  of
     incorporation, provisions to the same effect as this Article EIGHTH.


C.  EXCEPTIONS TO 66-2/3%  AFFIRMATIVE  VOTE  REQUIREMENT.  The  requirements of
paragraph B of this Article  EIGHTH shall not be  applicable  to any  particular
Business  Combination,  and such  Business  Combination  shall require only such
affirmative vote as is required by law, by any other provision of these Articles
of  Incorporation  or  otherwise,  if the Business  Combination  shall have been
Approved by a Majority of the  Continuing  Directors,  or if a state  regulatory
authority  having  jurisdiction  under the  circumstances  shall have determined
specifically,  and not by implication,  that the Business Combination is fair to
the holders of the Voting Stock,  or if all of the following  conditions  (other
than those which are, by their terms, inapplicable) shall have been met.

<PAGE>

     1. The transaction  constituting the Business Combination shall provide for
     a consideration  per share to be received by all holders of Common Stock in
     exchange for all of their shares of Common Stock,  and the aggregate amount
     of cash and the Fair Market Value as of the date of the consummation of the
     Business  Combination of any  consideration  other than cash to be received
     per share by holders of Common Stock in such Business  Combination shall be
     at least equal to the highest of the following:


          (a) The  Fair  Market  Value  per  share of  Common  Stock on the last
          trading day before the Announcement Date.


          (b) The average of the Fair Market  Values of a share of Common  Stock
          over each trading day in the 90 calendar days immediately prior to the
          Announcement Date.


          (c) If the  Announcement  Date of such Business  Combination is within
          five years of the  Determination  Date in  respect  of the  Interested
          Shareholder  involved  in  such  Business  Combination,   the  highest
          per-share price (including any brokerage  commissions,  transfer taxes
          and soliciting  dealers' fees) paid by such Interested  Shareholder to
          acquire  any  shares  of  Common  Stock  which are or were at any time
          within such five year  period  Beneficially  Owned by such  Interested
          Shareholder  and were acquired by it at any time within such five year
          period. The price determination in accordance with this subparagraph 1
          and the following subparagraph 2 of this paragraph shall be subject to
          appropriate  adjustment  in the event of any  recapitalization,  stock
          dividend, stock split, combination of shares or similar event.


     2. If the transaction  constituting the Business  Combination shall provide
     for a  consideration  to be  received  by holders of any class or series of
     outstanding  Voting Stock other than Common Stock,  the aggregate amount of
     the cash and the Fair Market  Value as of the date of the  consummation  of
     the Business  Combination of  consideration  other than cash to be received
     per share by holders of shares of each such class or series of Voting Stock
     shall be determined in the same manner as provided in subparagraph 1 above.


     3. The  consideration  to be received by holders of a  particular  class or
     series of  outstanding  Voting Stock  (including  Common Stock) shall be in
     cash  or in  the  same  form  as was  previously  paid  by  the  Interested
     Shareholder  involved  in such  Business  Combination  in order to  acquire
     shares of such class or series of Voting Stock which are beneficially owned
     by an Interested Shareholder and, if an Interested Shareholder beneficially
     owns shares of any class or series of Voting Stock which were acquired with
     varying forms of consideration, the form of consideration for such class or
     series of Voting Stock shall be either cash or the form used to acquire the
     largest  number  of  shares  of  such  class  or  series  of  Voting  Stock
     beneficially owned by it.


     4.  After such  Interested  Shareholder  has  become  such and prior to the
     consummation of such Business Combination:


          (a) Except as  Approved  by a Majority  of the  Continuing  Directors,
          there  shall have been no failure  to declare  and pay at the  regular
          dates  therefor  the full  amount  of any  dividends  (whether  or not
          cumulative)  payable  on any  outstanding  class  of  stock  having  a
          preference over the Common Stock as to dividends.


          (b) There  shall  have been (i) no  reduction  in the  annual  rate of
          dividends paid on the Common Stock (except as necessary to reflect any
          subdivision  of the Common Stock) other than as Approved by a Majority
          of the  Continuing  Directors and (ii) an increase in such annual rate
          of dividends  as necessary to prevent any such  reduction in the event
          of  any  reclassification   (including  any  reverse  stock  split  or
          combination  of  shares),  recapitalization,   reorganization  or  any
          similar  transaction  which has the effect of  reducing  the number of
          outstanding  shares of the  Common  Stock,  unless  the  failure so to
          increase such annual rate is Approved by a Majority of the  Continuing
          Directors.


     5. After the Determination Date such Interested  Shareholder shall not have
     received the benefit,  directly or indirectly (except  proportionately as a
     shareholder),  of  any  loans,  advances,   guarantees, 

<PAGE>

     pledges  or other  financial  assistance  or any tax  credits  or other tax
     advantages  provided by this corporation,  whether in anticipation of or in
     connection with such Business Combination or otherwise.


     6. A proxy  or  information  statement  describing  the  proposed  Business
     Combination and complying with the requirements of the Securities  Exchange
     Act of 1934, as amended,  and the rules and regulations  thereunder (or any
     subsequent  provisions  replacing such Act, rules or regulations) shall, at
     this  corporation's   expense,  be  mailed  to  the  shareholders  of  this
     corporation,  no later than the earlier of (a) 30 days prior to any vote on
     the  proposed  Business  Combination  or (b) if no vote  on  such  Business
     Combination is required, 60 days prior to the consummation of such Business
     Combination (whether or not such proxy or information statement is required
     to be mailed  pursuant to such Act or  subsequent  provisions).  Such proxy
     statement  shall contain at the front thereof,  in a prominent  place,  any
     recommendations as to the advisability (or  inadvisability) of the Business
     Combination  which  have been  Approved  by a  Majority  of the  Continuing
     Directors  and  furnished  in  writing,  and  an  opinion  of  a  reputable
     investment  banking  firm as to the  fairness  (or lack of fairness) of the
     terms of such Business  Combination,  from the point of view of the holders
     of Voting Stock other than an Interested  Shareholder  if such  requirement
     has been Approved by a Majority of Continuing  Directors,  (such investment
     banking firm to be Approved by a Majority of the Continuing  Directors,  to
     be furnished with all  information it reasonably  requests and to be paid a
     reasonable  fee for its services upon receipt by this  corporation  of such
     opinion).


D.  APPROVAL BY A MAJORITY OF THE  CONTINUING  DIRECTORS.  The power and duty to
determine for the purposes of this Article  EIGHTH,  on the basis of information
known to them  after  reasonable  inquiry,  all  facts  necessary  to  determine
compliance with this Article EIGHTH, including,  without limitation, (1) whether
a Person is an Interested Shareholder,  (2) the number of shares of Voting Stock
beneficially  owned by any  Person,  (3)  whether  a Person is an  Affiliate  or
Associate  of  another,  (4)  whether the  requirements  of  paragraph C of this
Article  EIGHTH have been met and (5) such other matters with respect to which a
determination  is required  under this  Article  EIGHTH  shall be exercised in a
manner  Approved  by  a  Majority  of  Continuing  Directors.   The  good  faith
determination  with  respect to such  Approval by a Majority  of the  Continuing
Directors on such matters  shall be  conclusive  and binding for all purposes of
this Article EIGHTH.


E. No  Effect on  Fiduciary  Obligations  of  Interested  Shareholders.  Nothing
contained  in this Article  EIGHTH  shall be construed to relieve an  Interested
Shareholder of any fiduciary obligation imposed by law.
                                            

F.  Amendment,  Repeal,  etc.  Notwithstanding  any  other  provisions  of these
Articles of  Incorporation  or the Bylaws of this corporation or the fact that a
lesser  percentage may be specified by law, these Articles of  Incorporation  or
the Bylaws of this corporation,  the affirmative vote of the holders of at least
66-2/3% of the  combined  voting  power of the then  outstanding  Voting  Stock,
voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend,  alter, adopt any
provision inconsistent with or repeal this Article EIGHTH."


     3. The  foregoing  amendment  of the  Articles  of Incorporation has been
     duly approved by the Board of Directors.


     5. The foregoing  amendment of the Articles of Incorporation  has been duly
     approved  by the  required  vote of the  shareholders  in  accordance  with
     Section 902 of the California General  Corporation Law. The total number of
     outstanding  shares of the  corporation is 1,076,720.  The number of shares
     voting in favor of the  amendment  equaled or exceeded  the vote  required,
     such required vote being a 66-2/3% vote of the outstanding shares.




By: /s/Richard M. Kahler                     By: /s/ Randall D. Greenfield
    -------------------------                    --------------------------   
    Richard M. Kahler                            Randall D. Greenfield
    President                                    Secretary


<PAGE>




               We further declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the
State of California that the matters set forth in this  Certificate are true and
correct of our own knowledge.


               Executed at San Leandro, California on May 28, 1996.

    /s/Richard M. Kahler                      /s/Randall D. Greenfield
       -------------------------              ------------------------  
        Richard M. Kahler                     Randall D. Greenfield
        President                             Secretary


<PAGE>


[STAMP:  A0509810]

[LOGO]

State of California
Secretary of State


I, BILL JONES, Secretary of State of the State of California, hereby certify:

That the annexed  transcript has been compared with the corporate record on file
in this  office,  of which it purports to be a copy,  and that the same is full,
true and correct.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  I execute this certificate and affix the Great Seal of the
State of California this _________________.

/s/Bill Jones
Secretary of State

[SEAL]


<PAGE>


[STAMP:  A0509810; ENDORSED FILED in the office of the Secretary of State of the
 State of California JUN 11, 1998, BILL JONES, Secretary of State]


              CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION


                                       OF


                              BAY COMMERCIAL SERVICES


               Richard M. Kahler and Randall D. Greenfield certify that:


               l. They are the duly elected and acting  President and Secretary,
respectively, of Bay Commercial Services, a California corporation.


               2. The following amendment is readopted pursuant to Section 710 
of the California Corporations Code.  ARTICLE EIGHTH is added to the Articles
of Incorporation to read as follows:


               "EIGHTH.  VOTE REQUIRED FOR CERTAIN BUSINESS COMBINATIONS.


A. Definitions.  For the purposes of this Article EIGHTH:


          1.  "Affiliate"  shall mean any person  who,  directly  or  indirectly
     through one or more  intermediaries,  controls,  or is controlled by, or is
     under common control with another person.


          2.  "Announcement  Date"  shall  mean  the  date of the  first  public
     announcement of a proposed Business Combination.


          3.  "Approved by a Majority of Continuing  Directors"  with respect to
     any matter shall mean that such matter has been approved by a majority vote
     of the  members  of the  Board of  Directors  who are not  disqualified  as
     provided in the  following  sentence.  Persons shall be  disqualified  with
     respect to the vote referred to in the  preceding  sentence if they are not
     Continuing Directors.


          4.  "Associate"  shall  mean  (i) with  respect  to a  corporation  or
     association,  any officer or director  thereof or of a subsidiary  thereof,
     (ii) with  respect to a  partnership,  any general  partner  thereof or any
     limited  partner  thereof  having a 10 percent  ownership  interest in such
     partnership, (iii) with respect to a business trust, any officer or trustee
     thereof or of any subsidiary thereof,  (iv) with respect to any other trust
     or an estate, any trustee, executor or similar fiduciary and any person who
     has a substantial  interest as a beneficiary  of such trust or estate,  (v)
     with respect to a natural person,  the spouses and children thereof and any
     other relative  thereof or of the spouse thereof who has the same home, and
     (vi) any Affiliate of any such person.


          5. "Beneficial  Owner" shall mean, as to any shares of Voting Stock, a
     person:


          (a) who beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, such shares; or


          (b) who has (i) the right to acquire such shares from  another  person
          (whether  such  right is  exercisable  immediately  or only  after the
          passage  of  time)   pursuant  to  any   agreement,   arrangement   or
          understanding  or upon the  exercise of  conversion  rights,  exchange
          rights, warrants or options, or otherwise or (ii) the right to vote or
          to direct the voting thereof pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or
          understanding.  For  purposes of this  definition,  a Person  shall be
          deemed to own any shares and  possess all rights  owned or  possessed,
          directly or indirectly,  by all of its Associates and Affiliates or by
          any other  person with which such Person or any of its  Affiliates  or
          Associates has any agreement,  arrangement  or  understanding  for the
          purpose of  acquiring,  holding,  voting or disposing of any shares of
          Voting Stock.
<PAGE>


          6. "Business Combination" shall mean any transaction which is referred
     to in any one or more of  subparagraphs  1 through 4 of paragraph B of this
     Article EIGHTH.


          7.  "Continuing  Director"  shall  mean  any  member  of the  Board of
     Directors of this  corporation who is neither an Affiliate nor an Associate
     of, and not a nominee of, an Interested  Shareholder involved in a Business
     Combination,  or an Affiliate or Associate of such Interested  Shareholder;
     and who (i) was a member of the Board of  Directors  prior to the time that
     such Interested  Shareholder  became such, or (ii) is a successor of such a
     member  who was  nominated  to  succeed  such a  member  by a  majority  of
     Continuing Directors then on the Board.


          8.  "Determination  Date"  shall mean the date on which an  Interested
     Shareholder became such.


          9. "Fair  Market  Value"  shall  mean:  (a) in the case of stock,  the
     closing  sale price on the date in question of a share of such stock on the
     National  Market System of the National  Association of Securities  Dealers
     Automated  Quotation  System  or any  system  then  in use on any  national
     securities exchange or automated quotation system, or if no such quotations
     are available,  the fair market value on the date in question of a share of
     such stock as determined by a majority of the Continuing  Directors in good
     faith;  and (b) in the case of property other than cash or stock,  the fair
     market value of such  property on the date in question as  determined  by a
     majority of the Continuing Directors in good faith.


          10.  "Interested  Shareholder"  shall mean any Person (other than this
     corporation,  any  Subsidiary,  any employee  benefit plan or trust of this
     corporation  or a  Subsidiary  or any  Person  who on April  1,  1989 was a
     director of this corporation) who or which on or after April 1, 1989:


          (a) is the beneficial owner,  directly or indirectly,  of more than 5%
          of the combined voting power of the then outstanding  Voting Stock, or
          is an Affiliate or Associate of such Person; or


          (b) acts with any other Person through or as a partnership (general or
          limited),  syndicate,  or other  group for the  purpose of  acquiring,
          holding or disposing of securities of this  corporation,  which entity
          or group is the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of 5% of the
          combined voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock; or


          (c) is an assignee of or has  otherwise  succeeded  to the  beneficial
          ownership  of any shares of Voting Stock which were at any time within
          the  two-year  period  immediately  prior  to  the  date  in  question
          beneficially   owned  by  an  Interested   Shareholder,   unless  such
          assignment  or  succession  shall have  occurred  pursuant to a Public
          Transaction  or  any  series  of   transactions   involving  a  Public
          Transaction.


          Any  reference  to an  Interested  Shareholder  involved in a Business
     Combination shall also refer to any Affiliates or Associates  thereof,  any
     predecessor thereto, and all members of any partnership, syndicate or group
     which  includes such  Interested  Shareholder.  For purposes of determining
     whether  a person is an  Interested  Shareholder,  the  number of shares of
     Voting Stock deemed to be  outstanding  shall  include  shares deemed owned
     through  application  of definition 5 above but shall not include any other
     shares of Voting  Stock  which may be issuable  pursuant to any  agreement,
     arrangement  or  understanding,  or upon  exercise  of  conversion  rights,
     warrants or options, or otherwise.


          11.  "Person" shall mean any  individual,  firm,  trust,  partnership,
     association, corporation or other entity.


          12. "Public Transaction" shall mean any (a) purchase of shares offered
     pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of
     1933  or (b)  open-market  purchase  of  shares  on a  national  securities
     exchange or automated  quotation  system if, in either such case, the price
     and other terms of sale are not  negotiated by the purchaser and the seller
     of the beneficial interest in the shares.

<PAGE>

          13. "Subsidiary" shall mean any corporation of which a majority of any
     class  of  equity  security  is  owned,  directly  or  indirectly,  by this
     corporation; provided, however, that, for the purposes of the definition of
     Interested  Shareholder the term "Subsidiary" shall mean only a corporation
     of which a majority of each class of equity security is owned,  directly or
     indirectly, by this corporation.


          14.  "Voting Stock" shall mean stock of all classes and series of this
     corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.


B.  TRANSACTIONS   REQUIRING  66-2/3%  AFFIRMATIVE  VOTE.  In  addition  to  any
affirmative  vote  required  by law,  by these  Articles  of  Incorporation,  or
otherwise,  and except as  otherwise  expressly  provided in paragraph C of this
Article EIGHTH none of the following  transactions  shall be consummated  unless
such  consummation  shall  have been  approved  by the  affirmative  vote of the
holders of at least 66-2/3% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding
shares of Voting Stock voting together as a single class.  Such affirmative vote
shall be required notwithstanding the fact that no vote may be required, or that
a lesser percentage may be specified, by law, in these Articles of Incorporation
or otherwise.


          1. Any merger or  consolidation  of this corporation or any Subsidiary
     with (a) an Interested Shareholder or (b) any other corporation (whether or
     not itself an  Interested  Shareholder)  which is, or after such  merger or
     consolidation  would be,  an  Interested  Shareholder  or an  Affiliate  or
     Associate of an Interested Shareholder.


          2. Any sale, lease,  exchange,  mortgage,  pledge, grant of a security
     interest,  transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of
     transactions)  directly  or  indirectly,  to  or  with  (a)  an  Interested
     Shareholder  or (b) any other person  (whether or not itself an  Interested
     Shareholder)  which is, or after such transaction would be, an Affiliate or
     Associate  of an  Interested  Shareholder  of  any of the  assets  of  this
     corporation  (including,  without  limitation,  any voting  securities of a
     Subsidiary) or any Subsidiary  having an aggregate Fair Market Value of one
     million dollars or more.


          3. The issuance or transfer by this  corporation or any Subsidiary (in
     one  transaction  or a series of  transactions)  of any  securities of this
     corporation or any Subsidiary, or both, to (a) an Interested Shareholder or
     (b) any other  person  (whether  or not itself an  Interested  Shareholder)
     which is, or after such  issuance or  transfer  would be, an  Affiliate  or
     Associate of an Interested Shareholder,  except as part of a stock split or
     dividend in which all shareholders of such class are treated equally, or on
     the  conversion  or  exchange  of  securities  of  this  corporation  or  a
     Subsidiary  acquired  by  the  Interested  Shareholders  in  a  transaction
     approved as herein provided.


          4. Any  reclassification  of securities  (including  any reverse stock
     split),  or  recapitalization  of  this  corporation,   or  any  merger  or
     consolidation of this corporation with any of its Subsidiaries or any other
     transaction  (whether  or not  with  or  into  or  otherwise  involving  an
     Interested  Shareholder) which has the effect,  directly or indirectly,  of
     increasing the proportionate  share of the outstanding  shares of any class
     of equity or convertible  securities of this  corporation or any Subsidiary
     directly or indirectly  beneficially owned by (a) an Interested Shareholder
     or (b) any other person  (whether or not itself an Interested  Shareholder)
     which  is,  or after  such  reclassification,  recapitalization,  merger or
     consolidation or other  transaction  would be, an Affiliate or Associate of
     an Interested Shareholder; or as a result of which the shareholders of this
     corporation  would cease to be shareholders  of a corporation  incorporated
     under the laws of the State of California  having,  as part of its articles
     of incorporation, provisions to the same effect as this Article EIGHTH.


C.  EXCEPTIONS TO 66-2/3%  AFFIRMATIVE  VOTE  REQUIREMENT.  The  requirements of
paragraph B of this Article  EIGHTH shall not be  applicable  to any  particular
Business  Combination,  and such  Business  Combination  shall require only such
affirmative vote as is required by law, by any other provision of these Articles
of  Incorporation  or  otherwise,  if the Business  Combination  shall have been
Approved by a Majority of the  Continuing  Directors,  or if a state  regulatory
authority  having  jurisdiction  under the  circumstances  shall have determined
specifically,  and not by implication,  that the Business Combination is fair to
the holders of the Voting Stock,  or if all of the following  conditions  (other
than those which are, by their terms, inapplicable) shall have been met.

<PAGE>

          1. The transaction constituting the Business Combination shall provide
     for a consideration per share to be received by all holders of Common Stock
     in exchange  for all of their  shares of Common  Stock,  and the  aggregate
     amount of cash and the Fair Market Value as of the date of the consummation
     of the  Business  Combination  of any  consideration  other than cash to be
     received per share by holders of Common Stock in such Business  Combination
     shall be at least equal to the highest of the following:


          (a) The  Fair  Market  Value  per  share of  Common  Stock on the last
          trading day before the Announcement Date.


          (b) The average of the Fair Market  Values of a share of Common  Stock
          over each trading day in the 90 calendar days immediately prior to the
          Announcement Date.


          (c) If the  Announcement  Date of such Business  Combination is within
          five years of the  Determination  Date in  respect  of the  Interested
          Shareholder  involved  in  such  Business  Combination,   the  highest
          per-share price (including any brokerage  commissions,  transfer taxes
          and soliciting  dealers' fees) paid by such Interested  Shareholder to
          acquire  any  shares  of  Common  Stock  which are or were at any time
          within such five year  period  Beneficially  Owned by such  Interested
          Shareholder  and were acquired by it at any time within such five year
          period. The price determination in accordance with this subparagraph 1
          and the following subparagraph 2 of this paragraph shall be subject to
          appropriate  adjustment  in the event of any  recapitalization,  stock
          dividend, stock split, combination of shares or similar event.


          2. If the  transaction  constituting  the Business  Combination  shall
     provide  for a  consideration  to be  received  by  holders of any class or
     series of outstanding  Voting Stock other than Common Stock,  the aggregate
     amount  of the  cash  and  the  Fair  Market  Value  as of the  date of the
     consummation of the Business  Combination of consideration  other than cash
     to be received  per share by holders of shares of each such class or series
     of Voting  Stock  shall be  determined  in the same  manner as  provided in
     subparagraph 1 above.


          3. The  consideration  to be received by holders of a particular class
     or series of outstanding  Voting Stock (including Common Stock) shall be in
     cash  or in  the  same  form  as was  previously  paid  by  the  Interested
     Shareholder  involved  in such  Business  Combination  in order to  acquire
     shares of such class or series of Voting Stock which are beneficially owned
     by an Interested Shareholder and, if an Interested Shareholder beneficially
     owns shares of any class or series of Voting Stock which were acquired with
     varying forms of consideration, the form of consideration for such class or
     series of Voting Stock shall be either cash or the form used to acquire the
     largest  number  of  shares  of  such  class  or  series  of  Voting  Stock
     beneficially owned by it.


          4. After such Interested  Shareholder has become such and prior to the
     consummation of such Business Combination:


          (a) Except as  Approved  by a Majority  of the  Continuing  Directors,
          there  shall have been no failure  to declare  and pay at the  regular
          dates  therefor  the full  amount  of any  dividends  (whether  or not
          cumulative)  payable  on any  outstanding  class  of  stock  having  a
          preference over the Common Stock as to dividends.


          (b) There  shall  have been (i) no  reduction  in the  annual  rate of
          dividends paid on the Common Stock (except as necessary to reflect any
          subdivision  of the Common Stock) other than as Approved by a Majority
          of the  Continuing  Directors and (ii) an increase in such annual rate
          of dividends  as necessary to prevent any such  reduction in the event
          of  any  reclassification   (including  any  reverse  stock  split  or
          combination  of  shares),  recapitalization,   reorganization  or  any
          similar  transaction  which has the effect of  reducing  the number of
          outstanding  shares of the  Common  Stock,  unless  the  failure so to
          increase such annual rate is Approved by a Majority of the  Continuing
          Directors.


          5. After the Determination Date such Interested  Shareholder shall not
     have received the benefit,  directly or indirectly (except  proportionately
     as a shareholder),  of any loans,  advances,  guarantees, 

<PAGE>

     pledges  or other  financial  assistance  or any tax  credits  or other tax
     advantages  provided by this corporation,  whether in anticipation of or in
     connection with such Business Combination or otherwise.


          6. A proxy or information  statement  describing the proposed Business
     Combination and complying with the requirements of the Securities  Exchange
     Act of 1934, as amended,  and the rules and regulations  thereunder (or any
     subsequent  provisions  replacing such Act, rules or regulations) shall, at
     this  corporation's   expense,  be  mailed  to  the  shareholders  of  this
     corporation,  no later than the earlier of (a) 30 days prior to any vote on
     the  proposed  Business  Combination  or (b) if no vote  on  such  Business
     Combination is required, 60 days prior to the consummation of such Business
     Combination (whether or not such proxy or information statement is required
     to be mailed  pursuant to such Act or  subsequent  provisions).  Such proxy
     statement  shall contain at the front thereof,  in a prominent  place,  any
     recommendations as to the advisability (or  inadvisability) of the Business
     Combination  which  have been  Approved  by a  Majority  of the  Continuing
     Directors  and  furnished  in  writing,  and  an  opinion  of  a  reputable
     investment  banking  firm as to the  fairness  (or lack of fairness) of the
     terms of such Business  Combination,  from the point of view of the holders
     of Voting Stock other than an Interested  Shareholder  if such  requirement
     has been Approved by a Majority of Continuing  Directors,  (such investment
     banking firm to be Approved by a Majority of the Continuing  Directors,  to
     be furnished with all  information it reasonably  requests and to be paid a
     reasonable  fee for its services upon receipt by this  corporation  of such
     opinion).


D. APPROVAL BY A MAJORITY OF THE CONTINUING DIRECTORS.


The power and duty to determine for the purposes of this Article EIGHTH,  on the
basis of information known to them after reasonable inquiry, all facts necessary
to determine compliance with this Article EIGHTH, including, without limitation,
(1) whether a Person is an Interested  Shareholder,  (2) the number of shares of
Voting  Stock  beneficially  owned by any  Person,  (3)  whether  a Person is an
Affiliate or Associate of another,  (4) whether the  requirements of paragraph C
of this Article  EIGHTH have been met and (5) such other matters with respect to
which a  determination  is required under this Article EIGHTH shall be exercised
in a manner  Approved  by a Majority  of  Continuing  Directors.  The good faith
determination  with  respect to such  Approval by a Majority  of the  Continuing
Directors on such matters  shall be  conclusive  and binding for all purposes of
this Article EIGHTH.


E. NO  EFFECT ON  FIDUCIARY  OBLIGATIONS  OF  INTERESTED  SHAREHOLDERS.  Nothing
contained  in this Article  EIGHTH  shall be construed to relieve an  Interested
Shareholder     of    any     fiduciary     obligation     imposed    by    law.


F.  AMENDMENT,  REPEAL,  ETC.  Notwithstanding  any  other  provisions  of these
Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws of this corporation or the fact
that  a  lesser   percentage   may  be  specified  by  law,  these  Articles  of
Incorporation  or the Bylaws of this  corporation,  the affirmative  vote of the
holders of at least 66-2/3% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding
Voting Stock,  voting  together as a single  class,  shall be required to amend,
alter, adopt any provision inconsistent with or repeal this Article EIGHTH."


          3. The foregoing  amendment of the Articles of Incorporation  has been
     duly approved by the Board of Directors.


          4. The foregoing  amendment of the Articles of Incorporation  has been
     duly approved by the required vote of the  shareholders  in accordance with
     Section 902 of the California General  Corporation Law. The total number of
     outstanding shares of the corporation  entitled to vote with respect to the
     foregoing  amendment is 1,080,720.  The number of shares voting in favor of
     the  amendment  equaled or exceeded the vote  required,  such required vote
     being a 66-2/3% vote of the outstanding shares.


By: /s/Richard M. Kahler                   By: /s/Randall D. Greenfield
    --------------------------                 ---------------------------
    Richard M. Kahler                         Randall D. Greenfield
    President                                 Secretary


<PAGE>




               We further declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the
State of California that the matters set forth in this  Certificate are true and
correct of our own knowledge.


               Executed at San Leandro, California on June 9, 1998.

    /s/Richard M. Kahler                /s/Randall D. Greenfield
      ------------------------             ----------------------- 
       Richard M. Kahler                   Randall D. Greenfield
       President                           Secretary






                                  EXHIBIT 10.12

                           CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT

               THIS CHANGE IN CONTROL  AGREEMENT  is made and entered  into this
24th  of  November,  1998,  (this  "Agreement"),  by and  among  BAY  COMMERCIAL
SERVICES, a California corporation and bank holding company (the "Company"), BAY
BANK OF  COMMERCE,  a California  corporation  (the "Bank") (the Company and the
Bank are jointly and severally referred to herein as "Employers") and RICHARD M.
KAHLER (hereinafter referred to as "Executive"):

               WHEREAS, Executive currently is employed by each of the Employers
as President and Chief Executive Officer; and

               WHEREAS,  Executive is willing to continue to serve Employers but
desires that in the event of a change in control of  Employers,  he will be paid
change in control  benefits  irrespective of whether he is retained by Employers
or any successor to Employers;

               NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the promises and the mutual
agreements herein contained, Employers and Executive hereby agree as follows:

               1. TERM. This Agreement shall terminate,  except to the extent 
that any obligation of Employers hereunder remains unpaid as of such time, upon
the earliest of (a) the voluntary or involuntary  termination of Executive's  
employment with Employers or (b) the effective date of a Change in Control, as
defined in Section 2 hereof.

               2. CHANGE IN CONTROL OF THE COMPANY OR THE BANK. The term "Change
in  Control"  shall  mean a change in  control  of the  Company or the Bank of a
nature  that  would be  required  to be  reported  in  response  to Item 5(f) of
Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Securities  Exchange Act of
1934 as in effect on the date of this Agreement (the "Exchange Act") or, if Item
5(f) is no longer in  effect,  any  regulations  issued  by the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission  pursuant to the Exchange Act which serve similar purposes;
provided  that,  without  limitation,  such change in control shall be deemed to
have  occurred  if and when (A) any  "person"  (as such term is used in Sections
13(d) and  14(d)(2)  of the  Exchange  Act) is or  becomes a  beneficial  owner,
directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company or the Bank representing 25
percent or more of the combined voting power of the Company's or the Bank's then
outstanding  securities  or (B)  individuals  who were  members  of the Board of
Directors of the Company  immediately  prior to a meeting of the shareholders of
the  Company  involving  a  contest  for the  election  of  directors  shall not
constitute a majority of the Board of Directors following such election.

               3.  PAYMENT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL BENEFIT.

                         (1) Executive  shall be entitled to payment of a Change
in Control  Benefit under this Agreement upon a Change in Control.  Such payment
will be reduced by any required federal, state, and local income tax, employment
tax, and benefits withholdings. The Change in

                                      -2-

<PAGE>



Control  Benefit  shall be paid as soon as  practicable  following  a Change  in
Control in the form of a single  sum  payment  or, if  elected by the  Executive
prior to said Change in Control,  in the form of an annuity with such term as is
elected  by the  Executive.  If the  Change  in  Control  Benefit  is paid as an
annuity, the annuity shall be purchased by the Bank and shall be held as part of
the Bank's general  assets.  The Bank's  obligation to pay said annuity shall be
considered unfunded as provided under Section 11 of this Agreement.

                         (2) In the event that any  payment or benefit  received
or to be  received  by  Executive  as a result  of a change of  control,  or the
termination of Executive's  employment (whether payable pursuant to the terms of
this Agreement or any other plan,  arrangement or agreement with Employers,  any
person  whose  actions  result in a change in control of Employers or any person
affiliated  with  Employers or such person  (together with the Change in Control
Benefit, the "Total Payments")) would not be deductible (in whole or in part) as
a result of Section 280G of the Internal  Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"),
the Change in  Control  Benefit  shall be reduced  until no portion of the Total
Payments  is not  deductible  as a result of  Section  280G of the Code,  or the
Change in Control  Benefit is reduced to zero.  For purposes of this  limitation
(i) no  portion  of the  Total  Payments,  the  receipt  or  enjoyment  of which
Executive shall have effectively  waived in writing prior to the date of payment
of the Change in Control Benefit,  shall be taken into account;  (ii) no portion
of the Total Payments  shall be taken into account which,  in the opinion of tax
counsel selected by Employers' independent auditors and acceptable to Executive,
does not  constitute  a  "parachute  payment"  within  the  meaning  of  Section
280G(b)(2)  of the Code;  (iii) the Change in Control  Benefit  shall be reduced
only to the  extent  necessary  so that the Total  Payments  (other  than  those
referred  to in  clause  (i)  or  clause  (ii))  in  their  entirety  constitute
reasonable  compensation  for services  actually  rendered within the meaning of
Section 280G(b)(4) of the Code, in the opinion of the tax counsel referred to in
clause (ii); and (iv) the value of any non-cash  benefit or any deferred payment
or benefit  included in the Total  Payments  shall be  determined  by Employers'
independent  auditors in accordance  with the principles of Sections  280G(d)(3)
and (4) of the Code.

                         (3)  BENEFICIARY.  "Beneficiary"  means  the  person or
persons  whom the  Executive  shall  designate  in writing (on the for  attached
hereto as Exhibit A) to receive the Change in Control Benefit provided hereunder
in the event of his death following a Change in Control and prior to
the Bank's  purchase  of an  annuity  (if so  elected  by the  Executive).  Such
designation  shall  be  valid  only if it is made on  said  form,  and the  Bank
receives said form prior to the Executive's death.

                         (4)  CHANGE IN  CONTROL  BENEFIT.  "Change  in  Control
Benefit" means the total amount of Executive's  Annual  Compensation  (including
Salary, Bonus and Other Annual Compensation),  calculated in accordance with the
definitions and requirements of Item 402(b) of Regulation S-B, for the Company's
two (2) most  recent  fiscal  years  ended  preceding  the date of the Change in
Control.

               4. NO EFFECT ON  EMPLOYMENT  RIGHTS.  Nothing  contained  in this
Agreement  or any  modification  or  amendment  hereto,  or the  payment  of any
benefit,  gives or shall be deemed  to give  Executive  any  right to  continued
employment, or any legal or equitable right against Employers or any employee of
Employers.  Moreover, nothing contained in this Agreement or any modification or
amendment  hereto, or the payment of any benefit shall modify, or otherwise have
any effect on, Executive's employment relationship with Employers.
<PAGE>

               This Agreement shall also not affect Executive's rights under any
employee   benefit   plan  offered  by   Employers,   such  as  any  pension  or
profit-sharing, medical, dental or hospitalization, life insurance, AD&D, bonus,
incentive  compensation,  stock option, or vacation pay plan. Executive's rights
under those plans are  governed  solely by their  terms,  and  Executive  should
review  those  plans  to  ascertain  his  rights  under  them.  In   particular,
Executive's receipt of a Change in Control Benefit under this Agreement does not
change the date of his  termination  of employment  for purposes  under any such
plans.

               5. NOTICES.  Any notices to be given hereunder by either party to
the other may be  effected in writing  either by  personal  delivery or by mail,
registered or certified,  postage prepaid with return receipt requested. Notices
to Employers  shall be given to the Bank at its then current  principal  office,
c/o Chairman of the Board of  Directors.  Notices to Executive  shall be sent to
Executive's then current personal residence.  Notices delivered personally shall
be deemed  communicated  as of actual  receipt;  mailed  notices shall be deemed
communicated as of five (5) days after mailing.

               6. ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement supersedes any and all other
agreements,  either oral or in writing,  between the parties hereto with respect
to  severance  benefits or benefits  tied to a Change in Control.  Each party to
this Agreement  acknowledges that no representations,  inducements,  promises or
agreements,  oral or otherwise, have been made by any party, or anyone acting on
behalf of any party, which are not embodied herein, and that no other agreement,
statement or promise not contained in this Agreement shall be valid and binding.
Any  modification  of this  Agreement will be effective only if it is in writing
signed by all parties to this Agreement.

               7.  SEVERABILITY.  In  the  event  that  any  term  or  condition
contained  in this  Agreement  shall,  for  any  reason,  be held by a court  of
competent  jurisdiction to be invalid,  illegal or unenforceable in any respect,
such  invalidity,  illegality or  non-enforceability  shall not affect any other
term or condition of this Agreement, but this Agreement shall be construed as if
such  invalid or  illegal  or  unenforceable  term or  condition  had never been
contained herein.

               8.  ADMINISTRATION.  Employers  shall  have the  power,  in their
discretion, to interpret and make all determinations as to the right to a Change
in Control Benefit under this Agreement.  Their interpretation or determinations
thereof in good faith shall be final and conclusive,  and subject to review only
to the extent a court or arbitrator  concludes that any such  interpretation  or
determination is arbitrary or capricious.

               9. CHOICE OF LAW AND FORUM.  This Agreement  shall be governed by
and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California,  except to
the extent preempted by the laws of the United States.  Any action or proceeding
brought  upon,  or arising out of, this  Agreement or its  termination  shall be
brought in a forum located within the State of California,  and Executive hereby
agrees to be subject to service of process in the State of California.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

               10. WAIVER. The parties hereto shall not be deemed to have waived
any of their  respective  rights  under this  Agreement  unless the waiver is in
writing and signed by such  waiving  party.  No delay in  exercising  any rights
shall be a waiver nor shall a waiver on one occasion operate as a waiver of such
right on a future occasion.

               11. EXECUTIVE'S RIGHTS UNSECURED. The Agreement is intended to be
unfunded for purposes of the Code.  The Bank's  obligation  under this Agreement
shall be that of an unfunded and  unsecured  promise by the Bank to pay money in
the  future.  All  distributions  under  this  Agreement  shall be paid from the
general  assets of the Bank.  The right of the Executive or any  Beneficiary  to
receive a distribution  under this Agreement shall be an unsecured claim against
the general  assets of the Bank,  and neither the Executive nor any  Beneficiary
shall have any rights in or against any assets of the Employers.

               12.  NONASSIGNABLE.  Neither the  Executive  nor his  Beneficiary
shall  have any power or right to  transfer,  assign,  anticipate,  hypothecate,
mortgage,  commute, modify, or otherwise encumber in advance any of the benefits
payable hereunder,  nor shall any of said benefits be subject to seizure for the
payment of any debts,  judgments,  alimony, or separate  maintenance owed by the
Executive or his  Beneficiary,  or be  transferrable  by operation of law in the
event of bankruptcy, insolvency, or otherwise.

               13.  ASSUMPTION.  The  surviving  or resulting  corporation,  the
transferee of  Employers'  assets,  or  Employers,  as the case may be, shall be
bound by the provisions of this Agreement. Employers shall require any successor
(whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to
all or substantially  all of the business and/or assets of either  Employer,  by
agreement in form and substance  satisfactory to Executive,  to expressly assume
and agree to perform  this  Agreement  in the same manner and to the same extent
that Employers  would be required to perform it if no such  succession had taken
place.  As  used  in  this  Agreement,   "Employers"  shall  mean  Employers  as
hereinbefore  defined and any successor to Employers'  business and/or assets as
aforesaid which executes and delivers the agreement provided for in this Section
13 or which  otherwise  becomes  bound by all the terms and  provisions  of this
Agreement by operation of law.

               14.  CAPTIONS AND  PARAGRAPH  HEADINGS.  Captions  and  paragraph
headings used herein are for  convenience and ready reference only and are not a
part  of  this  Agreement  and  shall  not  be  used  in  the   construction  or
interpretation thereof.

                                      -4-

<PAGE>


               15.  ARBITRATION.  Any  controversy  or claim  arising  out of or
relating to this  Agreement,  or breach of this  Agreement,  shall be settled by
arbitration in accordance with the Employment  Arbitration Rules of the American
Arbitration  Association,  and judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrators
may  be  entered  in  any  court  having  jurisdiction.  There  shall  be  three
arbitrators,  one to be chosen directly by each party,  and the third arbitrator
to be selected by the two  arbitrators so chosen.  Each party shall pay the fees
of the  arbitrator  he or it selects  and of his or its own  attorneys,  and the
expenses  of him  or  its  witnesses  and  all  other  expenses  connected  with
representing him or its case. Other costs of the arbitration, including the cost
of any record or transcripts of the arbitration, administrative fees, the fee of
the third  arbitrator,  and all other fees and costs,  shall be borne equally by
the parties.

                                      -5-

<PAGE>


               EXECUTED on the day and year first-above written.

EMPLOYERS:                                  EXECUTIVE:

BAY COMMERCIAL SERVICES                     /s/ Richard M. Kahler
                                            ---------------------              
                                            Richard M. Kahler
                                        
By /s/ Joshua Fong
   ----------------------------------
   Joshua Fong, Chairman of the Board


BAY BANK OF COMMERCE


By /s/ Dimitri Koroslev
   -----------------------------------
Dimitri Koroslev, Chairman of the Board

                                      -6-
                                      
<PAGE>


                                  EXHIBIT 10.12
                                    EXHIBIT A

                         DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARIES

               I, Richard M. Kahler, hereby designate the following person(s) as
my  Beneficiary(ies)  under the Change in  Control  Agreement  ("Agreement")  to
receive any amounts that might be payable as of the date of my death:

               Primary Beneficiary     

               Name:                    Percentage:   100%
               Address:

               Alternate Beneficiary

               Name:                    Percentage:   50%
               Address:
               Name:                    Percentage:   50%
               Address:

This designation supersedes all prior Beneficiary designations I have made under
the Agreement.

DATED:________ ___, ________.            _____________________________________
      Richard M. Kahler




                                  EXHIBIT 10.13

                           CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT

               THIS CHANGE IN CONTROL  AGREEMENT  is made and entered  into this
30th day of November,  1998,  (this  "Agreement"),  by and among BAY  COMMERCIAL
SERVICES, a California corporation and bank holding company (the "Company"), BAY
BANK OF  COMMERCE,  a California  corporation  (the "Bank") (the Company and the
Bank are jointly and severally referred to herein as "Employers") and RANDALL D.
GREENFIELD (hereinafter referred to as "Executive"):

               WHEREAS,  Executive  currently is employed by the Company as Vice
President  and Chief  Financial  Officer and as Senior Vice  President and Chief
Administrative Officer of the Bank; and

               WHEREAS, Executive is willing to continue to serve Employers but 
desires that in the event of a change in control of Employers, he will be paid 
change in control benefits irrespective of whether he is retained by Employers 
or any successor to Employers;

               NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the promises and the mutual
agreements herein contained, Employers and Executive hereby agree as follows:

               1. TERM.  This Agreement  shall  terminate,  except to the extent
that any obligation of Employers  hereunder remains unpaid as of such time, upon
the earliest of (a) the  voluntary or  involuntary  termination  of  Executive's
employment  with Employers or (b) the effective date of a Change in Control,  as
defined in Section 2 hereof.

               2. CHANGE IN CONTROL OF THE COMPANY OR THE BANK. The term "Change
in  Control"  shall  mean a change in  control  of the  Company or the Bank of a
nature  that  would be  required  to be  reported  in  response  to Item 5(f) of
Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Securities  Exchange Act of
1934 as in effect on the date of this Agreement (the "Exchange Act") or, if Item
5(f) is no longer in  effect,  any  regulations  issued  by the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission  pursuant to the Exchange Act which serve similar purposes;
provided  that,  without  limitation,  such change in control shall be deemed to
have  occurred  if and when (A) any  "person"  (as such term is used in Sections
13(d) and  14(d)(2)  of the  Exchange  Act) is or  becomes a  beneficial  owner,
directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company or the Bank representing 25
percent or more of the combined voting power of the Company's or the Bank's then
outstanding  securities  or (B)  individuals  who were  members  of the Board of
Directors of the Company  immediately  prior to a meeting of the shareholders of
the  Company  involving  a  contest  for the  election  of  directors  shall not
constitute a majority of the Board of Directors following such election.

               3. PAYMENT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL BENEFIT.

                  (1)  Executive  shall be  entitled  to  payment of a Change in
Control Benefit under this Agreement upon a Change in Control. Such payment will
be reduced by any required federal, state, and local income tax, employment tax,
and benefits  withholdings.  The Change in Control Benefit shall be paid as soon
as practicable following a Change in Control in the form of a single sum payment
or, if elected by the Executive prior to said Change in Control,  in the form of
an  annuity  with such term as is  elected  by the  Executive.  If the Change in
Control  Benefit is paid as an annuity,  the annuity  shall be  purchased by the
Bank  and  shall  be held  as part of the  Bank's  general  assets.  The  Bank's
obligation to pay said annuity shall be  considered  unfunded as provided  under
Section 11 of this Agreement.

                  (2) In the event that any payment or benefit received or to be
received by Executive as a result of a change of control,  or the termination of
Executive's  employment (whether payable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement
or any other plan,  arrangement  or agreement with  Employers,  any person whose
actions result in a change in control of Employers or any person affiliated with
Employers  or such  person  (together  with the Change in Control  Benefit,  the
"Total  Payments")) would not be deductible (in whole or in part) as a result of
Section 280G of the Internal Code of 1986,  as amended (the "Code"),  the Change
in Control  Benefit shall be reduced  until no portion of the Total  Payments is
not deductible as a result of Section 280G of the Code, or the Change in Control
Benefit is reduced to zero.  For purposes of this  limitation  (i) no portion of
the Total  Payments,  the receipt or  enjoyment  of which  Executive  shall have
effectively  waived in  writing  prior to the date of  payment  of the Change in
Control  Benefit,  shall be taken  into  account;  (ii) no  portion of the Total
Payments  shall be taken into  account  which,  in the  opinion  of tax  counsel
selected by Employers'  independent  auditors and acceptable to Executive,  does
not constitute a "parachute payment" within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of
the Code;  (iii) the Change in  Control  Benefit  shall be  reduced  only to the
extent  necessary so that the Total  Payments  (other than those  referred to in
clause (i) or clause (ii)) in their entirety constitute reasonable  compensation
for services actually  rendered within the meaning of Section  280G(b)(4) of the
Code, in the opinion of the tax counsel referred to in clause (ii); and (iv) the
value of any non-cash benefit or any deferred payment or benefit included in the
Total  Payments  shall be  determined  by  Employers'  independent  auditors  in
accordance with the principles of Sections 280G(d)(3) and (4) of the Code.

                  (3)  BENEFICIARY.  "Beneficiary"  means the  person or persons
whom the Executive  shall  designate in writing (on the form attached  hereto as
Exhibit A) to receive the Change in Control  Benefit  provided  hereunder in the
event of his  death  following  a Change  in  Control  and  prior to the  Bank's
purchase of an annuity (if so elected by the Executive).  Such designation shall
be valid only if it is made on said form,  and the Bank receives said form prior
to the Executive's death.

                  (4)  CHANGE  IN  CONTROL  BENEFIT.  means a benefit  equal to
Executive's Total Compensation multiplied by his Years of Service divided by 12.
                                          
                  (5) MONTHS OF SERVICE.  "Months of Service" mean the number of
complete  months which have elapsed  starting from the date the Executive  first
performed  an hour of service for the Bank and ending on the  effective  date of
the Change in Control.

                  (6) TOTAL COMPENSATION.  "Total  Compensation" means the total
amount of Executive's Annual  Compensation  (including  Salary,  Bonus and Other
Annual  Compensation),   calculated  in  accordance  with  the  definitions  and
requirements  of Item 402(b) of Regulation  S-B, for the  Company's  most recent
fiscal  year ended  preceding  the date of the Change in  Control.  (7) Years of
Service. "Years of Service" mean Months of Service divided by 12, rounded to two
decimal places.

               (7) YEARS OF SERVICES.  "Years of Service" mean Months of Service
divided by 12, rounded to two decimal places.

               4. NO EFFECT ON  EMPLOYMENT  RIGHTS.  Nothing  contained  in this
Agreement  or any  modification  or  amendment  hereto,  or the  payment  of any
benefit,  gives or shall be deemed  to give  Executive  any  right to  continued
employment, or any legal or equitable right against Employers or any employee of
Employers.  Moreover, nothing contained in this Agreement or any modification or
amendment  hereto, or the payment of any benefit shall modify, or otherwise have
any effect on, Executive's employment relationship with Employers.

               This Agreement shall also not affect Executive's rights under any
employee   benefit   plan  offered  by   Employers,   such  as  any  pension  or
profit-sharing, medical, dental or hospitalization, life insurance, AD&D, bonus,
incentive  compensation,  stock option, or vacation pay plan. Executive's rights
under those plans are  governed  solely by their  terms,  and  Executive  should
review  those  plans  to  ascertain  his  rights  under  them.  In   particular,
Executive's receipt of a Change in Control Benefit under this Agreement does not
change the date of his  termination  of employment  for purposes  under any such
plans.

               5. NOTICES.  Any notices to be given hereunder by either party to
the other may be  effected in writing  either by  personal  delivery or by mail,
registered or certified,  postage prepaid with return receipt requested. Notices
to Employers  shall be given to the Bank at its then current  principal  office,
c/o Chairman of the Board of  Directors.  Notices to Executive  shall be sent to
Executive's then current personal residence.  Notices delivered personally shall
be deemed  communicated  as of actual  receipt;  mailed  notices shall be deemed
communicated as of five (5) days after mailing.

               6. ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement supersedes any and all other
agreements,  either oral or in writing,  between the parties hereto with respect
to  severance  benefits or benefits  tied to a Change in Control.  Each party to
this Agreement  acknowledges that no representations,  inducements,  promises or
agreements,  oral or otherwise, have been made by any party, or anyone acting on
behalf of any party, which are not embodied herein, and that no other agreement,
statement or promise not contained in this Agreement shall be valid and binding.
Any  modification  of this  Agreement will be effective only if it is in writing
signed by all parties to this Agreement.

               7.  SEVERABILITY.  In  the  event  that  any  term  or  condition
contained  in this  Agreement  shall,  for  any  reason,  be held by a court  of
competent  jurisdiction to be invalid,  illegal or unenforceable in any respect,
such  invalidity,  illegality or  non-enforceability  shall not affect any other
term or condition of this Agreement, but this Agreement shall be construed as if
such  invalid or  illegal  or  unenforceable  term or  condition  had never been
contained herein.

               8.  ADMINISTRATION.  Employers  shall  have the  power,  in their
discretion, to interpret and make all determinations as to the right to a Change
in Control Benefit under this Agreement.  Their interpretation or determinations
thereof in good faith shall be final and conclusive,  and subject to review only
to the extent a court or arbitrator  concludes that any such  interpretation  or
determination is arbitrary or capricious.

               9. CHOICE OF LAW AND FORUM.  This Agreement  shall be governed by
and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California,  except to
the extent preempted by the laws of the United States.  Any action or proceeding
brought  upon,  or arising out of, this  Agreement or its  termination  shall be
brought in a forum located within the State of California,  and Executive hereby
agrees to be subject to service of process in the State of California.

               10. WAIVER. The parties hereto shall not be deemed to have waived
any of their  respective  rights  under this  Agreement  unless the waiver is in
writing and signed by such  waiving  party.  No delay in  exercising  any rights
shall be a waiver nor shall a waiver on one occasion operate as a waiver of such
right on a future occasion.

               11. EXECUTIVE'S RIGHTS UNSECURED. The Agreement is intended to be
unfunded for purposes of the Code.  The Bank's  obligation  under this Agreement
shall be that of an unfunded and  unsecured  promise by the Bank to pay money in
the  future.  All  distributions  under  this  Agreement  shall be paid from the
general  assets of the Bank.  The right of the Executive or any  Beneficiary  to
receive a distribution  under this Agreement shall be an unsecured claim against
the general  assets of the Bank,  and neither the Executive nor any  Beneficiary
shall have any rights in or against any assets of the Employers.

               12.  NONASSIGNABLE.  Neither the  Executive  nor his  Beneficiary
shall  have any power or right to  transfer,  assign,  anticipate,  hypothecate,
mortgage,  commute, modify, or otherwise encumber in advance any of the benefits
payable hereunder,  nor shall any of said benefits be subject to seizure for the
payment of any debts,  judgments,  alimony, or separate  maintenance owed by the
Executive  or his  Beneficiary,  or be  transferable  by operation of law in the
event of bankruptcy, insolvency, or otherwise.

               13.  ASSUMPTION.  The  surviving  or resulting  corporation,  the
transferee of  Employers'  assets,  or  Employers,  as the case may be, shall be
bound by the provisions of this Agreement. Employers shall require any successor
(whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to
all or substantially  all of the business and/or assets of either  Employer,  by
agreement in form and substance  satisfactory to Executive,  to expressly assume
and agree to perform  this  Agreement  in the same manner and to the same extent
that Employers  would be required to perform it if no such  succession had taken
place.  As  used  in  this  Agreement,   "Employers"  shall  mean  Employers  as
hereinbefore  defined and any successor to Employers'  business and/or assets as
aforesaid which executes and delivers the agreement provided for in this Section
13 or which  otherwise  becomes  bound by all the terms and  provisions  of this
Agreement by operation of law.

               14.  CAPTIONS AND  PARAGRAPH  HEADINGS.  Captions  and  paragraph
headings used herein are for  convenience and ready reference only and are not a
part  of  this  Agreement  and  shall  not  be  used  in  the   construction  or
interpretation thereof.

               15.  ARBITRATION.  Any  controversy  or claim  arising  out of or
relating to this  Agreement,  or breach of this  Agreement,  shall be settled by
arbitration in accordance with the Employment  Arbitration Rules of the American
Arbitration  Association,  and judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrators
may  be  entered  in  any  court  having  jurisdiction.  There  shall  be  three
arbitrators,  one to be chosen directly by each party,  and the third arbitrator
to be selected by the two  arbitrators so chosen.  Each party shall pay the fees
of the  arbitrator  he or it selects  and of his or its own  attorneys,  and the
expenses  of him  or  its  witnesses  and  all  other  expenses  connected  with
representing him or its case. Other costs of the arbitration, including the cost
of any record or transcripts of the arbitration, administrative fees, the fee of
the third  arbitrator,  and all other fees and costs,  shall be borne equally by
the parties.

               EXECUTED on the day and year first-above written.



<PAGE>

                                            
EMPLOYERS:                                    EXECUTIVE:
BAY COMMERCIAL SERVICES
                                              /s/ Randall D. Greenfield
                                              -------------------------
By /s/ Joshua Fong                           Randall D. Greenfield
- ----------------------------------
Joshua Fong, Chairman of the Board

BAY BANK OF COMMERCE

By /s/ Dimitri Koroslev
- --------------------------------------
Dimitri Koroslev, Chairman of the Board



<PAGE>




                                  EXHIBIT 10.13
                                    EXHIBIT A

                          DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARIES

I,  Randall D.  Greenfield,  hereby  designate  the  following  person(s)  as my
Beneficiary(ies) under the Change in Control Agreement  ("Agreement") to receive
any amounts that might be payable as of the date of my death:

               Primary Beneficiary     
               Name:                     Percentage:      %
               Address:

               Alternate Beneficiary
               Name:                     Percentage:      %
               Address:
               Name:                     Percentage:      %
               Address:
               Name:                     Percentage:      %
               Address:

This designation supersedes all prior Beneficiary designations I have made under
the Agreement. DATED:________ ___, ________.




               ---------------------------------------------
               Randall D. Greenfield





                                  EXHIBIT 10.14

                           CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT

               THIS CHANGE IN CONTROL  AGREEMENT  is made and entered  into this
30th day of  November,  1998,  (this  "Agreement"),  by and  between BAY BANK OF
COMMERCE,  a California  corporation  (the  "Employer")  and ROBERT A. PERANTONI
(hereinafter referred to as "Executive"):

               WHEREAS, Executive currently is employed by the Bank as Senior
 Vice President and Senior Lending Officer; and

               WHEREAS, Executive is willing to continue to serve Employer but 
desires that in the event of a change in control of Employer, he will be paid 
change in control benefits irrespective of whether he is retained by Employer 
or any successor to Employer; and

               WHEREAS, the Bank is the wholly-owned subsidiary of Bay
Commercial Services, a California corporation (the "Company");

               NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the promises and the mutual
agreements herein contained, Employer and Executive hereby agree as follows:

               1. TERM.  This Agreement  shall  terminate,  except to the extent
that any obligation of Employer  hereunder  remains unpaid as of such time, upon
the earliest of (a) the  voluntary or  involuntary  termination  of  Executive's
employment  with Employer or (b) the effective  date of a Change in Control,  as
defined in Section 2 hereof.

               2. CHANGE IN CONTROL OF THE COMPANY OR THE BANK. The term "Change
in  Control"  shall  mean a change in  control  of the  Company or the Bank of a
nature  that  would be  required  to be  reported  in  response  to Item 5(f) of
Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Securities  Exchange Act of
1934 as in effect on the date of this Agreement (the "Exchange Act") or, if Item
5(f) is no longer in  effect,  any  regulations  issued  by the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission  pursuant to the Exchange Act which serve similar purposes;
provided  that,  without  limitation,  such change in control shall be deemed to
have  occurred  if and when (A) any  "person"  (as such term is used in Sections
13(d) and  14(d)(2)  of the  Exchange  Act) is or  becomes a  beneficial  owner,
directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company or the Bank representing 25
percent or more of the combined voting power of the Company's or the Bank's then
outstanding  securities  or (B)  individuals  who were  members  of the Board of
Directors of the Company  immediately  prior to a meeting of the shareholders of
the  Company  involving  a  contest  for the  election  of  directors  shall not
constitute a majority of the Board of Directors following such election.

               3.  PAYMENT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL BENEFIT.

                  (1)  Executive  shall be  entitled  to  payment of a Change in
Control Benefit under this Agreement upon a Change in Control. Such payment will
be reduced by any required federal, state, and local income tax, employment tax,
and benefits  withholdings.  The Change in Control Benefit shall be paid as soon
as practicable following a Change in Control in the form of a single sum payment
or, if elected by the Executive prior to said Change in Control,  in the form of
an  annuity  with such term as is  elected  by the  Executive.  If the Change in
Control  Benefit is paid as an annuity,  the annuity  shall be  purchased by the
Bank  and  shall  be held  as part of the  Bank's  general  assets.  The  Bank's
obligation to pay said annuity shall be  considered  unfunded as provided  under
Section 11 of this Agreement.

                  (2) In the event that any payment or benefit received or to be
received by Executive as a result of a change of control,  or the termination of
Executive's  employment (whether payable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement
or any other plan,  arrangement  or agreement  with  Employer,  any person whose
actions result in a change in control of Employer or any person  affiliated with
Employer or such person (together with the Change in Control Benefit, the "Total
Payments")) would not be deductible (in whole or in part) as a result of Section
280G of the  Internal  Code of 1986,  as  amended  (the  "Code"),  the Change in
Control  Benefit shall be reduced until no portion of the Total  Payments is not
deductible  as a result of  Section  280G of the Code,  or the Change in Control
Benefit is reduced to zero.  For purposes of this  limitation  (i) no portion of
the Total  Payments,  the receipt or  enjoyment  of which  Executive  shall have
effectively  waived in  writing  prior to the date of  payment  of the Change in
Control  Benefit,  shall be taken  into  account;  (ii) no  portion of the Total
Payments  shall be taken into  account  which,  in the  opinion  of tax  counsel
selected by Employer' independent auditors and acceptable to Executive, does not
constitute a "parachute payment" within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the
Code;  (iii) the Change in Control  Benefit  shall be reduced only to the extent
necessary so that the Total Payments (other than those referred to in clause (i)
or  clause  (ii)) in  their  entirety  constitute  reasonable  compensation  for
services actually rendered within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(4) of the Code,
in the opinion of the tax counsel referred to in clause (ii); and (iv) the value
of any non-cash benefit or any deferred payment or benefit included in the Total
Payments  shall be  determined by Employer'  independent  auditors in accordance
with the principles of Sections 280G(d)(3) and (4) of the Code.

                  (3)  BENEFICIARY.  "Beneficiary"  means the  person or persons
whom the Executive  shall  designate in writing (on the form attached  hereto as
Exhibit A) to receive the Change in Control Benefit provided  hereunder in the 
event of his  death  following  a Change  in  Control  and  prior to the  Bank's
purchase of an annuity (if so elected by the Executive).  Such designation shall
be valid only if it is made on said form,  and the Bank receives said form prior
to the Executive's death.

                  (4) CHANGE IN  CONTROL  BENEFIT.  "Change in Control  Benefit"
means a benefit equal to Executive's Total Compensation  multiplied by his Years
of Service divided by 12.
                                            
                  (5) MONTHS OF SERVICE.  "Months of Service" mean the number of
complete  months which have elapsed  starting from the date the Executive  first
performed  an hour of service for the Bank and ending on the  effective  date of
the Change in Control.

                  (6) TOTAL COMPENSATION.  "Total  Compensation" means the total
amount of Executive's Annual  Compensation  (including  Salary,  Bonus and Other
Annual  Compensation),   calculated  in  accordance  with  the  definitions  and
requirements  of Item 402(b) of Regulation  S-B, for the  Company's  most recent
fiscal  year ended  preceding  the date of the Change in  Control.  (7) Years of
Service. "Years of Service" mean Months of Service divided by 12, rounded to two
decimal places.

               (7) YEARS OF SERVICES.  "Years of Service" mean Months of Service
divided by 12, rounded to two decimal places.

               4. NO EFFECT ON  EMPLOYMENT  RIGHTS.  Nothing  contained  in this
Agreement  or any  modification  or  amendment  hereto,  or the  payment  of any
benefit,  gives or shall be deemed  to give  Executive  any  right to  continued
employment,  or any legal or equitable right against Employer or any employee of
Employer.  Moreover,  nothing contained in this Agreement or any modification or
amendment  hereto, or the payment of any benefit shall modify, or otherwise have
any effect on, Executive's employment relationship with Employer.

               This Agreement shall also not affect Executive's rights under any
employee   benefit   plan   offered  by   Employer,   such  as  any  pension  or
profit-sharing, medical, dental or hospitalization, life insurance, AD&D, bonus,
incentive  compensation,  stock option, or vacation pay plan. Executive's rights
under those plans are  governed  solely by their  terms,  and  Executive  should
review  those  plans  to  ascertain  his  rights  under  them.  In   particular,
Executive's receipt of a Change in Control Benefit under this Agreement does not
change the date of his  termination  of employment  for purposes  under any such
plans.

               5. NOTICES.  Any notices to be given hereunder by either party to
the other may be  effected in writing  either by  personal  delivery or by mail,
registered or certified,  postage prepaid with return receipt requested. Notices
to Employer shall be given to the Bank at its then current principal office, c/o
Chairman  of the  Board of  Directors.  Notices  to  Executive  shall be sent to
Executive's then current personal residence.  Notices delivered personally shall
be deemed  communicated  as of actual  receipt;  mailed  notices shall be deemed
communicated as of five (5) days after mailing.

               6. ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement supersedes any and all other
agreements,  either oral or in writing,  between the parties hereto with respect
to  severance  benefits or benefits  tied to a Change in Control.  Each party to
this Agreement  acknowledges that no representations,  inducements,  promises or
agreements,  oral or otherwise, have been made by any party, or anyone acting on
behalf of any party, which are not embodied herein, and that no other agreement,
statement or promise not contained in this Agreement shall be valid and binding.
Any  modification  of this  Agreement will be effective only if it is in writing
signed by all parties to this Agreement.

               7.  SEVERABILITY.  In  the  event  that  any  term  or  condition
contained  in this  Agreement  shall,  for  any  reason,  be held by a court  of
competent  jurisdiction to be invalid,  illegal or unenforceable in any respect,
such  invalidity,  illegality or  non-enforceability  shall not affect any other
term or condition of this Agreement, but this Agreement shall be construed as if
such  invalid or  illegal  or  unenforceable  term or  condition  had never been
contained herein.

               8.  ADMINISTRATION.  Employer  shall  have  the  power,  in their
discretion, to interpret and make all determinations as to the right to a Change
in Control Benefit under this Agreement.  Their interpretation or determinations
thereof in good faith shall be final and conclusive,  and subject to review only
to the extent a court or arbitrator  concludes that any such  interpretation  or
determination is arbitrary or capricious.

               9. CHOICE OF LAW AND FORUM.  This Agreement  shall be governed by
and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California,  except to
the extent preempted by the laws of the United States.  Any action or proceeding
brought  upon,  or arising out of, this  Agreement or its  termination  shall be
brought in a forum located within the State of California,  and Executive hereby
agrees to be subject to service of process in the State of California.

               10. WAIVER. The parties hereto shall not be deemed to have waived
any of their  respective  rights  under this  Agreement  unless the waiver is in
writing and signed by such  waiving  party.  No delay in  exercising  any rights
shall be a waiver nor shall a waiver on one occasion operate as a waiver of such
right on a future occasion.

               11. EXECUTIVE'S RIGHTS UNSECURED. The Agreement is intended to be
unfunded for purposes of the Code.  The Bank's  obligation  under this Agreement
shall be that of an unfunded and  unsecured  promise by the Bank to pay money in
the  future.  All  distributions  under  this  Agreement  shall be paid from the
general  assets of the Bank.  The right of the Executive or any  Beneficiary  to
receive a distribution  under this Agreement shall be an unsecured claim against
the general  assets of the Bank,  and neither the Executive nor any  Beneficiary
shall have any rights in or against any assets of the Employer.

               12.  NONASSIGNABLE.  Neither the  Executive  nor his  Beneficiary
shall  have any power or right to  transfer,  assign,  anticipate,  hypothecate,
mortgage,  commute, modify, or otherwise encumber in advance any of the benefits
payable hereunder,  nor shall any of said benefits be subject to seizure for the
payment of any debts,  judgments,  alimony, or separate  maintenance owed by the
Executive  or his  Beneficiary,  or be  transferable  by operation of law in the
event of bankruptcy, insolvency, or otherwise.

               13.  ASSUMPTION.  The  surviving  or resulting  corporation,  the
transferee of Employer' assets, or Employer,  as the case may be, shall be bound
by the  provisions  of this  Agreement.  Employer  shall  require any  successor
(whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to
all or substantially  all of the business and/or assets of either  Employer,  by
agreement in form and substance  satisfactory to Executive,  to expressly assume
and agree to perform  this  Agreement  in the same manner and to the same extent
that Employer  would be required to perform it if no such  succession  had taken
place. As used in this Agreement, "Employer" shall mean Employer as hereinbefore
defined and any successor to Employer' business and/or assets as aforesaid which
executes  and delivers  the  agreement  provided for in this Section 13 or which
otherwise  becomes bound by all the terms and  provisions  of this  Agreement by
operation of law.

               14.  CAPTIONS AND  PARAGRAPH  HEADINGS.  Captions  and  paragraph
headings used herein are for  convenience and ready reference only and are not a
part  of  this  Agreement  and  shall  not  be  used  in  the   construction  or
interpretation thereof.

               15.  ARBITRATION.  Any  controversy  or claim  arising  out of or
relating to this  Agreement,  or breach of this  Agreement,  shall be settled by
arbitration in accordance with the Employment  Arbitration Rules of the American
Arbitration  Association,  and judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrators
may  be  entered  in  any  court  having  jurisdiction.  There  shall  be  three
arbitrators,  one to be chosen directly by each party,  and the third arbitrator
to be selected by the two  arbitrators so chosen.  Each party shall pay the fees
of the  arbitrator  he or it selects  and of his or its own  attorneys,  and the
expenses  of him  or  its  witnesses  and  all  other  expenses  connected  with
representing him or its case. Other costs of the arbitration, including the cost
of any record or transcripts of the arbitration, administrative fees, the fee of
the third  arbitrator,  and all other fees and costs,  shall be borne equally by
the parties.

               EXECUTED on the day and year first-above written.



<PAGE>


EMPLOYER:                                       EXECUTIVE:
BAY COMMERCIAL SERVICES

By /s/ Joshua Fong                             /s/ Robert A. Perantoni
   --------------------------------             -----------------------
Joshua Fong, Chairman of the Board              Robert A. Perantoni

BAY BANK OF COMMERCE

By /s/ Dimitri Koroslev
   -------------------------------------
Dimitri Koroslev, Chairman of the Board




<PAGE>


                                  EXHIBIT 10.14
                                    EXHIBIT A

                          DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARIES

               I, Robert A. Perantoni,  hereby designate the following person(s)
as my  Beneficiary(ies)  under the Change in Control Agreement  ("Agreement") to
receive any amounts that might be payable as of the date of my death:

               Primary Beneficiary      
               Name:                      Percentage:     %
               Address:

               Alternate Beneficiary
               Name:                      Percentage:     %
               Address:
               Name:                      Percentage:     %
               Address:

This designation supersedes all prior Beneficiary designations I have made under
the Agreement. DATED:________ ___, ________.

               Robert A. Perantoni



ANNUAL REPORT COVER

BAY COMMERCIAL SERVICES
1998 ANNUAL REPORT

(logo)


<PAGE>




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      
                                                       FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts):           1998      1997      1996      1995      1994
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Years ended December 31:
<S>                                                      <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>   
Interest income                                          $10,200    $8,759    $7,826    $7,456    $6,086
Interest income on a taxable equivalent basis             10,327     8,853     7,904     7,505     6,146
Interest expense                                           3,479     2,956     2,457     2,310     1,766
Net interest income                                        6,721     5,803     5,369     5,146     4,320
Net interest income on a taxable equivalent basis          6,848     5,897     5,447     5,195     4,380
Net income                                                 1,215     1,062     1,083       945       619
Net income per common share - basic                         1.12      0.99      1.01      0.88      0.57
Net income per common share - diluted                       0.95      0.84      0.89      0.80      0.56
Return on average assets                                     1.0%      1.0%      1.1%      1.0%      0.7%
Return on average shareholders' equity                      11.3%     10.7%     11.8%     11.1%      7.9%

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
At December 31:
Assets                                                  $144,202  $116,369   $96,769   $92,819   $89,193
Loans                                                     93,129    74,129    71,362    58,152    51,566
Securities                                                39,542    32,580    16,043    20,410    25,988
Deposits                                                 123,395   101,135    83,291    80,253    79,258
Shareholders' equity                                      11,395    10,173     9,418     8,767     7,946
Book value per share                                       10.54      9.43      8.75      8.14      7.36
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>














                     BAY COMMERCIAL SERVICES AND SUBSIDIARY


<PAGE>


                   REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS - 1998 ANNUAL REPORT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Completing a year of exceptional financial performance,  Bay Commercial Services
attained record total assets and net income in 1998.

With a focused  marketing  message and a vibrant East Bay  economy,  the Company
achieved strong account growth in its targeted  markets during 1998,  propelling
total assets to a record  $144,202,000  at December 31, 1998, an increase of 24%
over 1997.



Fueled by this  strong  growth in earning  assets,  net  income for the  Company
increased 14% to a record  $1,215,000,  or $0.95 per diluted share in 1998. This
was up from net income of $1,062,000, or $0.84 per diluted share during 1997.



Total loans  reached  $93,129,000  at December 31, 1998,  a  $19,000,000  or 26%
increase for the year. Total deposits grew $22,260,000 or 22% to $123,395,000.



To mark the strong financial  performance during 1998, the Board of Directors of
the Company  declared a cash dividend of $0.40 per share in January,  1999. This
was the  thirteenth  cash  dividend  paid to  shareholders  during  17  years of
operations  and a 33% increase  over the $0.30 per share cash  dividend  paid in
1998.



Although all three offices of the Bank demonstrated excellent growth in 1998, we
were especially  proud of the fact that our newest branch in San Ramon ended the
year with total assets of almost  $18,000,000,  and became profitable after only
18 months of operations.  This  achievement is a credit to every employee of the
Bank who made this possible.



This year's exceptional  performance  confirms the need for a community business
bank  that  can  deliver  the  personal  service  that a  business  needs  to be
successful.  With  projections  for  sustained  economic  strength  in  the  San
Francisco Bay region in 1999, the Company  intends to capitalize on its position
as a leader in East Bay business banking for continued growth and profitability.



We look forward to a prosperous year and thank you for your ongoing support.

<TABLE>

<S>                   <C>                                        <C>
/s/Dimitri Koroslev        /s/Richard M. Kahler                   /s/Joshua Fong, O.D.
 Dimitri Koroslev            Richard M. Kahler                      Joshua Fong, O.D.
    Chairman          President and Chief Executive Officer           Chairman
Bay Bank of Commerce      Bay Bank of Commerce                   Bay Commercial Services
                         Bay Commercial Services
</TABLE>





                     BAY COMMERCIAL SERVICES AND SUBSIDIARY
                                        1


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


    December 31 (dollars in thousands):                                                1998       1997
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    ASSETS
<S>                                                                                <C>        <C>     
    Cash and cash equivalents                                                      $  9,077   $  7,548
    Securities available for sale, stated at fair value
      (amortized cost of $31,969 for 1998; $24,663 for 1997)                         32,033     24,651
    Securities held to maturity (fair values of $7,748 for 1998; $8,057 for 1997)     7,509      7,929
    Federal Home Loan Bank stock                                                        359        ---
    Loans held for sale                                                                 939      1,501
    Loans held for investment                                                        92,190     72,628
      Allowance for loan losses                                                        (980)    (1,000)
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Net loans                                                                      92,149     73,129
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Premises and equipment, net                                                       1,949      2,111
    Interest and fees receivable                                                        635        566
    Other assets                                                                        491        435
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Total assets                                                                 $144,202   $116,369
    ===================================================================================================

    LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
    Deposits:
      Noninterest-bearing demand                                                   $ 33,904   $ 29,076
      Savings and interest-bearing demand                                            37,571     29,203
      Time                                                                           30,309     30,022
      Certificates of deposit, $100 and over                                         21,611     12,834
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Total deposits                                                                123,395    101,135
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Securities sold under agreements to repurchase                                    1,344      1,290
    Other short-term borrowing                                                        7,000      2,500
    Interest payable and other liabilities                                            1,068      1,271
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Total liabilities                                                             132,807    106,196
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Commitments and contingent liabilities (Notes 4, 12 and 13)                         ---        ---

    Shareholders' equity:
      Common stock - no par value: authorized 20,000,000
        shares; issued & outstanding 1,080,670 in 1998 and 1,078,720 in 1997          3,622      3,671
      Retained earnings                                                               7,734      6,509
      Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax                                 39         (7)
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Total shareholders' equity                                                     11,395     10,173
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Total liabilities and shareholders' equity                                   $144,202   $116,369
    ===================================================================================================
</TABLE>  
      See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.





                     BAY COMMERCIAL SERVICES AND SUBSIDIARY
                                        2



<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                    CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Years ended December 31 (dollars in thousands, 
except per share amounts):                                  1998        1997         1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest income:                                          
<S>                                                         <C>         <C>          <C>   
  Loans, including fees                                   $8,177      $7,137       $6,463
  Federal funds sold and reverse repurchase agreements       355         288          250
  Securities:
    Taxable                                                1,392       1,131          947
    Tax exempt                                               276         203          166
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Total interest income                               10,200       8,759        7,826
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest expense:
  Deposits:
    Savings and interest-bearing demand                    1,045         708          651
    Time                                                   1,495       1,588        1,407
    Certificates of deposit, $100 and over                   866         564          293
  Other borrowed funds                                        73          96          106
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Total interest expense                               3,479       2,956        2,457
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Net interest income                                  6,721       5,803        5,369
Provision for loan losses                                    134          52          ---
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Net interest income after
         provision for loan losses                         6,587       5,751        5,369
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Noninterest income:
  Bankcard income                                            414         307          254
  Service charges and fees                                   308         274          264
  Gain on sale of loans                                       88          57          174
  Loan servicing                                              85         132          138
  Net gain on sale of other real estate owned                ---         ---          119
  Net losses on sales of securities available for sale       ---          (3)          (3)
  Other                                                       46         204          134
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Total noninterest income                               941         971        1,080
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Noninterest expenses:
  Salaries and employee benefits                           3,237       2,872        2,554
  Occupancy                                                  683         694          613
  Other                                                    1,736       1,506        1,519
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Total noninterest expenses                           5,656       5,072        4,686
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Income before income tax expense                     1,872       1,650        1,763
Income tax expense                                           657         588          680
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Net income                                          $1,215      $1,062       $1,083
=========================================================================================

      Net income per common share - basic                  $1.12      $ 0.99       $ 1.01
      Weighted average common shares - basic           1,080,362   1,076,774    1,076,720

      Net income per common share - diluted                $0.95      $ 0.84       $ 0.89
      Weighted average common shares - diluted         1,277,190   1,257,680    1,217,235
=========================================================================================
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.



                     BAY COMMERCIAL SERVICES AND SUBSIDIARY
                                        3
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Years ended December 31 (dollars in thousands):                       1998         1997        1996
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash flows from operating activities:
<S>                                                              <C>           <C>         <C>     
   Net income                                                    $   1,215     $  1,062    $  1,083
   Adjustments to reconcile net income to
     net cash provided by operating activities:
       Depreciation and amortization                                  (401)         (60)        308
       Provision for loan losses                                       134           52         ---
       Unamortized deferred loan fees, net                            (120)         (86)       (163)
       Losses on sales of securities available for sale                ---            3           3
       Originations of SBA loans held for sale                      (1,157)        (985)     (1,714)
       Proceeds from the sale of SBA loans held for sale             1,764        1,095       2,884
       Net gain on sale of other real estate owned                     ---          ---        (119)
       Loss on sale of equipment                                         2          ---           2
       Provision for deferred taxes                                    (72)         (31)         26
       Change in interest and fees receivable and other assets         (50)         254        (125)
       Change in interest payable and other liabilities                120           26        (306)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Net cash provided by operating activities                       1,435        1,330       1,879
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash flows from investing activities:
   Proceeds from maturities of securities available for sale       109,024       42,603       1,681
   Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale                ---          997       1,997
   Proceeds from maturities of securities held to maturity           4,043        1,271       1,661
   Purchases of securities available for sale                     (115,583)     (59,557)        ---
   Purchases of securities held to maturity                         (3,693)      (1,493)     (1,177)
   Purchase of Federal Home Loan Bank stock                           (359)          ---        ---
   Net change in loans                                             (19,663)      (2,829)    (14,109)
   Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned                       ---          ---         252
   Purchases of premises and equipment                                (116)        (235)       (318)
   Proceeds from sale of equipment                                     ---          ---           6
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Net cash used in investing activities                         (26,347)     (19,243)    (10,007)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash flows from financing activities:
   Net change in deposits                                           22,260       17,844       3,038
   Net change in securities sold under agreements to repurchase         54       (1,014)        101
   Net change in other short-term borrowing                          4,500        2,000         500
   Exercise of stock options                                            35            9         ---
   Repurchase and retirement of common stock                           (84)         ---         ---
   Cash dividends paid                                                (324)        (323)       (323)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Net cash provided by financing activities                      26,441       18,516       3,316
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Net change in cash and cash equivalents                         1,529          603      (4,812)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year                       7,548        6,945      11,757
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year                         $   9,077     $  7,548    $  6,945
====================================================================================================
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information: 
Cash paid during the year for:
      Interest                                                      $3,463       $2,982      $2,397
      Income taxes                                                     630          532         751
Noncash investing and financing activities during the year:
      Stock dividend Federal Home Loan Bank                         $    9       $  ---      $  ---
      Loan in connection with sale of other real estate owned          ---          ---         178
      Receivable at close of escrow on sale of other real 
        estate owned                                                   ---          ---          48
      Dividend payable                                                 ---          324         323
       Tax benefit of disqualified disposition of incentive
        stock options                                                   10          ---         ---

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>


                     BAY COMMERCIAL SERVICES AND SUBSIDIARY
                                        4


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Years ended December 31, 1998, 1997, and 1996 (dollars in thousands,  except per share amounts):
                                                                                                            
                                                                                                        Accumulated
                                                                                                           Other          Total
                                                           Shares      Common  Comprehensive  Retained  Comprehensive Shareholders'
                                                        Outstanding    Stock      Income      Earnings     Income        Equity
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                       <C>          <C>       <C>           <C>         <C>          <C>    
Balance, January 1, 1996                                  1,076,720    $3,662                  $5,011      $  94        $ 8,767
                                                                                                        
Comprehensive income:                                                                                   
   Net income                                                                    $1,083         1,083                     1,083
   Other comprehensive income, net of tax of $(10):                                                     
       Unrealized losses on securities available for                                                    
           sale, net of reclassification adjustment*                               (109)                    (109)          (109)
                                                                                   -----                
Total comprehensive income                                                          974                 
                                                                                   -----                 
                                                                                                        
Cash dividends declared ($0.30/share)                                                            (323)                     (323)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, December 31, 1996                                1,076,720     3,662                   5,771        (15)         9,418
                                                                                                        
Comprehensive income:                                                                                   
   Net income                                                                     1,062         1,062                     1,062
   Other comprehensive income, net of tax of $(5):                                                      
       Unrealized gains on securities available for                                                     
           sale, net of reclassification adjustment*                                  8                        8              8
                                                                                  -----                 
Total comprehensive income                                                        1,070                 
                                                                                  -----                 
                                                                                                        
Exercise of stock options                                     2,000         9                                                 9
                                                                                                        
Cash dividends declared ($0.30/share)                                                            (324)                     (324)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, December 31, 1997                                1,078,720     3,671                   6,509         (7)        10,173
                                                                                                        
Comprehensive income:                                                                                   
   Net income                                                                     1,215         1,215                     1,215
   Other comprehensive income, net of tax of $25:                                                       
       Unrealized gains on securities available for                                                     
           sale, net of reclassification adjustment*                                 46                       46             46
                                                                                 ------                 
Total comprehensive income                                                       $1,261                 
                                                                                 ------                 
                                                                                                        
Tax benefit of disqualified disposition of                                                              
    incentive stock options                                                                        10                        10
                                                                                                        
Exercise of stock options                                     6,950        35                                                35
                                                                                                        
Repurchase and retirement of common stock                    (5,000)      (84)                                              (84)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Balance, December 31, 1998                                1,080,670    $3,622                  $7,734      $  39        $11,395
================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       
*Disclosure of reclassification amount:

Years ended December 31 (in thousands):                                 1998   1997    1996
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                      <C>    <C>   <C>   
  Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during period                $46    $ 5   $(112)
   Add reclassification adjustment for losses included in net income     ---      3       3
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Net unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale        $46    $ 8   $(109)
=============================================================================================
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                     BAY COMMERCIAL SERVICES AND SUBSIDIARY
                                        5
<PAGE>



 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 
 1998, 1997 AND 1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The accounting and reporting policies of Bay Commercial Services (the "Company")
and its wholly owned subsidiary, Bay Bank of Commerce (the "Bank"), conform with
generally  accepted  accounting  principles and prevailing  practices within the
banking  industry.  The methods of applying those  principles  which  materially
affect the consolidated financial statements are summarized below.

CONSOLIDATION
The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  Company  and  the  Bank.
Significant   intercompany   accounts  and   transactions   are   eliminated  in
consolidation.

NATURE OF OPERATIONS
The Company operates as one business segment and principally engages in business
banking in the  Counties of Alameda and Contra  Costa,  California.  The Company
primarily  grants business loans including lines of credit,  and commercial real
estate  and  construction  loans,  the  majority  of which  are  secured  by the
underlying  properties.  Lending for single family residential  construction and
equity  lines of credit has  increased  in recent  years,  while  other types of
consumer  lending  remains  limited.  Although  the  Company  has a  diversified
portfolio,  a  substantial  portion  of its  debtors'  ability  to  honor  their
contracts  is  dependent  upon  the  economic  sector  of  Northern  California,
including the real estate  markets of the San Francisco Bay Area.  The Company's
primary  source of  revenues is  interest  income  from its loan and  investment
securities  portfolios.  The Company is not dependent on any single customer for
more than ten percent of the Company's revenues.

ESTIMATES
The preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect reported amounts of assets,  liabilities,  revenue and expenses as of the
date and for the  periods  presented.  Actual  results  could  differ from those
estimates.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
The Company  considers cash on hand,  cash due from banks and federal funds sold
as cash and cash equivalents. Federal funds sold generally mature in one day.

SECURITIES
Debt  securities  are  classified  as held to maturity and measured at amortized
cost only if the  Company  has the  positive  intent  and  ability  to hold such
securities to maturity.  All other debt  securities  are classified as available
for sale  securities,  which are  carried at market  value with a  corresponding
recognition of the unrealized  holding gain or loss (net of taxes) in a separate
component of shareholders'  equity until realized.  Realized gains and losses on
sales, if any, are included in noninterest income.

Amortization  of premiums and accretion of discounts  arising at  acquisition of
securities  are included in income using methods that  approximate  the interest
method.  Gains or  losses  on the sale of  securities  are  computed  using  the
specific identification method.

LOANS
Loans held for investment are reported at the principal amount outstanding,  net
of deferred loan fees and related direct loan  origination  costs.  Deferred net
fees and costs are  recognized  in  interest  income  over the loan term using a
method  that  generally  produces  a level  yield on the  unpaid  loan  balance.
Interest on loans is credited to income as earned. Accrual of interest income is
discontinued  when the payment of interest or  principal is 90 days or more past
due, except when the loan is well secured and in the process of collection. When
a loan is placed on nonaccrual status,  any interest  previously accrued but not
received is generally  reversed.  All  subsequent  payments are first applied to
uncollected principal and then to unpaid interest. Interest income is accrued at
such  time as the  loan is  brought  fully  current  as to  both  principal  and
interest,  and, in management's judgment,  such loans are considered to be fully
collectible.

Loans held for sale include the portions of certain  loans which are  guaranteed
by the federal Small Business Administration ("SBA"). These loans are carried at
the lower of  aggregate  cost or market  value.  Market value is  determined  by
reference  to quoted  yields for  similar  types of  instruments.  Loan fees and
direct loan  origination  costs  related to loans held for sale are deferred and
recognized as a component of the gain or loss on sale.

In  determining  the gain  realized  on the sale of SBA  guaranteed  loans,  the
recorded  investment  is  allocated  between the  portion of the loan sold,  the
portion retained, and the servicing and other financial assets based on relative
fair values as of the date the loan is sold.

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
The Bank provides for possible loan losses by a charge to operating income based
upon the composition of the loan portfolio,  past loan loss experience,  current
economic conditions and other factors which, in management's  judgment,  deserve
recognition in estimating loan losses.  Management will charge off loans when it
determines there has been a permanent impairment of the related carrying values.
Management  attributes  general  reserves  to  different  types of  loans  using
percentages  which are based upon perceived risk  associated  with the portfolio
and underlying  collateral,  historical loss  experience,  and  vulnerability to
changing economic  conditions which may affect the  collectibility of the loans.
Specific  reserves  are  allocated  for  impaired  loans,  for loans  which have
experienced  a decline in internal loan grading,  and when  management  believes
additional  loss  exposure  exists.  Although the  allowance  for loan losses is
allocated  to  various  portfolio  segments,  it is  general  in  nature  and is
available for the loan portfolio in its entirety.  Management  believes that the
allowance  for  loan  losses  is  adequate.   While  management  uses  available
information to recognize losses on loans,  future additions to the allowance may
be  necessary  based on changes in economic  conditions.  In  addition,  various
regulatory  agencies,   as  an  integral  part  of  their  examination  process,
periodically  review the Company's  allowance for losses on loans. Such agencies
may require the Company to recognize  additions to the allowance  based on their
analysis of information available to them at the time of their examination.

A loan is considered  impaired when  management  determines  that it is probable
that the Company  will be unable to collect all  amounts  due  according  to the
original  contractual terms of the loan agreement,  including interest payments.
Impaired  loans are those  loans  identified  under the Bank's  internal  rating
system as  "doubtful"  or "loss" or those  "substandard"  loans  which have been
placed on nonaccrual.  Restructured loans are always classified as impaired. The
Bank applies its normal loan review  procedures when determining  whether a loan
is impaired. The


                     BAY COMMERCIAL SERVICES AND SUBSIDIARY
                                        6

<PAGE>



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 
 1998, 1997 AND 1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES, CONTINUED
amount of impairment is measured using  discounted  cash flows or the fair value
of the  collateral,  if the  loan is  collateral  dependent.  Excluded  from the
impairment  analysis are large groups of smaller balance  homogeneous loans such
as installment and residential mortgage loans. Impaired loans are carried at the
estimated  present  value of the future  cash  flows,  discounted  at the loan's
effective interest rate, or at the fair value of the collateral if less than the
recorded  investment in the loan  (including  accrued  interest and net deferred
loan fees or costs).  Specific  reserves for impaired  loans are  recognized  by
adjusting the allocation of the existing allowance for loan losses.

PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation computed
on the  straight-line  method over estimated  useful lives ranging from three to
fifteen years.  Leasehold improvements are capitalized at cost and are amortized
over the lesser of the term of the lease or the  estimated  useful  lives of the
improvements ranging from fifteen to twenty-five years.

OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED (OREO)
OREO  consists  of real  estate  acquired  as a result of legal  foreclosure  or
through  receipt of a deed in lieu of  foreclosure.  OREO amounts are carried at
the  lower  of the  recorded  investment  in the  property  or fair  value  less
estimated  costs of disposal.  When the property is acquired,  any excess of the
loan  balance over fair value of the  property is charged to the  allowance  for
loan losses.  Subsequent  write-downs,  if any, and disposition gains and losses
are included in noninterest income or noninterest expense. Operating expenses of
such properties, net of related income, are included in other expenses and gains
or losses on their disposition are included in other income and other expenses.

OTHER SHORT-TERM BORROWING
Other  short-term  borrowing  consists of federal  funds  purchased  and amounts
borrowed from the Federal Home Loan Bank.

INCOME TAXES
The Company  and the Bank file a  consolidated  federal  income tax return and a
combined  California  franchise  tax  return.  Amounts  provided  for income tax
expenses are determined based on the asset and liability method. Deferred income
taxes are  recognized for the tax  consequences  of "temporary  differences"  by
applying  enacted  statutory tax rates applicable to future years to differences
between the consolidated  financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases
of existing assets and liabilities.  The effect on deferred taxes of a change in
tax rates is  recognized  in income in the period that  includes  the  enactment
date.

NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE
Net income per common  share - basic is computed  by dividing  net income by the
average  number of  outstanding  common  shares.  Net income per common  share -
diluted is computed by dividing net income by the average  number of outstanding
common shares  including the dilutive effect of stock options.  A reconciliation
of  the  numerators  and  denominators  of  the  basic  and  diluted   per-share
computations for net income can be found in Note 7.

STOCK-BASED  COMPENSATION  
Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards ("SFAS") No. 123,  "Accounting for
Stock-Based  Compensation ", establishes accounting and disclosure  requirements
using  a  fair  value-based  method  of  accounting  for  stock-based   employee
compensation plans. As allowed under the provisions of SFAS No. 123, the Company
has  chosen  to  continue  using  the  intrinsic  value-based  method  of option
valuation prescribed in Accounting  Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting
for Stock Issued to  Employees",  and related  Interpretations  (APB No. 25) and
provide pro forma  disclosures (see Note 8) of net income and earnings per share
as if the accounting provisions of SFAS No. 123 had been adopted.

The binomial  option  pricing model was used by the Company to calculate  option
values pursuant to SFAS No. 123. This model, as well as other currently accepted
option valuation models,  incorporates highly subjective assumptions,  including
future stock price  volatility and expected time until  exercise,  which greatly
affect the calculated values.

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
The Company has  retroactively  adopted SFAS No. 130,  "Reporting  Comprehensive
Income",  which  requires  that an  enterprise  report  and  display,  by  major
components and as a single total, the change in its net assets during the period
from nonowner  sources.  The adoption of this Statement  resulted in a change in
the financial statement presentation but did not have an impact on the Company's
consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

DISCLOSURES ABOUT OPERATING SEGMENTS
On January  1, 1998,  the  Company  adopted  SFAS No.  131,  "Disclosures  About
Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information", which establishes annual and
interim reporting  standards for an enterprise's  operating segments and related
disclosures about its products, services,  geographic areas and major customers.
In applying the "management approach"  established by the Statement,  management
determined that since all of the commercial banking products and services of the
Bank are available in each branch of the Bank,  all branches are located  within
the same economic  environment and management does not allocate  resources based
on the performance of different lending or transaction activities, the financial
disclosures  of this  statement  related to operating  performance of reportable
segments does not apply.

NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
In June 1998,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  issued SFAS No. 133
Accounting  for Derivative  Instruments  and Hedging  Activities.  The statement
establishes  accounting and reporting  standards for derivative  instruments and
hedging activities. The statement is effective for all fiscal quarters of fiscal
years  beginning  after  June  15,  1999.  The  Company  is in  the  process  of
determining the impact of adopting SFAS 133, however, the Company currently does
not  have  any  derivative  instruments  and is  not  involved  in  any  hedging
activities.

RECLASSIFICATIONS
Certain  prior year amounts have been  reclassified  to conform to the financial
statement presentation for the current year. The reclassifications had no impact
on the Bank's results of operations or shareholders' equity.


                     BAY COMMERCIAL SERVICES AND SUBSIDIARY
                                        7


<PAGE>


 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 
 1998, 1997 AND 1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2)  SECURITIES
The amortized cost,  gross unrealized gains (losses) and estimated fair value of
debt securities at December 31, 1998 and 1997 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               1998                                       1997
                            ------------------------------------------   ------------------------------------------- 
                                         Gross      Gross                           Gross      Gross
                            Amortized Unrealized Unrealized Estimated    Amortized Unrealized Unrealized Estimated
(Dollars in thousands)          Cost     Gains      Losses  Fair value     Cost      Gains     Losses     Fair value
                            -------------------------------------------  -------------------------------------------
AVAILABLE FOR SALE:         
<S>                          <C>         <C>        <C>      <C>          <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>    
U.S. Treasury and
   agency securities .....   $ 2,000     $---       $ (6)    $ 1,994      $ 4,000     $ 10      $ (8)     $ 4,002
Corporate securities .....    19,651      ---         (7)     19,644       14,401        1        (1)      14,401
Mortgage-backed securities    10,318       91        (14)     10,395        6,262        8       (22)       6,248
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total ..................   $31,969     $ 91       $(27)    $32,033      $24,663     $ 19      $(31)     $24,651
====================================================================================================================

HELD TO MATURITY:
U.S. Treasury and
   agency securities .....   $  ---      $---       $---     $   ---      $ 3,197     $  5      $ (1)     $ 3,201
Obligations of states and
    political subdivisions     6,123      244        ---       6,367        4,661      120       ---        4,781
Mortgage-backed securities     1,386      ---         (5)      1,381           71        4       ---           75
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total ..................   $ 7,509     $244       $ (5)    $ 7,748      $ 7,929     $129      $ (1)     $ 8,057
====================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
                                       
Securities with a carrying amount of $19,826,000 and $11,074,000 at December 31,
1998 and  1997,  respectively,  were  pledged  to  secure  public  deposits  and
securities  sold  under  agreements  to  repurchase  and for other  purposes  as
required by law or contract.

The amortized cost and estimated  fair value of debt  securities at December 31,
1998, by contractual maturity,  are shown below. Expected maturities will differ
from  contractual  maturities  because  borrowers  may have the right to call or
prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               MATURING
                           ----------------------------------------------
AMORTIZED COST                           After One  After Five
(Dollars in thousands)     In One Year    Through    Through     After
                             or Less    Five Years  Ten Years  Ten Years          Total
                           ----------------------------------------------        -------
AVAILABLE FOR SALE:
<S>                          <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>    
U.S.Treasury and
  agency .................   $   ---      $2,000      $  ---      $---           $ 2,000
Corporate securities .....    19,651         ---         ---       ---            19,651
Mortgage-backed securities        64       5,680       4,574       ---            10,318
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total amortized cost ...   $19,715      $7,680      $4,574       ---           $31,969
  Estimated fair value ...   $19,708      $7,693      $4,632      $---           $32,033
========================================================================================
                                                                          
HELD TO MATURITY:
Obligations of states and    
  political subdivisions     $   519      $1,307      $2,208      $2,089         $ 6,123
Mortgage-backed securities       ---       1,386         ---         ---           1,386
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total amortized cost       $   519      $2,693      $2,208      $2,089         $ 7,509
  Estimated fair value       $   530      $2,738      $2,306      $2,174         $ 7,748
========================================================================================
</TABLE>

Following  is a  schedule  of gains  (losses)  realized  on sales of  securities
available for sale for the years ended December 31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in thousands)   1998   1997   1996
- -----------------------------------
<S>              <C>    <C>    <C> 
Gains ........   $---   $---   $---
Losses .......    --     (3)    (3)
- -----------------------------------
Net losses ...   $---   $(3)   $(3)
===================================
</TABLE>

                     BAY COMMERCIAL SERVICES AND SUBSIDIARY
                                        8


<PAGE>

 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 
 1998, 1997 AND 1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(3) LOANS AND  ALLOWANCE  FOR LOAN LOSSES 
Loans at December 31 consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in thousands):                1998        1997
- -----------------------------------------------
<S>                        <C>         <C>     
Commercial .............   $ 24,250    $ 18,980
Commercial held for sale        473         721
Real Estate:
  Construction .........     16,049       7,436
  Mortgage .............     43,815      41,181
  Held for sale ........        466         780
  Equity ...............      5,297       2,718
Installment ............      2,299       1,895
Other ..................        979         947
- -----------------------------------------------
                             93,628      74,658
Deferred loan fees .....       (499)       (529)
- -----------------------------------------------
                           $ 93,129    $ 74,129
================================================
</TABLE>

Loans on which the accrual of interest had been discontinued amounted to $30,000
at  December  31,  1998 and  $440,000  at  December  31,  1997.  Once  placed on
nonaccrual,  no interest was  recognized  on such loans and, if interest on such
loans had been  accrued,  it would have  amounted  to  approximately  $2,000 and
$39,000 for 1998 and 1997,  respectively.  As of December 31, 1998 and 1997, the
Company had $469,000 and  $476,000,  respectively,  in  restructured  loans.  At
December  31,  1998,  there  were no  commitments  to lend  additional  funds to
borrowers whose loans were restructured or classified as nonaccrual.

Of total  nonperforming  loans of $499,000 and $911,000 at December 31, 1998 and
1997,  respectively,  $27,000 and $231,000 were guaranteed by the Small Business
Administration  ("SBA") and, therefore,  not considered impaired. As of December
31,  1998 and  1997,  the  Company  had  approximately  $472,000  and  $680,000,
respectively,  of loans  considered  to be impaired.  Evaluation of the impaired
loans in 1998 applied the collateral  method to $469,000 while the remainder was
evaluated  using  discounted  cashflow  analysis.  This  evaluation  required an
allowance for loan losses of $70,000 in 1998.  Evaluation of the impaired  loans
in 1997  applied the  collateral  method to  $209,000  while the  remainder  was
evaluated  using  discounted  cashflow  analysis.  This  evaluation  required an
allowance  for loan  losses  of  $164,000  in 1997  related  to  loans  totaling
$635,000.  For the remaining  1997 balance of impaired  loans,  no allowance for
loan losses was required as collateral  values  equaled or exceeded the recorded
investments in the loans.

The  average  recorded  investment  in  impaired  loans was  $732,000  for 1998,
$879,000 for 1997 and $190,000 for 1996.  Interest income recognized on impaired
loans amounted to $56,000 in 1998, $57,000 in 1997 and $12,000 in 1996. Interest
income is only recognized on restructured  loans which are performing  under the
restructured terms.  Interest income is recognized on nonaccrual loans only when
principal has been fully recovered or the loan has returned to accrual status.

Certain  directors and executive  officers of the Company,  certain  entities to
which they are related and certain of their  relatives are loan customers of the
Bank.  Such loans,  all of which were made in the ordinary course of business on
normal credit terms, including interest rate and collateralization, consisted of
the following at December 31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in thousands):        1998     1997
- ------------------------------------
<S>                 <C>        <C>  
Beginning balance   $    53    $ 178
Advance .........     1,351       31
Payments ........      (184)     (40)
Other ...........       ---     (116)
- ------------------------------------
Ending balance ..   $ 1,220    $  53
====================================
</TABLE>

At December 31, 1998,  these loans were real estate  loans,  revolving  lines of
credit or credit  card  lines  with  credit  limits in the  aggregate  amount of
$1,312,000.  At December  31, 1997 these loans were  revolving  lines of credit,
installment  loans or credit  card lines  with  credit  limits in the  aggregate
amount of $99,000.  Additionally,  at December 31, 1998 and 1997,  there were no
loans related to these parties which were nonperforming.

Following is a schedule of the activity in the allowance for loan losses for the
years ended December 31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(in thousands):                   1998       1997     1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------
<S>                            <C>        <C>        <C>  
Balance, beginning of year     $ 1,000    $   971    $ 982
Loans charged off ..........      (172)       (31)     (35)
Recoveries on loans
  charged off ..............        18          8       24
- -----------------------------------------------------------                                             
Net chargeoffs .............      (154)       (23)     (11)
Provision charged to expense       134         52      ---
 ----------------------------------------------------------                                                
Balance, end of year .......   $   980    $ 1,000    $ 971
=========================================================== 
</TABLE>
                                                   
In  certain  circumstances,  the  Company  sells a portion of its SBA loans with
servicing retained.  The amount of SBA loans serviced for others at December 31,
1998 and 1997 was approximately $11,058,000 and $14,797,000, respectively.

(4)  PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
Premises and equipment at December 31 consist of:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in thousands):                  1998     1997
- -------------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>      <C>   
Land ..................           $  354   $  354
Premises ..............            1,167    1,164
Furniture and equipment            2,227    2,135
Leasehold improvements             1,318    1,318
- -------------------------------------------------
                                   5,066    4,971
- -------------------------------------------------
Less accumulated           
  depreciation and amortization   (3,117)  (2,860)
- -------------------------------------------------
                                  $1,949  $ 2,111
=================================================
</TABLE>

                     BAY COMMERCIAL SERVICES AND SUBSIDIARY
                                        9
<PAGE>


NOTES TO  CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  FOR YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
1998, 1997 AND 1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PREMISES AND  EQUIPMENT,  CONTINUED 
The Company leases certain premises under non-cancelable operating leases.
Future minimum rental payments as of December 31, 1998 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    Amount
     Year                    (in thousands)
     -------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C> 
     1999                             $252
     2000                              254
     2001                              243
     2002                              163
     2003                              163
    Thereafter                         344
    --------------------------------------      
    Total minimum payments required $1,419
    ======================================
</TABLE>

Rent  expense  was  $250,000,  $269,000  and  $202,000  in 1998,  1997 and 1996,
respectively.

(5) INCOME  TAXES  
Components  of income tax  expense  for the years  ended
December 31 were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in thousands):                   1998     1997     1996
- --------------------------------------------------------
Taxes currently payable:
<S>                              <C>      <C>      <C>  
   Federal ...................   $ 571    $ 471    $ 470
   State .....................     158      148      184
- --------------------------------------------------------
      Total currently payable      729      619      654
- --------------------------------------------------------                                              
Deferred taxes:
   Federal ...................     (67)     (13)      35
   State .....................      (5)     (18)      (9)
- --------------------------------------------------------                                                   
      Total deferred taxes ...     (72)     (31)      26
- --------------------------------------------------------                                                 
Total income tax expense .....   $ 657    $ 588    $ 680
========================================================
</TABLE>

     Cumulative  deferred  income tax assets and liabilities at December 31 were
as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in thousands):                        1998     1997
- ----------------------------------------------------
Deferred tax assets:
<S>                                   <C>      <C>  
  State franchise tax .............   $  51    $  43
  Provision for loan losses .......     195      135
  Nonaccrual interest .............       3        7
  Unrealized loss on securities
    available for sale ............     ---        5
- ----------------------------------------------------
    Total deferred tax assets .....     249      190
- ----------------------------------------------------
Deferred tax liabilities:
   Differences in tax and
     book depreciation ............    (120)    (148)
   Federal Home Loan Bank dividends      (4)     ---
   Unrealized gain on securities
      available for sale ..........     (25)     ---
   Other ..........................     (43)     (27)
- ----------------------------------------------------
    Total deferred tax liabilities     (192)    (175)
- ----------------------------------------------------
Net deferred tax assets ...........   $  57    $  15
====================================================
</TABLE>

The Company  believes  that it is more likely than not that it will  realize the
above  deferred  tax  assets in future  periods  and,  therefore,  no  valuation
allowance has been provided against its deferred tax assets.

The  effective  tax rate as a  percentage  of income  before  income tax expense
differs from the statutory federal income tax rate as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    1998     1997     1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------
Statutory federal
<S>                                 <C>      <C>      <C>  
  income tax rate .............     35.0%    35.0%    35.0%
Increase (decrease)
  resulting from:
  Tax exempt income
    on municipal securities ...     (4.5)    (3.7)    (2.9)
  State franchise taxes, net of
    federal income tax benefit       5.4      5.2      6.5
  Other .......................     (0.8)    (0.8)     ---
- -----------------------------------------------------------
    Effective tax rate ........     35.1%    35.7%    38.6%
===========================================================
</TABLE>

(6)  DEPOSITS
The  aggregate  amount of  certificates  of deposit of $100,000 or more was
approximately $21,611,000 and $12,834,000 at December 31, 1998 and 1997,
respectively.

At December 31, 1998, the scheduled  maturities of all  certificates  of deposit
were as follows:
            
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 Amount
            Year          (in thousands)
            ---------------------------
<S>                             <C>    
            1999                $31,975
            2000                    783
            2001                    124
            2002                    809
            2003 and thereafter     602
            ---------------------------
            Total               $34,293
            ===========================
</TABLE>

(7) EARNINGS PER SHARE
The following is a  reconciliation  of numerators and  denominators of the basic
and diluted EPS computations.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
(Dollars in thousands
except per share amounts):          1998         1997         1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
BASIC EPS COMPUTATION:
<S>                           <C>          <C>          <C>
Net income available
  to shareholders .........   $    1,215   $    1,062   $    1,083
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
Weighted average
  common shares outstanding    1,080,362    1,076,774    1,076,720
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
NET INCOME PER
  COMMON SHARE - BASIC ....   $     1.12   $     0.99   $     1.01
==================================================================
</TABLE>


                     BAY COMMERCIAL SERVICES AND SUBSIDIARY
                                       10

<PAGE>


 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 
 1998, 1997 AND 1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
EARNINGS PER SHARE, CONTINUED
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
(Dollars in thousands
except per share amounts):          1998         1997         1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
DILUTED EPS COMPUTATION:
<S>                           <C>          <C>          <C>    
Net income available
  to shareholders .........   $    1,215   $    1,062   $    1,083
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
Weighted average
  common shares outstanding    1,080,362    1,076,774    1,076,720
Dilutive effect of
    stock options .........      196,828      180,906      140,515
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
Weighted average
    common shares - diluted    1,277,190    1,257,680    1,217,235
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
NET INCOME PER
  COMMON SHARE - DILUTED ..   $     0.95   $     0.84   $     0.89
==================================================================
</TABLE>

(8) STOCK  OPTION  PLANS
Under the Company's  stock option plans,  up to 303,186  shares of the Company's
common  stock  were  reserved  for the  exercise  of stock  options  granted  to
directors,  officers  and key  employees.  Under the plans,  options  may not be
granted at a price less than the fair market value at the date of the grant, may
be  exercised  over a ten-year  term and vest ratably over periods of up to five
years from the date of the grant.  Options for the  purchase  of 262,551  shares
were  exercisable  at a weighted  average  price of $4.95 at December  31, 1998.
Options  for  the   purchase   of  251,686   shares   were   exercisable   at  a
weighted-average  exercise  price of $4.95 as of December 31, 1997.  Options for
the purchase of 228,571 shares were  exercisable at a weighted  average price of
$4.96 as of December 31, 1996.  There were no shares  available  for grant as of
December 31, 1998.  There were 7,185 shares  available  for grant as of December
31, 1997 and 1996.
The following is a summary of changes in options outstanding:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       Weighted
                                                        Average
                                            Shares        Price
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                        <C>          <C>    
Outstanding at January 1, 1996 and 1997    294,266       $ 4.99
Options exercised .....................     (2,000)        4.61
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding at December 31, 1997 ......    292,266       $ 5.00
Options granted .......................      8,500        16.00
                                                   
Options forfeited .....................     (1,315)        5.12
                                                  
Options exercised .....................     (6,950)        5.02
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding at December 31, 1998           292,501       $ 5.31
===============================================================
</TABLE>

SFAS NO. 123 PRO FORMA DISCLOSURES
The Company applies the intrinsic value-based method in APB No. 25 in accounting
for its stock options granted.  Under the intrinsic value method no compensation
cost has been recognized for its stock option grants. The proforma  presentation
applies only to stock options granted in 1995 and later. Had  compensation  cost
been determined for options granted since 1995 consistent with SFAS No. 123, the
Company's  net income and  earnings per share would have been changed to the pro
forma amounts indicated below for the years ended December 31,:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in thousands, except per share amounts):   1998       1997       1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income:                               
<S>                                        <C>        <C>        <C>   
  As reported ........................     $1,215   $1,062       $1,083
  Pro forma ..........................     $1,206   $1,049       $1,070
                                                              
Net income per common share - basic:                          
  As reported ........................      $1.12    $0.99        $1.01
  Pro forma ..........................      $1.12    $0.97        $0.99
                                                              
Net income per common share - diluted:                        
  As reported ........................      $0.95    $0.84        $0.89
  Pro forma ..........................      $0.94    $0.83        $0.88
</TABLE>                                  
                                                             
The  Company  granted  stock  options  in 1998 and 1995.  The fair  value of the
options  granted  during 1998 and 1995 was  estimated  as $23,000  and  $65,000,
respectively on the date of the grant using a binomial option-pricing model with
the  following  assumptions:  $0.30 annual  dividend,  volatility of 8% and 40%,
risk-free interest rate of 4.63% and 6.00%, assumed forfeiture rate of zero, and
an expected life of 10 years.  The weighted  average per share fair value of the
1998 and 1995 awards was $2.70 and $3.45.  The impact of  outstanding  nonvested
stock  options  granted  prior  to 1995  has been  excluded  from the pro  forma
calculations; accordingly, the 1998, 1997 and 1996 pro forma adjustments are not
indicative of future pro forma  adjustments  when the calculation  will apply to
all applicable stock options.

The following table summarizes information about fixed stock options outstanding
at December 31, 1998:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           OUTSTANDING                       EXERCISABLE
- --------------------------------------  ---------------------
             Weighted                                Weighted
             Average                                  Average
 Number of  Remaining    Range of         Number     Exercise
   Options    Years   Exercise Prices   of Options     Price
- --------------------------------------  ---------------------
<S>           <C>      <C>                <C>          <C>  
  266,866     4.6      $4.25-$5.625       252,701      $4.84
   17,135     6.8         $7.875            9,850      $7.875
    8,500     9.8        $16.00               ---         ---
- -------------------------------------------------------------
  292,501     4.8      $4.25-$16.00       262,551      $4.95
=============================================================
</TABLE>

(9)  EMPLOYEE  STOCK  OWNERSHIP  PLAN  
All  employees  of the  Company  who have  satisfied  age and  length of service
requirements  are eligible to participate  in an employee  stock  ownership plan
("ESOP"). Contributions by the Company were $60,000 in 1998, $54,000 in 1997 and
$57,000 in 1996.

(10) EMPLOYEE  SAVINGS PLAN 
The Company  sponsors  an  employee  savings  plan under  Section  401(k) of the
Internal Revenue Code. This plan covers  substantially all full-time  employees.
The  plan  provides  for  employer  matching  contributions  at 50% of  employee
contributions,  not to  exceed  2.5%  of  eligible  employee  compensation.  The
Company's expense was $48,000 for 1998, $41,000 for 1997 and $41,000 for 1996.

                     BAY COMMERCIAL SERVICES AND SUBSIDIARY
                                       11


<PAGE>


 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 
 1998, 1997 AND 1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(11)  OTHER EXPENSES
Components  of other  expenses  which  exceed one percent of total  income in at
least one of the years  presented  are shown below for the years ended  December
31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in thousands) ........................................     1998     1997     1996
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other expenses:
<S>                                                       <C>      <C>      <C>   
  Data processing .....................................   $  352   $  317   $  287
  Bankcard ............................................      352      243      202
  Directors' fees and expenses ........................      158      154      139
  Professional services ...............................      127      111      226
  Other ...............................................      747      681      665
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          $1,736   $1,506   $1,519
==================================================================================
</TABLE>

(12) PENDING  LITIGATION  
The Company and the Bank are involved in various legal proceedings.  Management,
after reviewing  these  proceedings  with legal counsel,  believes the aggregate
liability,  if any,  will  not  materially  affect  the  Company's  consolidated
financial position or results of operations.

(13) FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE-SHEET RISK 
The Company is a party to  financial  instruments  with  off-balance-sheet  risk
which occur in the normal course of business to meet the financing  needs of its
customers.  These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and
standby  letters of  credit.  Those  instruments  involve,  to varying  degrees,
elements of credit risk in excess of the amount  recognized in the  consolidated
balance sheet. The contract amounts of those  instruments  reflect the extent of
involvement the Company has in particular classes of financial instruments.

The Company's commitments to extend credit totaled approximately $41,576,000 and
$29,749,000  at December  31,  1998 and 1997,  respectively.  Commitments  under
standby  letters of credit  approximated  $355,000  and $172,000 at December 31,
1998 and 1997,  respectively.  Commitments  under the Bank's credit card program
approximated   $1,202,000   and   $872,000  at  December   31,  1998  and  1997,
respectively.  No  significant  losses  are  anticipated  as a  result  of these
commitments.  Most  of the  outstanding  commitments  to  extend  credit  are at
variable rates tied to the Bank's reference rate.

The  Company's  exposure  to credit loss in the event of  nonperformance  by the
other party to the financial  instrument  for  commitments  to extend credit and
standby letters of credit issued is the contractual amount of those instruments.
The Company uses the same credit policies in making  commitments and conditional
obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet  financial instruments.  The Company
controls the credit risk of the off-balance-sheet  financial instruments through
the normal credit  approval and monitoring  process.  Unless noted,  the Company
does not necessarily  require  collateral or other security to support financial
instruments with credit risk.

Commitments  to extend  credit are  agreements  to lend to a customer as long as
there is no violation of any condition established in the contract.  Commitments
generally  have fixed  expiration  dates or other  termination  clauses  and may
require  payment of a fee. Since many of the  commitments are expected to expire
without  being  drawn  upon,  the total  commitment  amounts do not  necessarily
represent  future cash  requirements.  The  Company  evaluates  each  customer's
credit-worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if
deemed  necessary  by  the  Company  upon  extension  of  credit,  is  based  on
management's  credit evaluation of the customer.  Collateral held varies but may
include  accounts  receivable,  inventory,  property,  plant and equipment,  and
income-producing commercial properties.

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments, the majority of which are
for one year or less,  issued by the Company to guarantee the  performance  of a
customer to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit
is  essentially  the same as that  involved  in  extending  loan  facilities  to
customers.

(14)  REGULATORY MATTERS
The Bank is subject to  certain  restrictions  under the  Federal  Reserve  Act,
including restrictions on extensions of credit to its affiliates. In particular,
the  Company is  prohibited  from  borrowing  from the Bank unless the loans are
secured by specified  obligations.  Such secured loans and other advances by the
Bank to affiliates of the Bank are limited in amount to 10 percent of the Bank's
capital  and  surplus on a per  affiliate  basis and to 20 percent of the Bank's
capital and surplus on an aggregate  affiliate  basis. At December 31, 1998, the
Bank had no loans outstanding to the Company.

Federal Reserve Board  regulations  require  reserve  balances on deposits to be
maintained by the Bank with the Federal  Reserve Bank of San Francisco  ("FRB").
The average required reserve balance was  approximately  $9,000 during 1998. Due
to the Bank's  cash  balances  during  1997,  no  balances  were  required to be
maintained at the FRB.

Bank  dividends  are  regulated by various  government  entities,  including the
Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation  (FDIC) and the California  Department of
Financial  Institutions.  In  addition,  California  law  limits  the  amount of
dividends  the  Bank  may  pay,   without  prior   approval  of  the  California
Commissioner of Financial  Institutions,  to the lesser of the retained earnings
of the Bank or the net income of the Bank for its last three fiscal years,  less
any  distributions  during such  period.  At  December  31,  1998,  the Bank has
approximately $2,118,000 available for payment of dividends, which payment would
not require the prior  approval of the  Commissioner  of Financial  Institutions
under this limitation.

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital  requirements
administered  by the federal banking  agencies.  Failure to meet minimum capital
requirements   can  initiate   certain   mandatory,   and  possibly   additional
discretionary,  actions by regulators  that, if undertaken,  could have a direct
material effect on the financial  statements of the Company and the Bank.  Under
capital adequacy  guidelines and the regulatory  framework for prompt corrective
action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines

                     BAY COMMERCIAL SERVICES AND SUBSIDIARY
                                       12


<PAGE>


 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 
 1998, 1997 AND 1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REGULATORY MATTERS, CONTINUED
that  involve  quantitative  measures  of the Bank's  assets,  liabilities,  and
certain  off-balance-sheet  items  as  calculated  under  regulatory  accounting
practices.  The capital amounts and  classification  of the Company and the Bank
are also subject to qualitative  judgments by the regulators  about  components,
risk weightings, and other factors.

Quantitative  measures  established  by  regulation to ensure  capital  adequacy
require the Company  and the Bank to  maintain  minimum  amounts and ratios (set
forth in the  tables  below)  of total  and Tier 1 capital  (as  defined  in the
regulations)  to  risk-weighted  assets (as defined),  and of Tier 1 capital (as
defined) to average assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31,
1998,  that the Company and the Bank met all capital  adequacy  requirements  to
which they are subject.

As of December 31, 1998 and 1997, the most recent  notification from the Federal
Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  ("FDIC")  categorized  the Bank as  "adequately
capitalized"  and  "well  capitalized",   respectively,   under  the  regulatory
framework for prompt corrective action.  Under this framework,  the Bank's total
capital  level at December  31, 1998 does not allow the Bank to accept  brokered
deposits or high rate deposits  without  prior  approval from the FDIC while the
bank is considered adequately capitalized. At December 31, 1998, the Bank had no
brokered deposits or high rate deposits. There are no conditions or events since
that notification that management believes have changed the Bank's category.

The actual  capital  amounts and ratios for the Company and the Bank at December
31, 1998 and 1997 are presented in the following tables:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            RISK-BASED CAPITAL RATIOS
December 31, 1998                          Company              Bank
(dollars in thousands):                Amount    Ratio     Amount    Ratio
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>         <C>     <C>         <C> 
Tier 1 capital (actual) ...........   $11,277     9.0%    $10,837     8.7%
Tier 1 capital for capital adequacy                      
  purposes ........................   $ 4,993     4.0%    $ 4,988     4.0%
                                                         
Tier 1 capital to be adequately                          
  capitalized under prompt                               
  corrective action provisions ....       N/A     N/A     $ 4,988     4.0%
                                                         
                                                         
Total capital (actual) ............   $12,257     9.8%    $11,817     9.5%
Total capital for capital adequacy                       
  purposes ........................   $ 9,985     8.0%    $ 9,976     8.0%
                                                         
Total capital to be adequately                         
  capitalized under prompt
  corrective action provisions            N/A     N/A     $ 9,976    8.0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Risk-weighted assets                       $124,814            $124,698
==========================================================================
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                              TIER 1 LEVERAGE RATIOS
December 31, 1998                          Company              Bank
 (dollars in thousands):               Amount    Ratio     Amount    Ratio
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>         <C>     <C>         <C> 
Tier 1 capital (actual) ...........   $11,277     8.2%    $10,837     7.9%
Tier 1 capital for capital adequacy                      
  purposes ........................   $ 5,525     4.0%    $ 5,521     4.0%
Tier 1 capital to be adequately                        
  capitalized under prompt
  corrective action provisions ....       N/A     N/A     $ 5,521     4.0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Average assets for fourth quarter          $138,129            $138,013
==========================================================================
</TABLE>

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                            RISK-BASED CAPITAL RATIOS
December 31, 1997                          Company               Bank
 (dollars in thousands):               Amount    Ratio     Amount    Ratio
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>  
Tier 1 capital (actual) ............. $10,069    10.7%    $10,214    10.9%
Tier 1 capital for capital adequacy                      
  purposes .......................... $ 3,763     4.0%    $ 3,758     4.0%
                                                       
Tier 1 capital to be well capitalized
  under prompt corrective
  action provisions .................     N/A     N/A     $ 5,637     6.0%


Total capital (actual) .............. $11,069    11.8%    $11,214    11.9%
Total capital for capital adequacy
  purposes .......................... $ 7,526     8.0%    $ 7,516     8.0%

Total capital to be well capitalized
  under prompt corrective
  action provisions .................     N/A     N/A     $ 9,395    10.0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Risk-weighted assets                        $94,071             $93,947
==========================================================================
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              TIER 1 LEVERAGE RATIOS
December 31, 1997                          Company              Bank
(dollars in thousands):                Amount    Ratio     Amount    Ratio
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>         <C>     <C>         <C> 
Tier 1 capital (actual) ............  $10,069     8.7%    $10,214     8.8%
Tier 1 capital for capital adequacy                       
  purposes .........................  $ 4,634     4.0%    $ 4,629     4.0%
Total capital to be well capitalized                   
  under prompt corrective
   action provisions ...............      N/A     N/A     $ 5,787     5.0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Average assets for fourth quarter          $115,855            $115,730
==========================================================================
</TABLE>

                     BAY COMMERCIAL SERVICES AND SUBSIDIARY
                                       13

<PAGE>


 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 
 1998, 1997 AND 1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(15)  PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The Condensed Balance Sheets, Income Statements and Statements of Cash Flows for
Bay Commercial Services (Parent Company only) are presented below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31 (in thousands): ....................      1998      1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSETS 
<S>                                                <C>       <C>    
Cash............................................   $   283   $    38
Investment in Bay Bank of Commerce .............    10,955    10,318
Premises, net ..................................       112       121
Other assets ...................................        61        31
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
  TOTAL ASSETS .................................   $11,411   $10,508
====================================================================

LIABILITIES AND
   SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Borrowed funds and other liabilities ...........   $    16   $   335
Shareholders' equity ...........................    11,395    10,173
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
  TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY ...   $11,411   $10,508
====================================================================
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               CONDENSED INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME STATEMENTS

Years ended December 31 (in thousands): ....      1998       1997       1996
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                            <C>        <C>        <C>    
Cash dividends from
  Bay Bank of Commerce .....................   $   675    $   365    $   325
Other income ...............................        24         24         24
Other expenses .............................       (65)       (63)       (67)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income before equity in
  undistributed income of subsidiary .......       634        326        282
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiary       581        736        801
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income .................................   $ 1,215    $ 1,062    $ 1,083
Other comprehensive income--net of tax .....        46          8       (109)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME .................   $ 1,261    $ 1,070    $   974
============================================================================
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Years ended December 31 (in thousands): ....      1998       1997       1996
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                            <C>        <C>        <C>  
Net income .................................   $ 1,215    $ 1,062    $ 1,083
Adjustments to reconcile net income to
  net cash provided by operating activities:
     Equity in undistributed income of
        subsidiary .........................      (581)      (736)      (801)
     Depreciation ..........................         9         10         10
     Change in other assets ................       (30)       (29)        30
     Change in borrowed funds and other
        liabilities ........................         5       (105)       101
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash provided by operating activities ..       618        202        423
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash flows from financing activities:
    Exercise of stock options ..............        35          9        ---
    Repurchase and retirement of
       common stock ........................       (84)       ---        ---
    Dividends paid .........................      (324)      (323)      (323)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash used in financing  activities .....      (373)      (314)      (323)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net change in cash .........................       245       (112)       100
Cash at beginning of year ..................        38        150         50
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
CASH AT END OF YEAR ........................   $   283    $    38    $   150
============================================================================
Noncash financing activities during the year:
Dividend payable                                   ---       $324       $323
</TABLE>

(16)  DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The estimated fair value amounts have been  determined  using  available  market
information  and  appropriate  valuation  methodologies.  However,  considerable
judgment is required to interpret  market data to develop the  estimates of fair
value.   Accordingly,   the  estimates  presented  herein  are  not  necessarily
indicative  of the  amounts  the  Company  could  realize  in a  current  market
exchange.   The  use  of  different   market   assumptions   and/or   estimation
methodologies  may have a material  effect on the estimated  fair value amounts.
Fair  value has not been  adjusted  to  reflect  changes  in  market  conditions
subsequent to December 31, 1998 and,  therefore,  estimates are not  necessarily
indicative of amounts which could be realized in a current transaction.

The following methods and assumptions were used as of December 31, 1998 and 1997
to estimate the fair value for financial instruments.

Cash and cash  equivalents:  The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheets
for cash and cash equivalents are reasonable estimates of fair value.

Securities  available for sale and securities held to maturity:  Fair values are
based on quoted market prices.

Loans held for sale: As this category includes only fully funded loans partially
guaranteed  by SBA,  fair value was based on quoted  market prices of comparable
SBA loans.

Loans:  Fair values are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial
characteristics.  For  variable  rate  loans and  other  loans  with  short-term
characteristics,  carrying  value  approximates  fair  value.  The fair value of
certain  1-4  family  residential  loans was based on quoted  market  prices for
securities  backed by similar loans.  For other loans,  the adjusted fair market
values were calculated by discounting  scheduled future cash flows using current
interest  rates offered on loans with similar terms and by netting the allocated
allowance for loan losses to reflect the estimated  loan losses  inherent in the
portfolio. For credit card loans, carrying value approximates fair market value;
there is no  allocated  credit  reserve  since  these loans are charged off upon
becoming  90 days past due and no value has been added  related to the  customer
relationship.

Deposit  liabilities,  securities sold under  agreements to repurchase and other
borrowings.  The  fair  value  of  deposits  with no  stated  maturity,  such as
noninterest-bearing demand, savings and interest-bearing demand, is equal to the
amount payable on demand as of December 31, 1998. The fair value of certificates
of deposit,  securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other borrowings
are based on the discounted  value of contractual  cash flows,  calculated using
the discount rates that equaled the interest rates offered at the valuation date
for instruments of similar remaining maturities.

                     BAY COMMERCIAL SERVICES AND SUBSIDIARY
                                       14
<PAGE>


 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 
 1998, 1997 AND 1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments, continued
The following is a summary of the carrying  amounts and estimated fair values of
the Company's financial assets and liabilities at December 31, 1998 and 1997.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------
DECEMBER 31, 1998                 CARRYING  ESTIMATED
(in thousands):                     VALUE  FAIR VALUE
- ------------------------------------------------------
Financial assets:
<S>                               <C>        <C>     
  Cash and cash equivalents ...   $  9,077   $  9,077
  Securities available for sale     32,033     32,033
  Securities held to maturity .      7,509      7,748
  Loans held for sale, net of
    allowance for loan losses .        939        983
  Loans, net of allowance for
    loan losses ...............     92,648     93,154
Financial liabilities:
  Deposits ....................    123,395    123,405
  Securities sold under
    agreements to repurchase ..      1,344      1,344
  Other borrowing .............      7,000      7,000

- ------------------------------------------------------
DECEMBER 31, 1997 .............   CARRYING   ESTIMATED
(in thousands): ...............     VALUE   FAIR VALUE
- ------------------------------------------------------
Financial assets:
Cash and cash equivalents .....   $  7,548   $  7,548
  Securities available for sale     24,651     24,651
  Securities held to maturity .      7,929      8,057
  Loans held for sale, net of
    allowance for loan losses .      1,499      1,594
  Loans, net of allowance for
    loan losses ...............     72,914     72,829
Financial liabilities:
  Deposits ....................    101,135    101,210
  Securities sold under
    agreements to repurchase ..      1,290      1,290
  Other borrowing .............      2,500      2,500
</TABLE>

At December 31, 1998 and 1997, the Company had  outstanding  standby  letters of
credit and  commitments  to extend credit.  These  off-balance-sheet  financial
instruments are generally  exercisable at the market rate prevailing at the date
the underlying transaction will be completed and, therefore, they were deemed to
have no current fair market value. See Note 13.

Fair value estimates are based on existing  balance sheet financial  instruments
without  attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business and the
value of assets and liabilities that are not considered  financial  instruments.
Significant  assets and liabilities that are not considered  financial assets or
liabilities  include  other  assets and the value of premises  and  equipment at
December 31, 1998.

(17)  SUBSEQUENT  EVENTS:  
On January  6, 1999,  Bay  Commercial  Services  declared a $0.40 per share cash
dividend  payable on February 15, 1999 to shareholders of record at the close of
business on January 29, 1999. The total dividend payable amounted to $478,000.



INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT     


                                                               DELOITTE & TOUCHE
                                                                          (logo)
TO THE SHAREHOLDERS AND DIRECTORS OF
BAY COMMERCIAL SERVICES:

We have audited the accompanying  consolidated  balance sheets of Bay Commercial
Services  and  Subsidiary  as of  December  31,  1998 and 1997,  and the related
consolidated  statements of income,  changes in shareholders'  equity,  and cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended  December 31, 1998.  These
financial  statements are the  responsibility of the Company's  management.  Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  such consolidated  financial  statements present fairly, in all
material  respects,  the  financial  position  of Bay  Commercial  Services  and
Subsidiary as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the results of their operations
and their cash flows for each of the three  years in the period  ended  December
31, 1998 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

San Francisco, California
January 29, 1999

                     BAY COMMERCIAL SERVICES AND SUBSIDIARY
                                       15



<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                  1998     1997
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts):                                                             Compared Compared
Years ended December 31,                                    1998       1997       1996        1995       1994  to 1997  To 1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS:
<S>                                                      <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>      <C>       <C>  
  Interest income ....................................   $10,200     $8,759     $7,826      $7,456     $6,086   $1,441    $ 933
  Interest income on a taxable equivalent basis ......    10,327      8,853      7,904       7,505      6,146    1,474      949
  Interest expense ...................................     3,479      2,956      2,457       2,310      1,766      523      499
  Net interest income ................................     6,721      5,803      5,369       5,146      4,320      918      434
  Net interest income on a taxable equivalent basis ..     6,848      5,897      5,447       5,195      4,380      951      450
  Provision (benefit) for loan losses ................       134         52        ---        (155)      (100)      82       52
  Net interest income after provision (benefit)
     for loan losses .................................     6,587      5,751      5,369       5,301      4,420      836      382
  Noninterest income .................................       941        971      1,080         716      1,076      (30)    (109)
  Noninterest expense ................................     5,656      5,072      4,686       4,472      4,518      584      386
  Income tax expense .................................       657        588        680         600        359       69      (92)
  Net income .........................................     1,215      1,062      1,083         945        619      153      (21)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PER COMMON SHARE:
  Net income per common share - basic ................    $ 1.12      $0.99      $1.01       $0.88      $0.57   $ 0.13   $(0.02)
  Net income per common share - diluted ..............    $ 0.95      $0.84      $0.89       $0.80      $0.56   $ 0.11   $(0.05)
  Book value (year-end) ..............................    $10.54      $9.43      $8.75       $8.14      $7.36   $ 1.11   $ 0.68
  Cash dividends declared ............................       ---      $0.30      $0.30       $0.30      $0.20   $(0.30)     ---
  Weighted average common shares - basic ............. 1,080,362  1,076,774  1,076,720   1,076,720  1,079,985    3,588       54
  Weighted average common shares - diluted ........... 1,277,190  1,257,680  1,217,235   1,174,850  1,105,280   19,510   40,445
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  
BALANCE SHEET AT DECEMBER 31:
  Assets .............................................  $144,202   $116,369    $96,769     $92,819    $89,193  $27,833  $19,600
  Securities held to maturity ........................     7,509      7,929      6,704       7,211     14,823     (420)   1,225
  Securities available for sale ......................    32,033     24,651      9,339      13,199     11,165    7,382   15,312
  Federal funds sold and securities purchased
    under agreements to resell .......................       ---        ---        ---       6,700      2,530      ---      ---
  Total loans ........................................    93,129     74,129     71,362      58,152     51,566   19,000    2,767
  Deposits ...........................................   123,395    101,135     83,291      80,253     79,258   22,260   17,844
  Other borrowed funds ...............................     8,344      3,790      2,804       2,203      1,036    4,554      986
  Shareholders' equity ...............................    11,395     10,173      9,418       8,767      7,946    1,222      755
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

BALANCE SHEET - AVERAGE BALANCES (1):
  Assets .............................................  $126,710   $107,057    $95,063     $91,106    $86,112  $19,653  $11,994
  Securities -  taxable ..............................    23,750     18,396     15,234      20,370     21,368    5,354    3,162
  Securities -  tax exempt ...........................     5,395      3,874      3,165       2,186      2,113    1,521      709
  Federal funds sold and securities purchased
    under agreements to resell .......................     6,438      5,338      4,870       6,469      3,688    1,100      468
  Total loans ........................................    81,354     70,217     63,008      52,830     49,109   11,137    7,209
  Earning assets .....................................   116,674     97,432     86,110      81,652     75,425   19,242   11,322
  Deposits ...........................................   113,462     94,237     82,611      80,262     76,690   19,225   11,626
  Other borrowed funds ...............................     1,478      1,894      2,209       1,313      1,021     (416)    (315)
  Interest-bearing liabilities .......................    82,566     68,387     59,696      57,004     55,238   14,179    8,691
  Shareholders' equity ...............................    10,770      9,920      9,215       8,541      7,846      850      705
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
(1) Excluding unrealized gain(loss) on securities available for sale.

                     BAY COMMERCIAL SERVICES AND SUBSIDIARY
                                     16 

<PAGE>

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The following  discussion  should be read in conjunction  with the  consolidated
financial  statements  and notes  thereto  and  selected  financial  data  found
elsewhere in this Annual Report.

Certain matters  discussed in this Annual Report in Management's  Discussion and
Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of Operations  are  forward-looking
statements that are subject to risks and  uncertainties  that could cause actual
results  to  differ  materially  from  those  projected  in the  forward-looking
statements.  Such risks and uncertainties  include, among others (1) significant
increases in competitive  pressure in the banking  industry;  (2) changes in the
interest  rate  environment  which could reduce  margins;  (3) general  economic
conditions,  either  nationally  or  regionally,  that are less  favorable  than
expected,  resulting in, among other things,  a deterioration in credit quality;
(4) changes in the regulatory  environment;  (5) changes in business  conditions
and inflation; and (6) changes in securities markets. Therefore, the information
set forth in such forward-looking statements should be carefully considered when
evaluating the business prospects of Bay Commercial Services.

OVERVIEW

Net income of Bay  Commercial  Services (the  "Company") in 1998 was  $1,215,000
compared to  $1,062,000 in 1997 and  $1,083,000  in 1996.  Net income per common
share - basic was $1.12, $0.99 and $1.01 for 1998, 1997 and 1996,  respectively.
Net income per common share - diluted was $0.95,  $0.84 and $0.89 for 1998, 1997
and 1996,  respectively.  The return on average assets was 1.0% in 1998 compared
to 1.0%  and  1.1%  in 1997  and  1996,  respectively.  The  return  on  average
shareholders' equity was 11.3% in 1998, 10.7% in 1997 and 11.8% in 1996.

Net income for the year  increased  $153,000  or 14%  compared to 1997 as strong
growth  in net  interest  income  more  than  offset  increases  in  noninterest
expenses,  a larger  provision  for loan losses,  higher  income tax expense and
reduced noninterest income during 1998.

Net interest  income rose $918,000 or 16% in 1998,  the result of $19,242,000 or
20% growth in average  interest-earning  assets  compared  to 1997.  Noninterest
expenses rose  $584,000 or 12% in 1998. A significant  factor in the increase in
noninterest  expenses was a $365,000  increase in salaries and employee benefits
expense,  much  of  which  was  attributable  to the  first  whole  year  with a
fully-staffed  San  Ramon  branch  of Bay Bank of  Commerce  (the  "Bank").  The
remaining balance of the increase was attributable to higher performance bonuses
and normal  annual  salary  increases  in 1998.  The  provision  for loan losses
increased  $82,000 during 1998 principally in response to the strong loan growth
during the year.  Income tax expense  increased  $69,000 or 12% due to increased
taxable income in 1998. Although several sources of noninterest income increased
in 1998, the lack of significant  recoveries of prior years' expenses related to
charged-off  loans  compared  to 1997 as well as a  continuing  decline  in loan
servicing  income resulted in a $30,000 or 3% decrease in noninterest  income in
1998.

The $434,000 or 8% growth in net interest income for 1997 reflected  $11,322,000
or 13% growth in average  interest-earning  assets compared to 1996. The opening
of the San  Ramon  branch  of the  Bank in late  1996  and  subsequent  staffing
increases  throughout 1997 resulted in increased payroll and occupancy expenses,
which were a key factor in the $386,000 or 8% increase in  noninterest  expenses
in 1997. Noninterest income declined by $109,000 or 10% in 1997 primarily due to
reduced  gains on sales of other real estate owned  ("OREO") and reduced gain on
sale of loans  compared to 1996.  The major factor in the $52,000  provision for
loan  losses  during  1997 was the  higher  level of  average  outstanding  loan
balances. No provision was made in 1996.

As a result of continued  strong  deposit  growth during the year,  total assets
increased by  $27,833,000 to  $144,202,000  at December 31, 1998, an increase of
24% over December 31, 1997.  Total deposits grew $22,260,000 or 22% during 1998,
reflecting  growth in all deposit  categories.  Additionally,  other  short-term
borrowing  increased  $4,500,000  compared to December 31,  1997.  The growth in
funding  was  principally  invested  in  a  $19,000,000  increase  in  loans,  a
$6,962,000  increase in  securities  and a $1,529,000  increase in cash and cash
equivalents compared to December 31, 1997.
<PAGE>

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

NET INTEREST INCOME
Net interest income, which is the principal source of the Company's earnings, is
the amount by which  interest  and fees  generated  by  interest-earning  assets
exceed the cost of interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income is affected
by  changes  in  interest  rates  as  well  as the  composition  and  volume  of
interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.

Net interest income of $6,721,000 for 1998 increased $918,000 or 16% compared to
1997. The increase reflected the growth in average  interest-earning assets. The
net   interest   margin,   the  ratio  of  net   interest   income  to   average
interest-earning assets, was 5.76% in 1998 compared to 5.96% in 1997, reflecting
changes in the portfolio  mix of  interest-earning  assets and  interest-bearing
liabilities  and  the  impact  of  declining  market  interest  rates  on  those
portfolios.

Net interest income of $5,803,000 for 1997 increased  $434,000 or 8% compared to
1996.   The  increase   reflected  an  $11,322,000  or  13%  growth  in  average
interest-earning  assets.  The net interest margin was 5.96% in 1997 compared to
6.24% in 1996.

Interest income,  which includes interest and fees generated by interest-earning
assets,  totaled  $10,200,000  in 1998, a $1,441,000  or 16% increase over 1997.
Average  interest-earning assets grew $19,242,000 or 20% in 1998 while the yield
earned on those assets  declined to 8.74%  compared to 8.99%  during 1997.  Loan
growth  strengthened  in  1998,  particularly  in  construction  and  commercial
lending;  average earning loan balances increased $11,267,000 or 16% compared to
1997. Average total securities  increased  $6,875,000 or 31%. The decline in the
yield on  interest-earning  assets  during  1998  was  attributable  to  several
factors. A significant proportion of the

                     BAY COMMERCIAL SERVICES AND SUBSIDIARY
                                       17

<PAGE>


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS, CONTINUED
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NET INTEREST INCOME, CONTINUED
Bank's  assets are interest  rate  sensitive  and the decline in overall  market
interest rates,  primarily during the second half of the year,  caused a decline
in yields  earned.  Throughout  the year,  loan rates  were also under  downward
pressure  due to the  competitive  loan  market in the San  Francisco  Bay Area.
Finally,  although the Bank's loan growth was exceptionally  strong during 1998,
the  increase  in  investment  securities  was  even  greater,  resulting  in an
increased percentage of earning assets invested in lower yielding securities.

Interest  income  totaled  $8,759,000  in 1997, a $933,000 or 12% increase  over
1996. Average  interest-earning assets grew $11,322,000 or 13% in 1997 while the
yield  earned on those assets  declined to 8.99%  compared to 9.09% during 1996.
Although  average  earning loan  balances in 1997 were  $7,006,000 or 11% higher
than 1996,  the higher  average  balance  benefited  from the strong loan growth
during the last two quarters of 1996. Loan growth slowed in 1997 with a year-end
total loan  balance only  $2,767,000  higher than year end 1996.  Average  total
securities  grew  $3,871,000 or 21% in 1997. The reduced yield on earning assets
of 8.99% in 1997 compared to 9.09% in 1996 largely reflected a drop in the yield
on average  earning  loans and in the  proportion of loans in the mix of average
interest-earning assets.

Interest  expense of  $3,479,000  in 1998 rose $523,000 or 18% compared to 1997.
The  increased  expense  reflected  a  $14,179,000  or 21%  increase  in average
interest-bearing   liabilities.  The  rate  paid  for  average  interest-bearing
liabilities  declined  to 4.21% from  4.32% in 1997,  reflecting  lower  overall
market  deposit rates as well as a drop in average time deposits as a percentage
of average interest-bearing liabilities to 56% in 1998 from 59% in 1997. Average
savings and interest-bearing  demand deposits grew $8,983,000 or 35%, benefiting
from the 1998  introduction of a new rate-indexed  money market deposit account.
The average rate paid on savings and interest-bearing  demand deposits also rose
to 3.00%  compared to 2.73% in 1997 as a result of this new variable  rate money
market account,  which was introduced to the Bank's deposit line to compete with
similar products offered by financial institutions in the Bank's trading area.

Interest  expense of  $2,956,000  in 1997 rose $499,000 or 20% compared to 1996.
The higher interest  expense  reflected an $8,691,000 or 15% increase in average
interest-bearing  liabilities  and  an  increase  in the  rate  paid  for  those
liabilities  to 4.32% in 1997 from 4.12% in 1996.  Average  time  deposits  as a
percentage  of average  interest-bearing  liabilities  increased to 59% for 1997
from 54% for 1996.

INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY
Interest rate sensitivity is the relationship  between market interest rates and
net  interest  income  due  to  the  repricing  characteristics  of  assets  and
liabilities.  For  example,  in a  static  gap  analysis,  if more  assets  than
liabilities  repriced in a given period (an asset sensitive position) and market
interest  rates  declined,  net interest  income  could be  adversely  impacted.
Conversely, if interest rates increased, net interest income could be positively
impacted.

<PAGE>

The  following  table  presents the  Company's  interest  rate  sensitivity  gap
position at December 31, 1998.  For any given  period,  the repricing is matched
when an equal amount of assets and liabilities reprice. The repricing of a fixed
rate asset or liability is considered to occur at its  contractual  maturity or,
for those  assets which are held for sale,  within the time period  during which
sale may  reasonably  be expected to be  accomplished.  Floating  rate assets or
liabilities  are  considered  to reprice in the period during which the rate can
contractually  change.  Any excess of either assets or  liabilities  in a period
results in a gap, or  mismatch,  shown in the table.  A positive  gap  indicates
asset sensitivity and a negative gap indicates liability sensitivity.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   INTEREST SENSITIVITY PERIOD
                                          ----------------------------------------------
                                                        Over 3        Over 1
                                          3 months    months to      year to      Over 5
(Dollars in thousands):                    or less      1 year       5 years       years       Total
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest rate sensitive assets:
<S>                                        <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>        <C>       
  Loans (excluding nonaccrual and
    deferred fees) ....................    $62,351      $ 4,942      $12,402     $13,903    $ 93,598
  Securities, excluding FHLB
    stock,  (amortized cost) ..........     19,715          519       10,373       8,871      39,478
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total ...............................    $82,066      $ 5,461      $22,775     $22,774    $133,076
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest rate sensitive liabilities:
  Interest-bearing
    transaction accounts ..............     31,010          ---          ---         ---      31,010
  Savings deposits ....................      6,561          ---          ---         ---       6,561
  Time deposits of
    $100 or more ......................     26,361        5,875          710         ---      32,946
  Other time deposits .................     12,061        5,304        1,608           1      18,974
  Other borrowed funds ................      7,246        1,098          ---         ---       8,344
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total ...............................    $83,239      $12,277      $ 2,318     $     1    $ 97,835
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest rate sensitivity gap .........    $(1,173)     $(6,816)     $20,457     $22,773    $ 35,241
====================================================================================================
Cumulative interest rate
 sensitivity gap ......................   $ (1,173)     $(7,989)    $ 12,468    $ 35,241
====================================================================================================
Cumulative interest rate
 sensitivity gap
  to total assets .....................     (0.8)%       (5.5)%        8.6%       24.4%
====================================================================================================
</TABLE>

     This table  presents a static gap,  which is a position at a point in time.
It does not address the interest rate sensitivity of assets or liabilities which
would be added through  growth,  nor does it anticipate the future interest rate
sensitivity of assets and  liabilities  once they have repriced,  and it assumes
equivalent elasticity of assets and liabilities.

The interest rate sensitivity  analysis at December 31, 1998, indicates that the
Company, on a cumulative basis was liability sensitive in the "3 months or less"
and "Over 3 months to 1 year"  periods and asset  sensitive  over all  remaining
periods.

PROVISION AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
The Bank provides for possible loan losses by a charge to operating income based
upon the composition of the loan portfolio,  past loan loss experience,  current
economic conditions and other factors

                     BAY COMMERCIAL SERVICES AND SUBSIDIARY
                                       18


<PAGE>


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS, CONTINUED
- -----------------------------------------------

PROVISION AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES, CONTINUED
which, in management's judgment,  deserve recognition in estimating loan losses.
Management  will charge off loans when it determines  there has been a permanent
impairment of the related carrying values.

The loan loss reserve is reviewed by management at least  quarterly.  Management
attributes  general reserves to different types of loans using percentages which
are based upon  perceived  risk  associated  with the portfolio  and  underlying
collateral,  historical loss experience,  and vulnerability to changing economic
conditions which may affect the  collectibility of the loans.  Specific reserves
are allocated for impaired loans,  for loans which have experienced a decline in
internal loan grading,  and when  management  believes  additional loss exposure
exists. Although the allowance for loan losses is allocated to various portfolio
segments, it is general in nature and is available for the loan portfolio in its
entirety.  While  management uses available  information to recognize  losses on
loans,  future  additions to the allowance may be necessary  based on changes in
economic conditions.  In addition,  various regulatory agencies,  as an integral
part of their examination  process,  periodically review the Company's allowance
for  losses on loans.  Such  agencies  may  require  the  Company  to  recognize
additions to the allowance  based on their analysis of information  available to
them at the time of their examination.

The Senior Loan Officer  assesses the loan portfolio  monthly to determine which
loans are  specifically  identifiable  problem  credits  in order to update  the
Bank's internal watch list,  which tracks all such credits.  The Bank's internal
Loan Review Examiner  grades all new commercial  loans and all credits where the
total liability equals or exceeds certain thresholds  established by management.
If either the Senior  Loan  Officer or the Loan  Review  Examiner  identifies  a
serious  deficiency,  the loan is  placed  on the  next  quarterly  watch  list.
Management  provides a specific reserve allowance for the effects of the problem
applicable to each watchlisted credit. When management  identifies a generalized
risk not evidenced by a specially  identifiable  loan or portfolio segment as of
the  evaluation  date,  management's  evaluation  of the probable  loss exposure
concerning this condition will be provided for by adjusting the level of general
reserve for this exposure.

The  provision  for loan  losses  reflects  an amount  necessary  to adjust  the
allowance for loan losses to a level which, in management's opinion, is adequate
to  absorb  potential   credit  losses  inherent  in  loans,   outstanding  loan
commitments and standby letters of credit.

As of December 31, 1998, the allowance for loan losses was $980,000  compared to
$1,000,000  at December  31,  1997.  The reduced  allowance  reflected  net loan
charge-offs  of  $154,000  during  the year,  which were  partially  offset by a
$134,000  loan loss  provision in 1998.  The loan loss  provision was $52,000 in
1997.  Although  nonperforming  loans dropped during 1998,  (see  information on
non-performing loans below),  additional credit risk inherent in the strong loan
growth,  particularly in construction  lending,  was reflected in the provision.
The ratio of the  allowance  for loan losses to total loans was 1.1% at December
31,  1998,  and 1.3% at December  31,  1997.  Based upon  information  currently
available,  management  believes  that the allowance for loan losses at December
31, 1998, is adequate to absorb future possible  losses.  However,  no assurance
can be given that the Company may not sustain charge-offs which are in excess of
the size of the allowance in any given period.

At December  31, 1998 and 1997,  the Bank also held  California  Capital  Access
Program ("CalCAP") deposits of $203,000 and $137,000, respectively, which CalCAP
has  pledged to offset any losses on any loans in the Bank's  CalCAP  portfolio.
The Bank had a total of $1,584,000 and $1,460,000 in CalCAP loans as of December
31,  1998  and  1997,  respectively.  CalCAP  is a  program  authorized  by  the
California  Legislature to encourage California  financial  institutions to make
loans to small businesses whose  operations  affect the state's  environment and
which  may  not  meet  the  normal  underwriting   standards  of  the  financial
institution.


<PAGE>

Information  on  nonperforming  loans for the years ended  December 31, 1998 and
1997 is summarized in the following table.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Dollars in thousands):               1998       1997  $ Change   % Change
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>   
Net loan charge-offs ................$(154)    $ (23)    $(131)     569.6%

Ratio of net loan charge-offs
  to average loans .................. (0.2%)     ---

Nonperforming loans at December 31:
  Nonaccrual loans ..................$  30     $ 440     $(410)     (93.2)%
  Accruing loans past due
   90 days or more ..................  ---       ---       ---        ---
  Restructured loans ................  469       471        (2)      (0.4)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total nonperforming loans .......$ 499     $ 911     $(412)     (45.2)%
===========================================================================

Ratio of nonperforming loans         
  to total loans .................... 0.5%       1.2%

Ratio of allowance for loan losses
  to nonperforming loans ...........196.4%     109.8%
</TABLE>

     The  nonaccrual  balance at December 31, 1998  represents one loan of which
$27,000 is guaranteed by the Small Business  Administration  ("SBA"). All of the
nonaccrual loans at December 31, 1997 were SBA loans which were addressed during
1998;  $231,000 was received for the  SBA-guaranteed  portions of several loans,
$163,000 was charged off and $46,000 was paid off. 

Of total  nonperforming  loans at  December  31,  1998 and  1997,  respectively,
$27,000 and $231,000 were guaranteed by the SBA and,  therefore,  not considered
impaired.  At December 31,1998, the collateral method was used in the evaluation
of $469,000 and the remainder was evaluated using discounted cash flow analysis.
At  December  31,1997,  the  collateral  method  was used in the  evaluation  of
$209,000 and  discounted  cash flow analysis was used to evaluate the remainder.
At December 31, 1998 and 1997,  these  evaluations  required the  allocation  of
$70,000 and $164,000 of the respective allowances for loan losses.

                     BAY COMMERCIAL SERVICES AND SUBSIDIARY
                                       19

<PAGE>


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS, CONTINUED
- -----------------------------------------------
OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED
The Bank held no OREO at December 31, 1998 or 1997.  There were no sales of OREO
during 1998 or 1997.  During  1996,  three  properties  which had been  acquired
through foreclosure were sold.

NONINTEREST INCOME
Total noninterest income of $941,000 for 1998 declined $30,000 or 3% compared to
1997.  During 1997,  other  noninterest  income was $58,000 or 77% higher due to
recovery of prior years' expenses  related to charged-off  loans,  which was not
repeated in 1998. Loan servicing  income  declined  $47,000 or 36% as payoffs of
serviced loans  exceeded the addition of new serviced  loans in 1998.  Partially
offsetting the decreases in noninterest income was a $107,000 or 35% increase in
bankcard income,  reflecting  continuing growth in merchant  bankcard  activity.
Gain on sale of loans was $31,000 or 54% higher in 1998,  due to larger sales of
the guaranteed portion of SBA loans.

Total noninterest  income of $971,000 for 1997 declined $109,000 or 10% compared
to  1996.  A  $119,000  gain on sale of OREO in 1996 was not  repeated  in 1997.
Additionally,  a smaller  volume of SBA loan sales during 1997 led to a $117,000
or 67% decrease in gain on sale of loans  compared to 1996.  These  decreases in
noninterest income were partially offset by increases of $70,000 or 52% in other
noninterest income,  principally recoveries during 1997 of prior years' expenses
related to  charged-off  loans,  and  $53,000 or 21% in  bankcard  income due to
growth in merchant sales volume. Loan servicing income declined slightly in 1997
as serviced loan payoffs more than offset servicing added from loan sales.

NONINTEREST EXPENSE
Total  noninterest  expenses of $5,656,000  for 1998  increased  $584,000 or 12%
compared to 1997.  Salaries and employee  benefits showed the largest  increase,
$365,000 or 13%,  much of which was  attributable  to the now fully  staffed San
Ramon branch of the Bank as well as higher performance bonuses and normal annual
salary increases in 1998.  Occupancy  expense declined by $11,000 or 2% compared
to 1997. Other noninterest  expenses  increased $230,000 or 15% during 1998 with
the most significant  increase in merchant bankcard expense,  up $109,000 or 45%
as merchant  bankcard  activity  continues  to grow.  Operating  expenses  which
increased  principally  as a  function  of asset  growth  were  data  processing
expense, up $35,000 or 11%, and "other" expenses, up $66,000 or 10%.

Total  noninterest  expenses of  $5,072,000  for 1997  increased  $386,000 or 8%
compared to 1996.  Salaries and  employee  benefits  increased  $318,000 or 12%,
principally  reflecting the first full year of operations  and continuing  staff
growth at the Bank's San Ramon branch which opened in December  1996.  Occupancy
expense also  reflected new branch  operations  and rose $81,000 or 13% in 1997.
Bankcard  expense  increased  $41,000 or 20% with the 1997  increase in merchant
bankcard activity.  Professional  services fees for 1997 dropped $115,000 or 51%
compared to 1996, reflecting lower legal and accounting fees.

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES
The  provision  for income tax expense was $657,000 in 1998 compared to $588,000
in 1997. The $69,000 or 12% increase  reflected the increase in taxable  income.
The effective  income tax rates were 35.1%,  35.7% and 38.6% for 1998,  1997 and
1996,  respectively.  See  also  Note  5 in  "Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial
Statements".  The Company has reduced the effective  income tax rate in the last
two years through increased investment in nontaxable municipal securities and in
loans to businesses in areas  classified as  "enterprise  zones" by the State of
California.

FINANCIAL CONDITION

Total loans of  $93,129,000  at December 31, 1998  increased  $19,000,000 or 26%
from December 31, 1997. The most  significant  increases were $8,613,000 or 116%
in real estate  construction  loans,  primarily  residential  construction,  and
$5,270,000  or 28% in  commercial  loans,  compared to December 31, 1997.  Total
securities of $39,542,000 at December 31, 1998 increased  $6,962,000 or 21% from
December 31, 1997,  principally due to increased investment in commercial paper,
mortgage-backed  securities  and  municipal  securities,  partially  offset by a
decline in U.S. government agencies securities.

DEPOSITS AND OTHER BORROWED FUNDS
Total deposits of $123,395,000 at December 31, 1998 increased $22,260,000 or 22%
compared to December 31, 1997. The strongest growth was in time  certificates of
deposit of $100,000 and over, which increased $8,777,000 or 68%, and savings and
interest-bearing demand deposits, which increased $8,368,000 or 29%, compared to
December  31,  1997.   Noninterest-bearing   demand   deposits  also  increased,
$4,828,000 or 17% from December 31, 1997 to December 31, 1998.  Other short-term
borrowing  increased  $4,500,000  to  $7,000,000  at  December  31,  1998 due to
year-end deposit fluctuations.


OTHER ASSETS AND OTHER LIABILITIES
Interest and fees receivable of $635,000 at December 31, 1998 increased  $69,000
or 12% from December 31, 1997,  reflecting increased accrued interest receivable
associated  with the strong loan growth in 1998 as well as higher  deferred  tax
assets and  prepaid  expenses  at  year-end  1998.  Interest  payable  and other
liabilities of $1,068,000 at December 31, 1998 declined $203,000 or 16% compared
to  December  31,  1997,  largely due to the 1998  dividend  payment of $324,000
accrued in 1997.

LIQUIDITY
Liquidity  is defined as the ability of the  Company to meet  present and future
obligations  either through the sale or maturity of existing  assets,  or by the
acquisition  of funds  through  liability  management.  The Company  manages its
liquidity to provide  adequate funds to support both the borrowing  needs of its
customers and  fluctuations in deposit flows.  The Company defines liquid assets
to include cash and cash equivalents,  all marketable securities with maturities
of one year or less,  securities  available for sale with maturities  beyond one
year, and loans held for sale, less any reserve requirements

                     BAY COMMERCIAL SERVICES AND SUBSIDIARY
                                       20

<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS, CONTINUED
- -----------------------------------------------
Liquidity, continued
being met by any of the above. Net deposits and short-term  liabilities  include
all  deposits,   federal  funds  purchased,   repurchase  agreements  and  other
borrowings and debt due in one year or less.  The liquidity  ratio is calculated
by dividing total liquid assets by net deposits and short-term liabilities.  The
Company's  liquidity ratio by this measure was 30% at December 31, 1998, and 32%
at December 31, 1997. It is the opinion of management that the Company's and the
Bank's liquidity positions are sufficient to meet their respective needs.

In addition,  to meet unforeseen  outflows,  the Bank has informal,  non-binding
borrowing arrangements with two correspondent banks, which include federal funds
borrowing lines totaling $8,500,000 and a repurchase facility.  During 1998, the
Bank  became a member of the  Federal  Home Loan  Bank of San  Francisco,  which
membership  provides access to collateralized  borrowing.  At December 31, 1998,
the  Bank  had  an  outstanding  balance  of  $7,000,000  on a  total  available
collaterized credit line of approximately $12,000,000.

CAPITAL
The Company and the Bank are subject to Federal  Reserve  Board  guidelines  and
regulations of the Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  ("FDIC")  governing
capital  adequacy.  The Federal Reserve Board's  risk-based and leverage capital
guidelines for bank holding  companies are  substantially the same as the FDIC's
capital regulations for nonmember banks.

The Federal Reserve Board's  capital  guidelines for bank holding  companies and
the FDIC's  regulations for nonmember banks set total capital  requirements  and
define capital in terms of "core capital  elements"  (comprising Tier 1 capital)
and "supplemental capital elements" (comprising Tier 2 capital).  Tier 1 capital
is generally defined as the sum of the core capital elements less goodwill, with
core  capital  elements  including  (i)  common   stock-holders'   equity;  (ii)
qualifying noncumulative perpetual preferred stock; and (iii) minority interests
in the equity  accounts  of  consolidated  subsidiaries.  Supplementary  capital
elements  include:  (i) allowance for loan and lease losses (which cannot exceed
1.25% of risk weighted assets); (ii) perpetual preferred stock not qualifying as
core capital;  (iii) hybrid capital  instruments and mandatory  convertible debt
instruments;  (iv) term subordinated debt and intermediate-term preferred stock;
and (v) 45% of the unrealized  gain, net of taxes,  on securities  available for
sale. The maximum amount of  supplemental  capital  elements which  qualifies as
Tier 2 capital is limited to 100% of Tier 1 capital, net of goodwill.

Risk-based capital ratios are calculated with reference to risk-weighted assets,
including  both on- and  off-balance  sheet  exposures,  which are multiplied by
certain risk weights assigned by the Federal Reserve Board to those assets. Both
bank holding  companies and  nonmember  banks are required to maintain a minimum
ratio of  qualifying  total  capital  to  risk-weighted  assets  of 8%, at least
one-half  of which must be in the form of Tier 1 capital.  The  Federal  Reserve
Board and the FDIC also have  established a minimum leverage ratio of 3% of Tier
1 capital to total assets for bank holding  companies and  nonmember  banks that
have received the highest  composite  regulatory rating and are not anticipating
or experiencing any significant  growth.  All other institutions are required to
maintain  a  leverage  ratio of at least  100 to 200 basis  points  above the 3%
minimum.

The following  tables  present the Company's and the Bank's  regulatory  capital
positions at December 31, 1998:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               RISK BASED CAPITAL RATIO
                                              Company               Bank
(Dollars in thousands):                    Amount  Ratio      Amount  Ratio
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>  <C>                                  <C>       <C>      <C>       <C> 
Tier 1 capital ........................   $11,277   9.0%     $10,837   8.7%
Tier 1 capital regulatory                                    
  minimum requirement .................   $ 4,993   4.0%     $ 4,988   4.0%
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Capital held in excess of                                    
  regulatory minimum ..................   $ 6,284   5.0%     $ 5,849   4.7%
                                                             
Total capital .........................   $12,257   9.8%     $11,817   9.5%
Total capital regulatory                                     
  minimum requirement .................   $ 9,985   8.0%     $ 9,976   8.0%
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Capital held in excess of                                    
  regulatory minimum ..................   $ 2,272   1.8%     $ 1,841   1.5%
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Risk weighted assets ..................       $124,814           $124,698
===========================================================================
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    LEVERAGE RATIO
                                              Company              Bank
(Dollars in thousands):                    Amount  Ratio      Amount  Ratio
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>  <C>                                  <C>       <C>      <C>       <C> 
Tier 1 capital to average total assets    $11,277   8.2%     $10,837   7.9%
Range of regulatory minimum ...........   $ 4,144-  3.0-     $ 4,140-  3.0-
  leverage requirement ................   $ 6,906   5.0%     $ 6,901   5.0%
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Range of regulatory excess ............   $ 4,371-  3.2-     $ 3,936-  2.9-
                                          $ 7,133   5.2%     $ 6,697   4.9%
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Average total assets for fourth quarter       $138,129           $138,013
===========================================================================
</TABLE>

As of December  31, 1998 and 1997,  the most recent  notification  from the FDIC
categorized  the  Bank  as  "adequately  capitalized"  and  "well  capitalized",
respectively,  under the regulatory  framework for prompt corrective action. The
change in the Bank's  classification to "adequately  capitalized" as of December
31, 1998  reflected the strong asset growth during 1998 which  outperformed  the
growth in capital.  The Company currently does not have any material commitments
for capital  expenditures,  and in the opinion of management,  the Company's and
the Bank's capital positions are sufficient to meet their respective needs.

INFLATION
It is  management's  opinion that the effects of  inflation on the  consolidated
financial  statements  for the periods ended December 31, 1998 and 1997 have not
been material.

                     BAY COMMERCIAL SERVICES AND SUBSIDIARY
                                       21


<PAGE>


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS, CONTINUED
- -----------------------------------------------
YEAR 2000 READINESS DISCLOSURE
The following  discussion of the  implications  of the Year 2000 problem for the
Company  contains  numerous  forward-looking   statements  based  on  inherently
uncertain information. The cost of the project and the date on which the Company
plans to complete the internal Year 2000 modifications are based on management's
best estimates,  which were derived  utilizing a number of assumptions of future
events including the continued  availability of internal and external resources,
third party modifications and other factors.  However, there can be no guarantee
that these estimates will be achieved and actual results could differ. Moreover,
although management believes it will be able to make the necessary modifications
in advance,  there can be no guarantee  that failure to modify the systems would
not have a material adverse affect on the Company.

In addition, the Company places a high degree of reliance on computer systems of
third  parties,   such  as  customers,   suppliers,   and  other  financial  and
governmental  institutions.   Although  the  Company  continues  to  assess  the
readiness of these third parties and is preparing  contingency  plans, there can
be no  guarantees  that the failure of any one of these third  parties to modify
their systems in advance of December 31, 1999 would not have a material  adverse
affect on the Company.

Many computer hardware systems and software programs in use today were developed
using a two digit date code to specify the year.  As a result  many  systems and
programs  that are date  sensitive  will treat  "00" as the year  1900,  and not
properly  recognize the date transition at the year 2000. An additional issue is
that  1900 was not a leap  year,  whereas  the year  2000  is.  Therefore,  some
programs may not properly provide for February 29, 2000.

The  Company  initiated  its  Year  2000  planning  in 1997 and has  prepared  a
comprehensive  written plan which addresses both internal and external Year 2000
exposure  and  includes  the  following   phases  -  Inventory  and  Assessment,
Renovation, Testing and Implementation, and Contingency Planning.

Inventory & Assessment
The Company  completed its inventory and  assessment  phase during 1997.  During
this process the Company made a physical  inventory  of  information  technology
("IT") systems and non-IT  systems at each office  location.  Additionally,  all
vendor  supplied  services  were  reviewed  to  identify IT and non-IT Year 2000
issues. The systems examined included hardware and software platforms associated
with  customer  account  processing,  computer  networks and  workstations,  and
telecommunications systems.

Although the assessment  determined  that there was no  significant  reliance on
non-IT technology (that is, equipment with embedded microprocessor controls such
as elevators,  climate control systems,  etc.), it did identify mission critical
IT systems, both internal and external that were not Year 2000 compliant.

These  noncompliant  systems included data processing  applications  provided by
third party  suppliers,  the teller  platform at two branch offices of the Bank,
and some of the hardware  and software  elements of the Bank's Wide Area Network
("WAN") computer network.  The WAN is a centralized,  server based,  system that
interconnects employees' desktop PC workstations at each location.

One additional  element of Year 2000 concern has been the Bank's customers.  The
Bank is reliant on its customers to make the necessary preparations for the Year
2000 so that their business operations will not be interrupted, thus threatening
their ability to honor financial commitments.

In an ongoing  effort to ensure that its customer base is aware of the Year 2000
issue,  during the second  quarter  of 1998 the Bank  mailed to each  commercial
account,  and  included in each  commercial  account  loan and  deposit  account
statement,  a letter  addressing Year 2000 issues and encouraging the assessment
of Year 2000  risk.  Year 2000  reference  resources  for  businesses  were also
provided.

As part of its customer Year 2000 assessment, the Bank identified all commercial
account  borrowing  relationships in excess of $100,000.  These represented over
200 relationships  and approximately 95% of the total borrowings  outstanding as
of June 30, 1998.  Each of these business  relationships  was analyzed as to its
potential  for Year 2000 risk and  approximately  20% were selected to receive a
detailed  Year 2000  questionnaire.  The  questionnaire,  requesting  additional
information  on Year 2000  status,  was  delivered to these  selected  customers
during the third quarter of 1998. The completed questionnaires were analyzed for
risk and each borrower was assigned a Year 2000 risk rating. As a result of this
analysis,  the Bank  modified  its credit  review  process and its  underwriting
criteria to include consideration of Year 2000 issues.

Renovation, Testing & Implementation
The  correction  and testing phase of the Company's  Year 2000 Plan includes the
renovation and/or replacement of all mission critical IT hardware,  software and
equipment  identified as not compliant  with the Year 2000.  The majority of the
internal mission critical  renovation  centered around the upgrade to the Bank's
WAN and teller  systems.  The  installation  of the Year 2000  compliant  teller
system was completed by December 31, 1998.

To ensure Year 2000 compliance of its WAN and reduce the administrative overhead
of its IT systems,  management  determined that a complete renovation of the WAN
would  provide the most cost  effective  solution.  Most of the  elements of the
Bank's WAN upgrade  were  completed  by December  31,  1998.  Due to the overall
complexity of this project, however, only a few of the desktop workstations were
operational  on the new system at that  time.  Current  projections  are for all
users to be  converted  over to the new Year 2000  compliant  system  during the
second quarter of 1999.

The Bank relies on two primary off-site data processing  vendors for the mission
critical  processing of the Bank's customer accounting system and general ledger
applications. These vendors identified

                     BAY COMMERCIAL SERVICES AND SUBSIDIARY
                                       22


<PAGE>


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS, CONTINUED
- -----------------------------------------------     
Renovation, Testing & Implementation,   continued
certain Year 2000  compliance  issues and the  renovations to these systems were
completed  by  December  31,  1998.  Testing of these  systems is expected to be
substantially completed during the first quarter of 1999.

Although  no  vendors  were  identified  where  the  inability  to be Year  2000
compliant would cause the Company to seek alternative suppliers, the Company has
no viable  alternatives for some vendors,  such as power  distribution and local
telephone  companies.  The Year 2000 efforts of these  companies  continue to be
monitored and are part of the Company's  contingency plan. As with all financial
institutions,  the Company  places a high degree of reliance on systems of other
institutions, including governmental agencies, to settle transactions.

Costs
The majority of the costs  associated  with the Company's  Year 2000 project are
for the  installation and testing of the components to upgrade the Bank's teller
systems  and  WAN.   Included  in  this  project  were  improved   communication
connections  between  offices,   higher  capacity  computer  file  servers,  and
operating system upgrades for the entire network.  While these  investments were
not specifically accelerated due to the Company's Year 2000 project, these costs
have been included.

As of December 31,  1998,  the Company had  invested  approximately  $75,000 for
capital  improvements  to the WAN.  Additional  capital  costs  projected  to be
incurred for this  project  during 1999 are  estimated at $160,000.  The capital
cost to upgrade the Bank's teller system for Year 2000 compliance is $60,000, of
which $18,000 was expended as of December 31, 1998.  Other costs incurred during
1998 by the  Company  include  staff  time  devoted  to the  issue  at a cost of
approximately  $15,000 and outside  consulting of $7,000.  Current  estimates of
additional costs for staff and outside consultants in 1999 and the year 2000 are
$60,000.

While  management  believes it has  identified and planned for the resolution of
the mission critical issues relevant to the Year 2000, no assurance can be given
that the Company may not be required to expend  significant  additional  amounts
related to the Year 2000 issue.

Risks
The principal risks  associated  with the Year 2000 problem  primarily fall into
three  categories.  The first risk is that the Company is unable to successfully
renovate and/or migrate to Year 2000 compliant  systems.  The second risk is the
disruption of operations due to the failure of third  parties.  The third is the
risk of business  interruption among fund providers and fund users which affects
their ability to contractually perform.

The only risk largely under the  Company's  control for the Year 2000 project is
the  identification,  renovation and implementation of its internal  operations.
The Company,  like other financial  institutions,  is heavily dependent upon its
computer systems.  Reliance on readily available PC-based systems and technology
for WAN and desktop workstations has simplified this process to some extent, and
management  believes it will be able to make the  necessary  renovations  of its
internal systems for Year 2000 compliance.

Because of the  reliance on outside  vendors  for  processing  mission  critical
customer  accounting systems, a computer failure of a third party may jeopardize
Company operations. How serious this would be depends on the nature and duration
of such failures. Because of the complexity, integration and dependence of these
outside  systems to the  Company's  operations,  switching to another  vendor on
short  notice  does not  represent  a viable  option.  At this time,  management
believes  that the  necessary  renovations  to these third party systems will be
completed on schedule.

Another serious impact to Company  operations would occur if basic services such
as  telecommunications,  electric power supplies and services  provided by other
governmental  agencies were disrupted.  To date definitive  public disclosure of
the  state  of  readiness  among  basic  infrastructure  suppliers  has not been
generally available.  Although inquiries continue, the Company does not yet have
the  information  to estimate the likelihood of  significant  disruptions  among
these suppliers.

Contingency Planning
The Company has developed  contingency plans for the Year 2000 in the event that
remediation  is not  completed in time,  or if systems fail for reasons that are
not presently foreseen. In the event of a failure, these plans outline the steps
that  will be taken  to deal  with the  situation  to  minimize  the  effect  on
customers and losses to the Company. As the Company's identified Year 2000 risks
are largely  concentrated  with the ability of third parties to provide services
after  the  year  2000,   contingency   plans  being  developed  will  primarily
concentrate  on the  inability of these  suppliers  to complete  their Year 2000
projects.  Based upon currently known information,  management believes that its
primary  vendors  have the  resources  to  complete  their  Year  2000  projects
successfully and on time.

Apart from the  Company's  Year 2000 project,  federal  banking  regulators  are
conducting special examinations of FDIC-insured financial institutions and third
party data processors,  including suppliers to the Company, to determine whether
they are taking  necessary  steps to prepare for the Year 2000. They are closely
monitoring  the progress  made by these  institutions  in  completing  key steps
required by their individual Year 2000 plans.

The  Company's  disclosure  and  announcement  herein  concerning  its Year 2000
planning  and  programs  are  intended  to  constitute   "year  2000   readiness
disclosures"  as  defined  in the  recently-enacted  Year 2000  Information  and
Readiness  Disclosure Act (the "Act").  The Act provided certain protection from
liability for certain public and private statements  concerning an entity's Year
2000 readiness and the Year 2000 readiness of its products and services.

                     BAY COMMERCIAL SERVICES AND SUBSIDIARY
                                       23

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DIRECTORS                          
- ---------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>                               <C>
Joshua Fong, O.D.                 Richard M. Kahler                 William E. Peluso
Chairman,                         President & CEO,                  Restaurant Consultant,
Bay Commercial Services           Bay Commercial Services           Livermore
Retired Optometrist,              President & CEO,                 
San Leandro                       Bay Bank of Commerce              Oswald A. Rugaard
                                                                    Self-employed
William R. Henson                 Dimitri Koroslev                  Independent Sales Consultant,
President,                        Chairman,                         San Leandro
Superior Home Loans,              Bay Bank of Commerce             
Hayward                           President,                        Mark Wilton
                                  Bay Business Credit,              Owner,
                                  Walnut Creek                      Marwil Investments
                                                                    Lafayette
</TABLE>                     
<TABLE>                      
<CAPTION>                    
                             
OFFICERS                     
- ---------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>                               <C>
EXECUTIVE                         Rebecca Worthen                   ADMINISTRATIVE
                                  Assistant Vice President,
Richard M. Kahler                 Commercial Lending                Jane C. Christopherson
President & CEO                                                     Vice President &
Bay Bank of Commerce &            David A. Weinshelbaum             Chief Financial Officer
Bay Commercial Services           Assistant Vice President,
                                  Commercial Lending                Eileen Berry Wortham
Randall D. Greenfield                                               Marketing Director
Senior Vice President & CAO,      Maria Mabardy
Bay Bank of Commerce              Assistant Vice President,         Operations
Chief Financial Officer,          Lending
Bay Commercial Services                                             Nancy Bowers
                                  Construction Lending              Vice President, Operations
Robert A. Perantoni                                                 Director of Human Resources
Senior Vice President &           Cindy Chase
Senior Lending Officer            Vice President,                   Arlene Dalldorf
                                  Construction Lending              Assistant Vice President,
COMMERCIAL LENDING                                                  Operations Officer
                                  John Stevens
Teresa Jensen                     Vice President,                   Kay Tropiano
Vice President & SBA Loan         Construction Lending              Operations Officer
Manager                         
                                  BRANCH ADMINISTRATION &           Brenda Fernandez
Alan Lozito                       BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT              Assistant Vice President &
Vice President,                                                     Credit Operations Officer
Commercial Lending                Jim Nunn
                                  Vice President &                  Carol Barfuss
Michael Maxson                    Hayward Branch Manager            Assistant Vice President &
Vice President,                                                     Compliance Officer
Commercial Lending                Margie Perry
                                  Vice President &                  William Reynolds
Sally Porfido                     San Ramon Branch Manager          Manager of Courier Services &
Vice President,                                                     Security Officer
Commercial Lending                Michelle Munson
                                  Business Development Officer
Earl Rupp                         
Vice President,                   
Commercial Lending                
</TABLE>
                                  
                     BAY COMMERCIAL SERVICES AND SUBSIDIARY
                                       24

<PAGE>
(back cover - inside)

THE COMPANY  WILL  PROVIDE TO ANY  SHAREHOLDER,  WITHOUT  CHARGE,  A COPY OF THE
COMPANY'S  ANNUAL REPORT FOR 1998 ON FORM 10-KSB FILED WITH THE  SECURITIES  AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THE REPORT MAY BE OBTAINED BY WRITTEN REQUEST TO:

Corporate Secretary
Bay Commercial Services
1495 East 14th Street
San Leandro, CA  94577

TRANSFER AGENT
CHASE MELLON SHAREHOLDERS SERVICES
Ridgefield Park, NJ

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP, SAN FRANCISCO, CA

CORPORATE COUNSEL
LILLICK & CHARLES LLP, SAN FRANCISCO, CA

STOCK PRICES AND DIVIDEND INFORMATION
The  Company's  common  stock is not listed on any  exchange nor is it listed on
NASDAQ.  It is, however,  listed with the National Daily  Quotation  Service and
appears in the weekly "pink sheets" issued by the  organization.  Trading in the
common stock of the Company has historically  not been active.  According to the
Company's records, there were 409 shareholders of record as of March 10, 1999.

The following  table  summarizes bid quotations for the Company's  common stock.
The prices  indicated may not necessarily  represent  actual  transactions.  Bid
information  has been  obtained  from Sutro & Co.,  which  makes a market in the
Company's common stock.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- -------------------------------------------------------------------
QUARTER END                  LOW                            HIGH
<S>                          <C>                            <C>    
March 31, 1997               $10.00                         $10.875
June 30, 1997                $10.875                        $12.00
September 30, 1997           $12.00                         $13.125
December 31, 1997            $13.25                         $16.25
March 31, 1998               $15.125                        $16.25
June 30, 1998                $15.75                         $17.00
September 30, 1998           $13.00                         $17.25
December 31, 1998            $12.25                         $15.50
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

The Company paid cash  dividends of $0.30 per share in 1998 and 1997. On January
6, 1999,  Bay  Commercial  Services  declared  a $0.40 per share  cash  dividend
payable on February 15, 1999 to  shareholders of record at the close of business
on January 29, 1999. The total dividend payable amounted to $478,000.


MARKET MAKERS
SUTRO & CO., Troy Norlander
Big Bear Lake, CA
(800) 288-2811

HOEFER & ARNETT, INC., Marc Arnett or Lisa Gallo
San Francisco, CA
(800) 346-5544
<PAGE>

THE COMPANY

Bay Bank of Commerce is a state  chartered,  and FDIC insured,  commercial Bank.
The Bank was  incorporated  on August 11,  1980,  and,  after its initial  stock
offering,  commenced  operations  on February 13, 1981. To enhance its corporate
flexibility,  Bay  Commercial  Services  was  formed to serve as a bank  holding
company.  On May 31,  1983,  Bay  Bank  of  Commerce  became  its  wholly  owned
subsidiary.

Bay Bank of Commerce serves the banking needs of businesses and professionals in
the East Bay region of the San Francisco Area with three  full-service  offices.
Headquartered in San Leandro,  the Bank opened its Hayward branch in 1992, and a
regional  banking  office  in San Ramon in 1996 to serve  the  growing  business
market on the "I-680" corridor of the East Bay.

Bay Bank of Commerce specializes in commercial and construction lending services
and provides  customized credit solutions based on customers'  particular needs.
The Bank's  construction  loan services cover both  commercial  and  residential
building  projects.  As a "preferred" SBA lender, Bay Bank of Commerce can offer
faster  pre-qualification  and  funding  than  many  of its  competitors.  Other
business lending services include loans for equipment financing, commercial real
estate,  letters of credit,  VISA business cards and small  business  assistance
loans under the State of California "CalCap" program.

For individuals,  Bay Bank offers  residential  construction  loans, home equity
lines of credit, overdraft lines, installment loans and VISA Gold cards.

The Bank also  provides a full range of business and personal  deposit  services
include checking,  savings, time and money market accounts, and ATM/debit cards.
Other business deposit services include cash vault, courier deposit pick-up, and
merchant credit and debit card processing.

Over  the  years  Bay  Bank of  Commerce  has won many  loyal  customers  with a
reputation of service excellence, a commitment to quality banking products and a
focus on meeting customer needs.  Building  successful  long-term  relationships
with customers is a top priority for Bay Bank of Commerce.

                     BAY COMMERCIAL SERVICES AND SUBSIDIARY

<PAGE>

(back cover- outside)

(LOGO)
BAY BANK OF COMMERCE

MAIN OFFICE
1495 East 14th Street
San Leandro, California 94577
(510) 357-2265

HAYWARD OFFICE
1030 La Playa Drive
Hayward, California  94545
(510) 783-8000

SAN RAMON OFFICE
2821 Crow Canyon Road
San Ramon, California  94583
(925) 831-6111

CONSTRUCTION LOAN OFFICE
1500 Washington Avenue
San Leandro, California  94577
(510) 357-2265

SBA LOAN OFFICE
1500 Washington Avenue
San Leandro, California  94577
(510) 895-5515


Member FDIC
Equal Housing Lending

Copyright 1999, Bay Commercial Services      Printed in the USA




<PAGE>



INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT

We consent to the  incorporation  by reference in  Registration  Statements Nos.
2-97378,  33-24302  and 33-75330 on Form S-8 of Bay  Commercial  Services of our
report dated January 29, 1999, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-KSB of
Bay Commercial Services for the year ended December 31, 1998.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Deloitte & Touche LLP
San Francisco, California
March 24, 1999


                                  
                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

               Each person  whose  signature  appears  below  hereby  authorizes
Richard M. Kahler, as attorney-in-fact,  to sign in his behalf, individually and
in each capacity stated below, and to file this Annual Report on Form 10-KSB and
all amendments and/or supplements to this Annual Report on Form 10-KSB.


Signature                   Title                                 Date
- ---------                   -----                                 ----         
                                                              
/s/ Joshua Fong, O.D.       Chairman of the Board and Director    March 17, 1999
- --------------------------                               
Joshua Fong, O.D.                                                 
                                                               
/s/ William. R. Henson      Director                              March 17, 1999
- --------------------------                                     
William R. Henson                                              
                                                               
/s/ Dimitri V. Koroslev     Director                              March 17, 1999
- --------------------------                                     
Dimitri V. Koroslev                                            
                                                               
/s/ William E. Peluso       Director                              March 17, 1999
- --------------------------                                     
William E. Peluso                                              
                                                               
/s/ Oswald A. Rugaard       Director                              March 17, 1999
- --------------------------                                     
Oswald A. Rugaard                                              
                                                               
/s/ Mark A. Wilton          Director                              March 17, 1999
- --------------------------                                     
Mark A. Wilton                                                 
                                                               
/s/ Randall D. Greenfield   Chief Financial Officer (Principal    March 17, 1999
- -------------------------
Randall D. Greenfield       Financial Officer and Principal
                            Accounting Officer) and Secretary

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                           9
<MULTIPLIER>                        1,000
       
<S>                                 <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                       YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1998
<CASH>                                           9,077
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS>                               0
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD>                                     0
<TRADING-ASSETS>                                     0
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE>                     32,033
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING>                          39,478
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET>                            39,781
<LOANS>                                         93,129
<ALLOWANCE>                                        980
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 144,202
<DEPOSITS>                                     123,395
<SHORT-TERM>                                     8,344
<LIABILITIES-OTHER>                              1,068
<LONG-TERM>                                          0
<COMMON>                                         3,622
                                0
                                          0
<OTHER-SE>                                           0
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY>                 144,202
<INTEREST-LOAN>                                  8,177
<INTEREST-INVEST>                                1,668
<INTEREST-OTHER>                                   355
<INTEREST-TOTAL>                                10,200
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT>                               3,406
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               3,479
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET>                            6,721
<LOAN-LOSSES>                                      134
<SECURITIES-GAINS>                                   0
<EXPENSE-OTHER>                                  5,656
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                  1,872
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY>                       1,872
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                     1,215
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     1.12
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     0.95
<YIELD-ACTUAL>                                    5.76
<LOANS-NON>                                         30
<LOANS-PAST>                                         0
<LOANS-TROUBLED>                                   469
<LOANS-PROBLEM>                                    499
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN>                                 1,000
<CHARGE-OFFS>                                      172
<RECOVERIES>                                        18
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE>                                  980
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC>                               980
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN>                                  0
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED>                             10
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission